CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP
10-K405, 1996-08-23
OPERATIVE BUILDERS
Previous: LANDMARK FIXED INCOME FUNDS /MA/, NSAR-A, 1996-08-23
Next: HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO, 497, 1996-08-23



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                               ------------------
                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[X]               ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                     For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996
                                       OR
[ ]             TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

        For the transition period from                to                 

                         Commission File Number 0-14830
                         CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                               ------------------
           Delaware
State or other jurisdiction of                           86-0554624
incorporation or organization)           (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

                     7001 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 2050
                            Scottsdale, Arizona 85253
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (602) 483-0006

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                                          Name of Each Exchange
        Title of Each Class                                on Which Registered
        -------------------                                -------------------
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share                   New York Stock Exchange

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

         Indicate  by check mark  whether  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                              YES  X       NO
                                 -----       -----

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendments to this Form 10-K. [X]

         The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates
of the  registrant  as of July 29,  1996  was  $122,289,320.  (This  calculation
assumes that all officers and directors of the Company are affiliates.)

         The number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  as of July 29, 1996
was 7,007,330.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of the registrant's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year
ended  May 31,  1996 are  incorporated  herein  by  reference  into  Part II and
portions  of  the  registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders  to be held August 29, 1996 are  incorporated  herein by  reference
into Part III.
<PAGE>
                         CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.
                             FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
                            For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                  May 31, 1996

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PART I

<S>               <C>                                                                                     <C>                 
Item 1.           Business                                                                                Page

                  General............................................................................        1
                  Land Acquisition and Development...................................................        1
                  Product Lines......................................................................        2
                  Contract Backlog...................................................................        3
                  Marketing..........................................................................        3
                  Construction and Customer Service..................................................        4
                  Mortgage Banking...................................................................        4
                  Competition........................................................................        5
                  Regulation.........................................................................        5
                  Employees..........................................................................        5

Item 2.           Properties.........................................................................        6

Item 3.           Legal Proceedings..................................................................        6

Item 4.           Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders................................        6

                                     Part II

Item 5.           Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                  Stockholder Matters................................................................        6

Item 6.           Selected Financial Data............................................................        6

Item 7.           Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                  and Results of Operations..........................................................        7

Item 8.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data........................................        7

Item 9.           Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
                  Financial Disclosure...............................................................        7

                                    Part III

Item 10.          Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.................................        7

Item 11.          Executive Compensation.............................................................        7

Item 12.          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.....................        7

Item 13.          Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.....................................        7

                                     Part IV

Item 14.          Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K...................................................        7
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                     Part I

Item 1.           Business
                  --------
GENERAL

Continental  Homes Holding Corp. (the "Company"),  a Delaware  corporation,  was
formed in June 1986.  The Company  designs,  constructs  and sells high  quality
single-family  homes targeted  primarily to entry-level  and first-time  move-up
homebuyers.  The Company is geographically  diversified,  currently operating in
Phoenix, Arizona; Austin, San Antonio and Dallas, Texas; Denver, Colorado; South
Florida and Southern  California.  The Company  entered the  Dallas/Fort  Worth,
Texas market in June 1996 through the  acquisition  of  Westchester  Homes.  The
Company entered the Austin,  San Antonio and South Florida markets in July 1993,
January 1994 and November 1994,  respectively,  through acquisitions of existing
homebuilders.   In  July  1996,   the  Company  opened  for  sales  at  "Arizona
Traditions",  its first active adult  community.  When completed,  the community
will have  approximately  1,800 homes, a golf course,  community center and many
other  amenities.   The  Company  complements  its  homebuilding  activities  by
providing  mortgage  banking  services to its homebuyers and to third parties in
most locations.

LAND ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT

As of May 31,  1996,  the  Company  operated  16  subdivisions  in  Phoenix,  15
subdivisions  in Austin,  10  subdivisions  in  Denver,  8  subdivisions  in San
Antonio, 5 subdivisions in Miami and 5 subdivisions in Southern California.  The
following table summarizes the Company's available lot inventory at May 31, 1996
by location:

                             AVAILABLE LOT INVENTORY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Sites Available
                                                                 Homes Under                      for Future
                                                                 Construction                    Construction
                                  Total Lots                     ------------                    -------------
                                  Available            Sold      Specs(1)       Models       Unsold         Sold
                                  ---------            ----      --------       ------       ------         ----
<S>                               <C>                 <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>
Phoenix(2).................        4,526                762        210            49          3,435          70

Texas(3)...................        6,164                626        173            42          5,297          26

Denver.....................        1,281                231         67            20            902          61

Miami......................        1,364                125         37            18          1,120          64

California.................          479                 83         72             9            293          22
                                  ------              -----        ---           ---         ------         ---

              Total........       13,814              1,827        559           138         11,047         243
                                  ======              =====        ===           ===         ======         ===
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)      Speculative units are unsold homes under construction.
(2)      Includes 1,800 units at Arizona Traditions.
(3)      Includes operations in Austin and San Antonio.

The  Company's  objective  is to  maintain a supply of land to meet  anticipated
homebuilding  requirements for approximately two to three years. At May 31, 1995
and 1996,  the  Company  had an  aggregate  of 10,150  and 11,047  unsold  lots,
respectively,  which  represents  approximately  38 and 30 months of  inventory,
respectively,  based on actual  deliveries in each of fiscal 1995 and 1996.  The
Company believes that an adequate supply of undeveloped land is available in its
markets to maintain current levels of homebuilding. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Results of Operations  and Financial  Condition -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

As of May 31, 1996,  the Company  also owned 417 acres in Carlsbad,  California,
located in San Diego County.  Discretionary  city entitlements for this project,
which will result in  approximately  760 dwelling  units,  were  approved by the
Carlsbad City Council in March 1995. The Company is currently working 
                                       1
<PAGE>
with state and federal governmental agencies regarding environmental issues with
regard to the property and is preparing final improvement plans for the project.
The  Company is unable to  predict  the date on which all  additional  approvals
necessary to commence development will be received, but it is currently actively
seeking these additional  approvals and will commence development as soon as the
aforementioned approvals are received and financing is obtained.

PRODUCT LINES

The product  line  constructed  by the Company in a  particular  subdivision  is
dependent upon many factors,  including the housing  generally  available in the
area, the needs of the  particular  market and the Company's cost of lots in the
subdivision.  The Company typically offers between three and sixteen  floorplans
within  the same  product  line in each  subdivision  and often  offers the same
models in similar subdivisions.  Models are periodically reviewed and updated to
reflect changing homebuyer preferences. Both new models and design modifications
are generally developed by Company employees.

Homes sold by the Company  typically  have three to five  bedrooms,  two or more
bathrooms and at least a two car garage. The Company offers a variety of options
and upgrades, including the placement of certain walls, the style of kitchen and
bathroom cabinetry,  a selection of floor coverings and light fixtures,  patios,
decks,  french doors and fireplaces,  which allow  homebuyers to customize their
homes.  Options and upgrades are generally  priced to have a positive  effect on
profit margins.

                                  PRODUCT LINES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Living Area               Base Price Range
                                              (Square Feet)               at May 31, 1996
                                              -------------               ---------------
<S>                                           <C>                      <C>                 
Phoenix
     Move-up single-family.............       1,391 - 3,761             $107,750 - $218,600
     Entry-level single-family.........       1,287 - 2,484             $ 87,550 - $162,900
Texas
     Move-up single-family.............       1,974 - 3,230             $126,400 - $167,400
     Entry-level single-family.........         924 - 3,062             $ 58,950 - $153,250
Denver
     Move-up single-family.............       1,820 - 3,096             $155,800 - $239,600
     Entry-level single -family........       1,358 - 1,834             $136,900 - $147,900
Miami
     Move-up single-family.............       1,615 - 2,511             $136,900 - $174,900
     Entry-level single-family.........       1,323 - 2,012             $ 92,900 - $141,900
California
     Move-up single-family.............       2,883 - 4,093             $339,000 - $445,000
     Entry-level single-family.........       1,808 - 3,165             $149,900 - $207,900
</TABLE>
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                 HOMES DELIVERED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Years ended May 31,
                                                                         -------------------
                                                               1996                 1995                1994
                                                               ----                 ----                ----
<S>                                                          <C>                  <C>                 <C>     
Move-up single-family
     Revenues (000's)................................        $222,918             $208,026            $128,494
     Units...........................................           1,281                1,281                 811
     Average sales price.............................        $174,000             $162,400            $158,400
Entry-level single-family
     Revenues (000's)................................        $352,839             $206,692            $206,615
     Units...........................................           3,073                1,921               1,976
     Average sale price..............................        $114,800             $107,600            $104,600
Townhomes and duplex homes
     Revenues (000's)................................        $  1,316             $     --            $  4,922
     Units...........................................              13                   --                  44
     Average sales price.............................        $101,200             $     --            $111,900
Total
     Revenues (000's)................................        $577,073             $414,718            $340,031
     Units...........................................           4,367                3,202               2,831
     Average sale price..............................        $132,100             $129,500            $120,100
</TABLE>

Fluctuations  in the number of homes  delivered  by product  type are  generally
related to product availability,  market conditions or the introduction of a new
product.

CONTRACT BACKLOG

Sales of the Company's homes are made pursuant to standard sales contracts which
require a $500 to  $2,500  deposit  upon  signing.  The  contract  is  generally
cancelable  if the customer is unable to obtain a mortgage  commitment,  usually
within 60 days.  A sale  becomes  part of backlog  only upon receipt of a signed
contract and a deposit. See "Business -- Construction and Customer Service."

As of May 31, 1996, the Company's  contract backlog had an aggregate sales value
of $295,484,000 and consisted of 2,070 homes. The contract backlog as of May 31,
1995 had an aggregate sales value of $198,126,000  and consisted of 1,493 homes.
The Company  anticipates that  substantially  all of the homes in backlog at May
31, 1996 will be delivered during the calendar year ending December 31, 1996.

MARKETING

The Company  markets its homes to first-time  and move-up  buyers.  Although the
Company utilized the services of independent  brokers,  approximately 43% of its
homes sold in fiscal 1996 were sold by Company  commissioned  personnel (without
the assistance of independent  brokers) from sales offices  located in furnished
model homes in the subdivisions.  Sales personnel are trained by the Company and
attend  weekly  meetings to be updated on financing  availability,  construction
schedules and  marketing  and  advertising  plans.  Company sales  personnel and
independent  brokers are  generally  paid a commission at the time of closing of
between 1% and 2% (depending on the market) and 3%,  respectively,  of the sales
price of the home.  The  Company  uses  radio,  newspaper,  magazine,  billboard
displays,  special  promotional  events  and,  occasionally,  television  in its
marketing program.

The Company  builds its homes under the  guidelines  and  specifications  of the
Federal Housing Administration  ("FHA") and the Veterans  Administration ("VA"),
thereby  providing  prospective  buyers the added  benefits of  FHA-insured  and
VA-guaranteed mortgages.
                                       3
<PAGE>
CONSTRUCTION AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

The Company designs and supervises the development and building of its projects.
The  construction  period for the Company's homes during fiscal 1996 ranged from
100 to 180 days in Phoenix,  from 75 to 120 days in Texas,  from 120 to 180 days
in  Denver,  from 90 to 120  days in South  Florida  and from 100 to 150 days in
Southern California.

The  actual   construction  is  performed  for  a  fixed  price  by  independent
subcontractors, who are generally selected on a competitive basis. All stages of
construction  are  supervised  by  the  Company's  on-site  superintendents  who
coordinate the activities of  subcontractors,  subject their work to quality and
cost  controls  and monitor  compliance  with  zoning and  building  codes.  The
Company's management  information systems also assist the Company in controlling
the costs of  construction  by making  information  available  which  allows the
Company to monitor  subcontractor  performance  and  expenditures.  The  Company
believes its relationships with its subcontractors are good. The Company is not,
and  does  not  anticipate,   experiencing  a  significant  shortage  of  either
subcontractors or building materials.

The  Company  provides  homebuyers  with a  one-year  warranty  on its homes for
non-structural  defects  and a two-year  warranty  with  respect  to  structural
defects.  In addition,  the Company purchases,  in certain locations,  builder's
liability insurance protection for major structural defects in the third through
tenth year.

In  Phoenix,  Denver,  South  Florida  and  Southern  California,   the  Company
constructs  homes  principally  against  orders  which are  evidenced by written
contracts and modest escrow deposits. In fiscal 1996,  approximately 17% of such
contracts  have  been  canceled,   a  majority  of  such   cancellations   being
attributable  to the  inability  of the  prospective  purchaser  to qualify  for
financing.  The Company  attempts to limit  cancellations  by training its sales
force to  determine  the  qualification  of  potential  homebuyers  at the sales
office. The Company classifies a unit as speculative when construction commences
on a unit that does not have a  written  contract.  The  Company  may  construct
speculative  units in order to maintain an  inventory  for quick  delivery or to
continue the construction  sequence.  The majority of the Company's  speculative
units  are  less  than  50%  complete.  As a result  of such  cancellations  and
construction procedures, at May 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company had respectively,
494 and 559 speculative units under construction.

MORTGAGE BANKING

The Company  commenced  mortgage  banking  operations  in 1986 and all  mortgage
operations  of the Company  have been  conducted  by American  Western  Mortgage
Company ("AWMC") and Miltex Management,  Inc. ("MMI"), which are approved by the
FHA and VA as  qualified  mortgage  lenders.  As of July 1, 1995,  all  mortgage
operations of the Company are being conducted by AWMC which has changed its name
to CH Mortgage Company ("CHMC").  For the year ended May 31, 1996, CHMC provided
mortgage  financing  for more  than 63% and 66% of the  Company's  customers  in
Arizona  and Texas,  respectively.  The  Company  is  currently  licensed  to do
business in Arizona, Colorado, Texas, Florida and California.

As a mortgage  banker,  CHMC  completes  the  processing  of loan  applications,
performs credit checks,  submits  applications to mortgage lenders for approval,
and originates and sells mortgage loans.  CHMC has a $25,000,000  warehouse line
of  credit  to fund the  mortgage  loans on an  interim  basis.  CHMC  bears the
interest   expense  and  receives  the  interest   income  while  mortgages  are
warehoused.  Accordingly,  depending  upon the relative  interest  rates of such
loans and the related  mortgages and the extent to which mortgages are financed,
CHMC may have net interest income or expense during the warehouse period.

CHMC  establishes  its interest  rates and terms to  facilitate  the sale of the
Company's  homes  through the  origination  of first  mortgage  loans  utilizing
programs established by the FHA, VA, GNMA and FNMA. Interest rates are generally
established by prevailing market rates, although lower rates may be offered from
time to time to remain competitive in certain markets.
                                       4
<PAGE>
Each  mortgage  originated  by CHMC  contains the  provision for a servicing fee
(which is included as a part of the monthly payment made by the mortgagor) to be
paid  for the  collection  of,  and  accounting  for,  mortgage  payments.  This
servicing fee provision is a separate  interest in the mortgage that may be sold
independently of, or together with, the mortgage itself.  CHMC began retaining a
portion  of the  servicing  portfolio  in fiscal  1991 and from time to time may
continue to do so,  although  this is not expected to become a material  part of
the Company's  business.  During fiscal 1996, the Company sold significantly all
of the servicing rights it had previously retained.

COMPETITION

The single-family  residential housing industry is highly  competitive,  and the
Company  competes in each of its markets with numerous other national,  regional
and local  homebuilders,  some of which have greater resources than the Company.
The Company's  homes compete on the basis of quality,  price,  design,  mortgage
financing  terms and  location.  The Company also  competes  with  developers of
rental housing units and, to a lesser extent, condominiums.

REGULATION

The housing and mortgage banking industries are subject to extensive and complex
regulations.  The  Company  and its  subcontractors  must  comply  with  various
federal,  state and local laws and  regulations  including  zoning  and  density
requirements, building, environmental, advertising and consumer credit rules and
regulations  as well as other  rules  and  regulations  in  connection  with its
homebuilding  and sales  activities.  These include  requirements as to building
materials to be used, building designs and minimum elevation of properties.  The
Company's homes are inspected by local  authorities  where  required,  and homes
eligible for insurance or guarantees  provided by the FHA and VA,  respectively,
are subject to inspection by the FHA or VA.

The Company is also subject to a variety of local,  state and federal  statutes,
ordinances,  rules and  regulations  concerning  protection  of  health  and the
environment ("environmental laws"), as well as effects of environmental factors.
The particular  environmental  laws which apply to any given  homebuilding  site
vary  greatly  according  to  the  site's  location,  the  site's  environmental
condition and the present and former uses of the site. These  environmental laws
may result in delays, may cause the Company to incur substantial  compliance and
other costs,  and can  prohibit or severely  restrict  homebuilding  activity in
certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas.

The Company's  mortgage banking subsidiary must also comply with various federal
and state laws and consumer  credit rules and  regulations  as well as rules and
regulations in connection with its mortgage  lending  activities.  Additionally,
mortgage loans  originated under the FHA, VA, FNMA and GNMA are subject to rules
and regulations imposed by such agencies.

EMPLOYEES

At May 31, 1996, the Company and its  subsidiaries  employed  approximately  553
persons, including corporate staff, sales personnel,  construction personnel and
mortgage  and title  staff.  None of the  Company's  employees  are covered by a
collective  bargaining  agreement.  The Company believes that its relations with
its employees are good.
                                       5
<PAGE>
Item 2.           PROPERTIES

       The  Company's  principal  offices are  located at 7001 North  Scottsdale
       Road, Suite 2050,  Scottsdale,  Arizona 85253. The offices, which include
       approximately  22,000 square feet,  are leased for a term expiring  March
       2001.

Item 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

       The Company is not  involved in any legal  proceedings  which it believes
       would have a  material  effect on the  Company's  financial  position  or
       operating results.  The Company has filed suit against William O. Milburn
       and Ernst & Young  seeking  reimbursement  for the  payments  made to the
       Internal  Revenue Service in excess of the tax liability  recorded at the
       time Milburn was acquired.

Item 4.           SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

       None

                                     Part II

Item 5.           MARKET  FOR   THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON   EQUITY  AND  RELATED
                  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

Since  December 15, 1993 the  Company's  Common Stock has traded on the New York
Stock Exchange  (Symbol:  CON).  The following  table sets forth for each period
indicated the high and low closing  sales prices of the  Company's  Common Stock
and cash dividends paid:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Dividends
                                                              High              Low              Per Share
                                                              ----              ---              ---------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>                   <C> 
Year Ended May 31, 1996
         First Quarter.............................          $21.00           $15.13                $.05
         Second Quarter............................           22.50            18.13                 .05
         Third Quarter.............................           24.63            18.88                 .05
         Fourth Quarter............................           25.25            20.00                 .05

Year Ended May 31, 1995:
         First Quarter.............................          $15.75           $13.38                $.05
         Second Quarter............................           17.25            13.50                 .05
         Third Quarter.............................           14.13            11.63                 .05
         Fourth Quarter............................           15.88            11.00                 .05
</TABLE>

DIVIDEND POLICY

Declarations  of dividends  are within the  discretion of the Board of Directors
and are dependent  upon various  factors,  including  the  earnings,  cash flow,
capital  requirements and operating and financial  condition of the Company.  In
addition,  the company's ability to pay dividends in excess of current levels is
restricted by its 10% and 12% Senior Notes. See Note E of "Notes to Consolidated
Financial  Statements"  of the Company.  As of August 14,  1996,  there were 105
holders of record of the Company's Common Stock.

Item 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

       Information  relating to this item appears  under the caption  "Financial
       Highlights"  on page 3 of the  Annual  Report,  and such  information  is
       incorporated  herein by reference in accordance with General  Instruction
       G(2) of Form 10-K. This  information  should be read in conjunction  with
       "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Results of  Operations  and
       Financial Condition" and the Company's  Consolidated Financial Statements
       and the Notes thereto.
                                       6
<PAGE>
Item 7.           MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

       Information relating to this item appears under the caption "Management's
       Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition"
       on pages 12 through  16 of the Annual  Report,  and such  information  is
       incorporated  herein by reference in accordance with General  Instruction
       G(2) of Form 10-K.  Other  financial  statements  and schedules  required
       under  Regulation  S-X  promulgated  under the Securities Act of 1933 are
       identified in Item 14 hereof and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

       Information  relating to this item  appears on pages 17 through 31 of the
       Annual Report,  and such information is incorporated  herein by reference
       in accordance with General  Instruction  G(2) of Form 10-K.  There are no
       other financial  statements and schedules  required under Regulations S-X
       promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 9.           CHANGES  IN  AND DISAGREEMENTS  WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
                  AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

       Not applicable.
                                    PART III

Item 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

       Information  relating  to  this  item  appears  in the  definitive  Proxy
       Statement for the Company's  Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
       August 29, 1996, and such information is incorporated herein by reference
       in accordance with General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.


Item 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

       Information  relating to this item is contained in the  definitive  Proxy
       Statement referred to above in "Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers
       of the  Registrant,"  and such  information  is  incorporated  herein  by
       reference in accordance with General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

Item 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

       Information  relating to this item is contained in the  definitive  Proxy
       Statement referred to above in "Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers
       of the  Registrant,"  and such  information  is  incorporated  herein  by
       reference in accordance with General Instruction G(3) of From 10-K.

Item 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

       Information  relating to this item is contained in the  definitive  Proxy
       Statement  referred to above in "Item 10.  Directors  and Officers of the
       Registrant, " and such information is incorporated herein by reference in
       accordance with General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

                                     PART IV

Item 14.          EXHIBITS,  FINANCIAL  STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM
                  8-K

(a)  1.           Financial Statements

       The following  consolidated  financial  statements of  Continental  Homes
       Holding  Corp.  and  Subsidiaries,  included  in  the  Annual  Report  to
       Shareholders  for the  year  ended  May 31,  1996,  are  incorporated  by
       reference in Item 8:
                                       7
<PAGE>
(a) 1.            Financial Statements

       Report of Independent Public Accountants

       Consolidated Balance Sheets - May 31, 1996 and 1995.

       Consolidated  Statements of  Income - Years  ended May 31, 1996, 1995 and
          1994.

       Consolidated  Statements  of  Stockholder's  Equity - Years ended May 31,
          1996, 1995 and 1994.

       Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows - Years ended May 31, 1996,  1995
          and 1994.

       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(a)  2.           Financial Statement Schedules

       Not applicable.

(a)  3.           Exhibits

2.1               Stock purchase  Agreement  between  William O. Milburn and the
                  Company  dated July 28,  1993.  Incorporated  by  reference to
                  Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's report on Form 8-K dated July 29,
                  1993.

2.2(a)            Stock Purchase  Agreement between Seller and the Company dated
                  November 3, 1994.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
                  the Company's report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 1994.

2.2(b)            Amendment to Stock Purchase  Agreement  between Seller and the
                  Company dated November 18, 1994.  Incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit  2.2(b) to the  Company's  report on Form 10-K for the
                  year ended May 31, 1995.

2.2(c)            Second  Amendment to Stock Purchase  Agreement  between Seller
                  and the Company  dated  November  18,  1994.  Incorporated  by
                  reference to Exhibit  2.2(c) to the  Company's  report on Form
                  10-K for the year ended May 31, 1995.

2.2(d)            Third Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement between Seller and
                  the Company dated July 12, 1995.  Incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit  2.2(d) to the  Company's  report on Form 10-K for the
                  year ended May 31, 1995.

3.1(a)            Certificate of Incorporation  of the Company.  Incorporated by
                  reference  to Exhibit  3.1(a) to  Registration  Statement  No.
                  33-6797, as filed on June 25, 1986.

3.1(b)            Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Company.
                  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(b) to Amendment No. 2
                  to Registration Statement No. 33-6797, as filed on January 30,
                  1987.

3.1(c)            Certificate  of  Second   Amendment  of  the   Certificate  of
                  Incorporation.  Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3 to the
                  Company's report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31,
                  1993.

3.2               By-laws of the Company.  Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                  3.2 to registration  Statement No.  33-6797,  as filed on June
                  25, 1986.

4.1*              Indenture  dated as of April 15, 1996  between the Company and
                  First Union National Bank, as Trustee. 
                                       8
<PAGE>
(a) 3.            Exhibits (continued)

4.2(a)            Indenture  dated as of August 1, 1992  between the Company and
                  Fidelity Bank, National Association, as Trustee.  Incorporated
                  by  reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the  Company's  report on Form
                  10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 1992.

4.2(b)            First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 22, 1994 to the
                  Indenture  dated  August  1,  1992,  between  CHHC  and  First
                  Fidelity Bank, National Association,  (formerly Fidelity Bank,
                  National Association),  as Trustee.  Incorporated by reference
                  to Exhibit  4.1 to the  Company's  report on Form 10-Q for the
                  quarter ended February 28, 1994.

4.3               Indenture dated as of November 1, 1995 between the Company and
                  Manufacturer's   and  Traders  Trust   Company,   as  Trustee.
                  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  4.1 to the  Company's
                  report on form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 1995.

10.1(a)           Lease  Agreement  dated  August 1, 1990,  as amended,  for the
                  Company's principal office located at 7001 N. Scottsdale Road,
                  Suite 2050, Scottsdale,  Arizona. Incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended May 31, 1991.

10.1(b)           Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated June 27, 1994 for the
                  Company's principal office located at 7001 N. Scottsdale Road,
                  Suite 2050, Scottsdale,  Arizona. Incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit  10.1(b) to the Company's  report on Form 10-K for the
                  year ended May 31, 1994.

10.2(a)+          The Company's Restated 1986 Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated
                  by  reference   to  Exhibit   10.3  to  Amendment   No.  2  to
                  Registration  Statement No.  33-6797,  as filed on January 30,
                  1987.

10.2(b)+          The  Company's  1988  Stock  Incentive  Plan (As  amended  and
                  restated July 23, 1992).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  A  to  the  Company's  Notice  of  Annual  Meeting  and  Proxy
                  Statement dated August 3, 1992.

10.3              Amended and Restated Mortgage  Warehousing Credit and Security
                  Agreement dated as of July 1, 1995 between Bank One,  Arizona,
                  NA ("BOAZ")  and CHMC.  Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit
                  10.3 to the  Company's  report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                  May 31, 1995.

10.3(a)           Modification  Agreement  dated as of December 1, 1995  between
                  BOAZ and CHMC.  Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
                  the  Company's  report  on Form  10-Q  for the  quarter  ended
                  November 30, 1995.

10.4              Replacement  Revolving  Line of Credit  Promissory  Note dated
                  July 1, 1995 by CHMC in favor of BOAZ in the principal  amount
                  of up to  $25,000,000.  Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit
                  10.4 to the  Company's  report on form 10-K for the year ended
                  May 31, 1995.

10.4(a)           Amended  and  Restated  Replacement  Revolving  Line of Credit
                  Promissory  Note dated  December 1, 1995 between BOAZ and CHMC
                  in favor of BOAZ in the amount of $25,000,000. Incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's report on Form 10-Q
                  for the quarter ended November 30, 1995.

10.5*             Credit  Agreement  dated as of June  27,  1996  between  BOAZ,
                  Norwest, The First National Bank of Boston and CHHC.

10.6*             Promissory  Note dated June 27, 1996  between BOAZ and CHHC in
                  the principal amount of up to $65,000,000.

10.7*             Promissory Note dated June 27, 1996 between The First National
                  Bank of  Boston  and  CHHC in the  principal  amount  of up to
                  $25,000,000. 
                                       9
<PAGE>
(a)3.             Exhibits (continued)

10.8*             Promissory  Note  dated June 27,  1996  between  Norwest  Bank
                  Arizona and CHHC in the principal amount of up to $20,000,000.

11.*              Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings.

13.*              Page 3 and  pages  12  through  31 of  the  Annual  Report  to
                  Stockholders for the year ended May 31, 1996.

21.*              Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.*              Consent of Independent Public Accountants.

27.*              Financial Data Schedule.
- ----------
+    Denotes a compensatory plan or agreement.
*    Filed herewith.

(b)               Reports on Form 8-K
                  There  were no  reports  filed  on Form  8-K  during  the last
                  quarter of the year ended May 31,  1996.  The Company  filed a
                  report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 1994.
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated:    August 23, 1996                        CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.

                                                 By:   /s/  Donald R. Loback
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                 Donald R. Loback
                                                 Chief Executive Officer


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/  Donald R. Loback                                           August 23, 1996
- ------------------------------------                            ---------------
Donald R. Loback                                                      Date
Chief Executive Officer

/s/  W. Thomas Hickcox                                          August 23, 1996
- ------------------------------------                            ---------------
W. Thomas Hickcox                                                     Date
President and Director

/s/ Julie E. Collins                                            August 23, 1996
- ------------------------------------                            ---------------
Julie E. Collins                                                       Date
Secretary, Treasurer and
  Financial Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Bradley S. Anderson                                         August 23, 1996
- ------------------------------------                            ---------------
Bradley S. Anderson                                                    Date
Director

/s/ Jo Ann Rudd                                                 August 23, 1996
- ------------------------------------                            ---------------
Jo Ann Rudd                                                            Date
Director

/s/ William Steinberg                                           August 23, 1996
- ------------------------------------                            ---------------
William Steinberg                                                      Date
Director
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                INDEX OF EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Page Number

<C>                                                                                                       <C>
4.1      Indenture dated as of April 15, 1996 between the Company and First Union
         National Bank, as Trustee.

10.5     Credit Agreement dated as of June 27, 1996 between BOAZ,  Norwest,  The
         First National Bank of Boston and CHHC.

10.6     Promissory  Note  dated  June  27,  1996  between  BOAZ and CHHC in the
         principal amount of up to $65,000,000.

10.7     Promissory  Note dated June 27, 1996 between the First National Bank of
         Boston and CHHC in the principal amount of up to $25,000,000.

10.8     Promissory  Note dated June 27, 1996  between  Norwest Bank Arizona and
         CHHC in the principal amount of up to $20,000,000.

11.      Statement Re:  Computation of Per Share Earnings                                                 E-2

13.      Page 3 and pages 12 through 31 of the Annual Report to Stockholders
         for the year ended May 31, 1996.

21.      Subsidiaries of the Company.                                                                     E-3

23.      Consent of Independent Public Accountants.                                                       E-4

27.      Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

================================================================================


                        CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.,

                           THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

                                       AND

                           FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
                                       as
                                     Trustee





                                  ------------

                                    Indenture

                           Dated as of April 15, 1996

                                  ------------


                                  $150,000,000

                                10% SENIOR NOTES
                               DUE APRIL 15, 2006


================================================================================
<PAGE>
                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
                              ---------------------

  TIA                                                        Indenture
Section                                                       Section
- -------                                                       -------

   310(a)(1).................................................. 7.11
      (a)(2).................................................. 7.11
      (a)(3).................................................. N.A.
      (a)(4).................................................. N.A.
      (a)(5).................................................. 7.11
      (b)   .................................................. 7.09; 7.11; 11.02
      (c)   .................................................. N.A.
   311(a)   .................................................. 7.12
      (b)   .................................................. 7.12
      (c)   .................................................. N.A.
   312(a)   .................................................. 2.05
      (b)   .................................................. 11.03
      (c)   .................................................. 11.03
   313(a)   .................................................. 7.07
      (b)(1).................................................. N.A.
      (b)(2).................................................. N.A.
      (c)   .................................................. 7.07; 11.02
      (d)   .................................................. 7.06
   314(a)   .................................................. 4.07; 11.02
      (b)   .................................................. N.A.
      (c)(1).................................................. 11.04
      (c)(2).................................................. 11.04
      (c)(3).................................................. N.A.
      (d)   .................................................. N.A.
      (e)   .................................................. 11.05
      (f)   .................................................. N.A.
   315(a)   .................................................. 7.01(b)
      (b)   .................................................. 7.05; 11.02
      (c)   .................................................. 7.01(a)
      (d)   .................................................. 7.01(c)
      (e)   .................................................. 6.11
   316(a)(last sentence)...................................... 2.09
      (a)(1)(A)............................................... 6.05
      (a)(1)(B)............................................... 6.04
      (a)(2).................................................. N.A.
      (b)   .................................................. 6.07
   317(a)(1).................................................. 6.08
      (a)(2).................................................. 6.09
      (b)   .................................................. 2.04
   318(a)   .................................................. 11.01
      (c)   .................................................. 11.01
- -------------

N.A. means Not Applicable.

This cross-reference table does not constitute a part of the Indenture.
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                       Page
- -------                                                                                                       ----

                                                    ARTICLE ONE

                                    DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
1.01.             Definitions...............................................................................    1
1.02.             Other Definitions.........................................................................   19
1.03.             Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture
                      Act...................................................................................   20
1.04.             Rules of Construction.....................................................................   21

                                                    ARTICLE TWO

                                                  THE SECURITIES

2.01.             Form and Dating...........................................................................   21
2.02.             Execution and Authentication..............................................................   21
2.03.             Registrar and Paying Agent................................................................   22
2.04.             Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.......................................................   23
2.05.             Securityholder Lists......................................................................   23
2.06.             Transfer and Exchange.....................................................................   23
2.07.             Replacement Securities....................................................................   24
2.08.             Outstanding Securities....................................................................   24
2.09.             Securities Held by the Company or an Affiliate............................................   25
2.10.             Temporary Securities......................................................................   25
2.11.             Cancellation..............................................................................   25
2.12.             Defaulted Interest........................................................................   26

                                                   ARTICLE THREE

                                                    REDEMPTION

3.01.             Notices to Trustee........................................................................   26
3.02.             Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed....................................................   26
3.03.             Notice of Redemption......................................................................   27
3.04.             Effect of Notice of Redemption............................................................   27
3.05.             Deposit of Redemption Price...............................................................   27
3.06.             Securities Redeemed in Part...............................................................   28

                                                   ARTICLE FOUR

                                                     COVENANTS

4.01.             Payment of Securities.....................................................................   28
4.02.             Maintenance of Office or Agency...........................................................   28
4.03.             SEC Reports...............................................................................   29
4.04.             Compliance Certificate....................................................................   29
4.05.             Stay, Extension and Usury Laws............................................................   30
4.06.             Corporate Existence.......................................................................   30
</TABLE>
                                      -ii-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                       Page
- -------                                                                                                       ----

<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
4.07.             Notice of Default.........................................................................   30
4.08.             Change of Control.........................................................................   30
4.09.             Maintenance of Net Worth..................................................................   33
4.10.             Limitation on Debt........................................................................   36
4.11.             Limitation on Restricted Payments.........................................................   37
4.12.             Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment
                      Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries...................................................   39
4.13.             Limitation on Liens.......................................................................   40
4.14.             Transactions with Affiliates..............................................................   40
4.15.             Limitation on Asset Sales.................................................................   41
4.16.             Additional Guarantors.....................................................................   44

                                                   ARTICLE FIVE

                                                    SUCCESSORS

5.01.             When Company May Merge, etc...............................................................   45
5.02.             Successor Substituted.....................................................................   46

                                                    ARTICLE SIX

                                               DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

6.01.             Events of Default.........................................................................   47
6.02.             Acceleration..............................................................................   49
6.03.             Other Remedies ...........................................................................
6.04.             Waiver of Past Defaults...................................................................   49
6.05.             Control by Majority.......................................................................   49
6.06.             Limitation on Suits.......................................................................   50
6.07.             Rights of Holders to Receive Payment......................................................   50
6.08.             Collection Suit by Trustee................................................................   51
6.09.             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..........................................................   51
6.10.             Priorities................................................................................   51
6.11.             Undertaking for Costs.....................................................................   52

                                                   ARTICLE SEVEN

                                                      TRUSTEE

7.01.             Duties of Trustee.........................................................................   52
7.02.             Rights of Trustee.........................................................................   54
7.03.             Individual Rights of Trustee..............................................................   54
7.04.             Trustee's Disclaimer......................................................................   54
7.05.             Notice of Defaults........................................................................   55
7.06.             Reports by Trustee to Holders.............................................................   55
7.07.             Compensation and Indemnity................................................................   55
7.08.             Replacement of Trustee....................................................................   56
7.09.             Successor Trustee by Merger, etc..........................................................   57
7.10.             Eligibility; Disqualification.............................................................   57
</TABLE>
                                      -iii-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                       Page
- -------                                                                                                       ----
<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
7.11.             Preferential Collection of Claims Against
                      Company...............................................................................   58

                                                   ARTICLE EIGHT

                                                    DEFEASANCE

8.01.             Defeasance upon Deposit of Moneys or U.S.
                      Government Obligations................................................................   58
8.02.             Termination of Obligations Pursuant
                    to Redemption...........................................................................   59
8.03.             Survival of Company's Obligations.........................................................   61
8.04.             Application of Trust Money................................................................   61
8.05.             Repayment to Company or Guarantors........................................................   61
8.06.             Reinstatement.............................................................................   61

                                                   ARTICLE NINE

                                                    AMENDMENTS

9.01.             Without Consent of Holders................................................................   62
9.02.             With Consent of Holders...................................................................   63
9.03.             Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.......................................................   64
9.04.             Revocation and Effect of Consents.........................................................   64
9.05.             Notation on or Exchange of Securities.....................................................   65
9.06.             Trustee Protected.........................................................................   65

                                                    ARTICLE TEN

                                                    GUARANTEES

10.01.            Guarantee.................................................................................   65
10.02.            Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.......................................................   68
10.03.            Additional Guarantors.....................................................................   69
10.04.            Release of Guarantor......................................................................   69

                                                  ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                                   MISCELLANEOUS

11.01.            Trust Indenture Act Controls..............................................................   70
11.02.            Notices...................................................................................   70
11.03.            Communication by Holders with Other Holders...............................................   71
11.04.            Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
                      Precedent.............................................................................   71
11.05.            Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.............................................   72
11.06.            Rules by Trustee and Agents...............................................................   72
11.07.            Legal Holidays............................................................................   73
11.08.            No Recourse Against Others................................................................   73
11.09.            Duplicate Originals.......................................................................   73
</TABLE>
                                      -iv-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                       Page
- -------                                                                                                       ----

<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
11.10.            Governing Law.............................................................................   73
11.11.            No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.............................................   73
11.12.            Successors................................................................................   74
11.13.            Separability..............................................................................   74
11.14.            Table of Contents, Headings, etc..........................................................   74

SIGNATURES .      ..........................................................................................   75

EXHIBIT A - FORM OF SECURITY
EXHIBIT B - FORM OF GUARANTEE
</TABLE>
                                      -v-
<PAGE>
                  INDENTURE dated as of April 15, 1996 between CONTINENTAL HOMES
HOLDING CORP., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  the Guarantors signatory
hereto (the  "Guarantors")  and FIRST UNION  NATIONAL  BANK, a national  banking
association  organized  and  existing  under  the laws of the  United  States of
America, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                  Each  party  agrees as  follows  for the  benefit of the other
parties  and for the equal and ratable  benefit of the Holders of the  Company's
10% Senior Notes due 2006 (the "Securities").

                                   ARTICLE 1.

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01  Definitions.
              -----------
                  "Additional Assets" means assets used or usable by the Company
or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries in the operation of the existing lines of
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

                  "Affiliate" of any Person means (i) any other Person  directly
or indirectly  controlling  or controlled by or under direct or indirect  common
control  with such Person and (ii) any other  Person that  beneficially  owns at
least 10% of the voting  common stock of such  Person.  For the purposes of this
definition,  "control"  when used with  respect to any Person means the power to
direct the  management  and  policies of such  Person,  directly or  indirectly,
whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or otherwise;
and the terms  "controlling" and "controlled"  have meanings  correlative to the
foregoing.

                  "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent, or co-Registrar.

                  "Asset Sale" for any Person means the sale, lease,  conveyance
or other disposition (including, without limitation, by merger, consolidation or
sale and leaseback transaction, and whether by operation of law or otherwise) of
any of that Person's assets (including,  without  limitation,  the sale or other
disposition of Capital Stock of any  Subsidiary of such Person,  whether by such
Person or such  Subsidiary)  outside the ordinary  course of  business,  whether
owned on the date of this Indenture or subsequently  acquired in one transaction
or  a  series  of  related  transactions,   in  which  such  Person  and/or  its
Subsidiaries  receive  cash  and/or  other  consideration  (including,   without
limitation,  the unconditional  assumption of Indebtedness 
<PAGE>
                                       -2-

of such Person  and/or its  Subsidiaries)  of $5,000,000 or more as to each such
transaction or series of related  transactions;  provided,  however,  that (i) a
transaction  or series  of  related  transactions  that  results  in a Change of
Control will not constitute an Asset Sale,  (ii) sales,  leases,  conveyances or
other  dispositions of real estate related to the  homebuilding  business of the
Company  or  its  Subsidiaries  will  not  constitute  Asset  Sales,  and  (iii)
transactions  between the Company and any Guarantor,  or among such  Guarantors,
will not constitute Asset Sales.

                  "Bank Facility" means,  collectively,  one or more commitments
from one or more banks or other  lending  institutions  to lend funds,  together
with  any  and all  agreements,  documents  and  instruments  from  time to time
delivered in connection  therewith as such  commitments or any such  agreements,
documents  or  instruments  may be in effect or amended,  amended and  restated,
renewed, extended, restructured, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time  and  any  credit  agreement,  loan  agreement,  note  purchase  agreement,
indenture or other agreement,  document or instrument refinancing,  refunding or
otherwise  replacing  such Bank  Facility,  whether or not with the same  agent,
trustee, representative,  lenders or holders, and, subject to the proviso to the
next  succeeding  sentence,  irrespective  of  any  changes  in  the  terms  and
conditions thereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the term
"Bank Facility" shall include any amendment, amendment and restatement, renewal,
extension,  restructuring,  supplement or  modification to any Bank Facility and
all refundings,  refinancings and  replacements of any Bank Facility,  including
any agreement  (i)  extending  the maturity of any Debt  Incurred  thereunder or
contemplated   thereby,   (ii)  adding  or  deleting   borrowers  or  guarantors
thereunder;  provided that such borrowers and issuers include one or more of the
Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective successors and assigns,  (iii)
increasing  the amount of Debt  Incurred  thereunder or available to be borrowed
thereunder;  provided that on the date thereof such Debt would not be prohibited
by clause (b) of the definition of Permitted  Debt, or (iv)  otherwise  altering
the terms and conditions thereof in a manner not prohibited by the terms of this
Indenture.

                  "Capital  Stock"  of any  Person  means  any and  all  shares,
interests,  participations or other equivalents  (however designated) of capital
stock of such Person and all warrants or options to acquire such capital stock.
<PAGE>
                                      -3-

                  "Carlsbad  Property" means the 417 acres owned by the Carlsbad
Subsidiary in Carlsbad, California, located in San Diego County.

                  "Carlsbad Subsidiary" means  Rancho  Carillo, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and a Subsidiary of the Company.

                  "Change of  Control"  of the  Company  shall be deemed to have
occurred upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any "person" or
"group"  (as such  terms are used in  Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the  Exchange
Act),  excluding the Management Group, is or becomes the "beneficial  owner" (as
defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the  Exchange  Act,  except that a person
shall be deemed  to have  "beneficial  ownership"  of all  securities  that such
person has the right to acquire,  whether such right is exercisable immediately,
after  the  passage  of time,  upon  the  happening  of an event or  otherwise),
directly  or  indirectly,  of more  than 50% of the  total  Voting  Stock of the
Company; provided, however, that the members of the Management Group do not have
the  right or  ability  by  voting  power,  contract  or  otherwise  to elect or
designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;  (b)
the Company  consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person or sells,
assigns,   conveys,   transfers,   leases  or  otherwise   disposes  of  all  or
substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person  consolidates with,
or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction
in which the  outstanding  Voting  Stock of the  Company  is  converted  into or
exchanged  for  cash,  securities  or  other  property,   other  than  any  such
transaction  where immediately after such transaction no "person" or "group" (as
such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act),  excluding
the Management  Group, is the "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5  under the  Exchange  Act,  except  that a person  shall be deemed to have
"beneficial  ownership"  of all  securities  that such  person  has the right to
acquire,  whether such right is  exercisable  immediately,  after the passage of
time, upon the happening of an event or otherwise),  directly or indirectly,  of
more  than  50%  of the  total  Voting  Stock  of the  surviving  or  transferee
corporation;  provided, however, that the members of the Management Group do not
have the right or ability by voting  power,  contract or  otherwise  to elect or
designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;  (c)
at any time  during any  consecutive  two-year  period,  individuals  who at the
beginning  of such  period  constituted  the Board of  Directors  of the Company
(together  with any new directors  whose  election by such Board of Directors or
whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by
a vote of a majority  of the  directors  then  still in office  who were  either
directors
<PAGE>
                                       -4-

at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously  so  approved)  cease for any reason to  constitute a majority of the
Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  then in  office;  or (d) the  Company  is
liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation.

                  "Closing Date"  means  the  date  on which the  Securities are
originally issued.

                  "Common Stock"  means  the  common stock, par  value $.01  per
share, of the Company.

                  "Company"  means the party  named as such  above and any other
obligor  until a successor  replaces it  pursuant  to the  applicable  provision
hereof and thereafter means the successor.

                  "Consolidated  Interest Expense" of the Company means, for any
period,  the aggregate  amount of interest  which,  in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, would be included on an income statement for the
Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis,  whether
expensed  directly,  or  included  as a  component  of cost of  goods  sold,  or
allocated to joint ventures or otherwise (including, but not limited to, imputed
interest included on capitalized lease obligations,  all commissions,  discounts
and other fees and charges  owed with  respect to letters of credit and bankers'
acceptance  financing,  the  net  costs  associated  with  hedging  obligations,
amortization of other financing fees and expenses,  the interest  portion of any
deferred payment  obligation,  amortization of discount or premium,  if any, and
all other non-cash interest expense),  excluding interest expense related to the
Company's  mortgage banking  operations,  plus the product of (x) the sum of (i)
cash  dividends  paid on any  Preferred  Stock of the  Company  plus  (ii)  cash
dividends, the principal amount of any debt securities issued as a dividend, the
liquidation  value of any  Preferred  Stock  issued as a  dividend  and the fair
market value (as  determined by the Company's  board of directors in good faith)
of any other non-cash  dividends,  in each case,  paid on any Preferred Stock of
any Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Wholly-Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary),  times  (y) a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is one and the
denominator of which is one minus the then current effective  aggregate federal,
state and local tax rate of the Company, expressed as a decimal.

                  "Consolidated Interest Incurred" of the Company means, for any
period, (a) the aggregate amount of interest which, in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, would be included on an income statement for the
Company  and  its  
<PAGE>
                                      -5-

Restricted  Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, whether expensed directly,  or
included as a component of cost of goods sold, or allocated to joint ventures or
otherwise  (including,   but  not  limited  to,  imputed  interest  included  on
capitalized  lease  obligations,  all commissions,  discounts and other fees and
charges  owed  with  respect  to  letters  of  credit  and  bankers'  acceptance
financing,  the net costs associated with hedging  obligations,  amortization of
other financing fees and expenses,  the interest portion of any deferred payment
obligation,  amortization of discount or premium, if any, and all other non-cash
interest expense),  excluding interest expense related to the Company's mortgage
banking  operations,  plus or minus,  without  duplication,  (b) the  difference
between capitalized  interest for such period and the interest component of cost
of goods sold for such  period,  plus (c) the product of (x) the sum of (i) cash
dividends paid on any Preferred  Stock of the Company plus (ii) cash  dividends,
the  principal  amount  of  any  debt  securities  issued  as  a  dividend,  the
liquidation  value of any  Preferred  Stock  issued as a  dividend  and the fair
market value (as  determined by the Company's  Board of Directors in good faith)
of any other non-cash  dividends,  in each case,  paid on any Preferred Stock of
any Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Wholly-Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary),  times  (y) a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is one and the
denominator of which is one minus the then current effective  aggregate federal,
state and local tax rate of the Company, expressed as a decimal.

                  "Consolidated  Net  Income" of the  Company,  for any  period,
means the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  for
such period,  determined on a consolidated  basis,  in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;  provided that, without duplication, (i) the net
income of any Person,  other than a Restricted  Subsidiary which is consolidated
with the Company,  in which any Person other than the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries  has an  interest  in shall be  included  only to the extent of the
amount of cash  dividends  or  distributions  actually  paid to the Company or a
Restricted  Subsidiary  during  such  period,  (ii) the net income of any Person
acquired in a pooling of interests  transaction for any period prior to the date
of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iii) the net income of any Subsidiary of
the  Company  shall be excluded to the extent  such  Subsidiary  is  prohibited,
directly or indirectly, from distributing such net income or any portion thereof
to the Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (iv) all  extraordinary  gains and
losses  (after  taxes) that would be included  on an income  statement  for such
period shall be excluded and (v) all gains and losses (after taxes) attributable
to Asset Sales shall be excluded;  provided that
<PAGE>
                                      -6-

there shall be included in such net income, without duplication,  the net income
of any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  to the  extent  such net  income  is  actually
received by the  Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  in cash during
such period.

                  "Consolidated  Non-cash Charges" of the Company means, for any
period,  the aggregate  depreciation,  amortization  and other non-cash  charges
(other than  reserves or expenses  established  in  anticipation  of future cash
requirements  such as  reserves  for taxes and  uncollectible  accounts)  of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period,
as determined in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles;
provided that  Consolidated  Non-cash Charges shall exclude (i) any charges that
are not included for the purpose of determining  Consolidated  Net Income,  (ii)
any  charges  that are  included  for the  purpose of  determining  Consolidated
Interest Expense or Consolidated Tax Expense and (iii) any charges  representing
capitalized  selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  that are  expensed
during such period as cost of goods sold.

                  "Consolidated  Tangible  Assets" of the Company as of any date
means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
(less  applicable   reserves  and  less  the  assets  securing  the  payment  of
Non-Recourse  Debt  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries)  on  a
consolidated basis at the end of the fiscal quarter  immediately  preceding such
date, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
less:  (i)  unamortized  debt  and  debt  issuance  expense,  deferred  charges,
goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  copyrights, and all other items which would be
treated as intangibles on the consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its
Restricted   Subsidiaries   prepared  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting  principles and (ii)  appropriate  adjustments on account of minority
interests  of  other   Persons   holding   equity   investments   in  Restricted
Subsidiaries, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, as reflected on
the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

                  "Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth" of the  Company  means the
Company's Net Worth less  unamortized debt and debt issuance  expense,  deferred
charges, goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  copyrights, and all other items which
would be treated as intangibles on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company
and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.
<PAGE>
                                      -7-

                  "Consolidated  Tax  Expense"  of the  Company  means,  for any
period,  the  aggregate  of the tax expense of the  Company  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period,  determined on a consolidated basis, in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles.

                  "Corporate  Trust  Office  of  the  Trustee"  shall  be at the
address of the Trustee  specified in Section  11.02 or such other address as the
Trustee may give notice of to the Company.

                  "Coverage  Ratio"  of  the  Company  means  the  ratio  of the
Company's  EBITDA to its  Consolidated  Interest  Incurred  for the four  fiscal
quarters ending immediately prior to the date of determination.  Notwithstanding
clause (ii) of the definition of Consolidated  Net Income,  if the Debt which is
being Incurred is Incurred in connection with an acquisition by the Company or a
Restricted  Subsidiary,  the  Coverage  Ratio shall be  determined  after giving
effect to both the Consolidated  Interest  Incurred related to the Incurrence of
such Debt and the EBITDA (x) of the Person  becoming a Restricted  Subsidiary of
the  Company  or (y) in the case of an  acquisition  of assets  that  constitute
substantially all of an operating unit or business, relating to the assets being
acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

                  "Debt" means, as to any Person,  without duplication,  (a) any
indebtedness  of such Person for borrowed  money,  (b) all  indebtedness of such
Person  evidenced  by bonds,  debentures,  notes,  letters of credit,  drafts or
similar  instruments,  (c) all  indebtedness  of such Person to pay the deferred
purchase price of property or services,  but not including  accounts payable and
accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all capitalized
lease  obligations  of such Person,  (e) all Debt of others secured by a Lien on
any asset of such Person,  whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person or
guaranteed  by such Person,  (f)  Redeemable  Stock of such Person and Preferred
Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person,  (g) all obligations of such Person with
respect  to  Interest  Rate  Protection  Agreements  and (h) all Debt of  others
guaranteed  by such  Person.  The  amount of all Debt of any  Person at any date
pursuant  to  clauses  (a)-(d)  and (f)  above  shall  be as would  appear  as a
liability upon a balance sheet of such Person  prepared on a consolidated  basis
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  "Debt" of the Company  shall not include the amount  reflected  on a
consolidated  balance  sheet of the Company  with  respect to options to acquire
real  property  which was  purchased  by the  Company  and sold to a third party
within 360 days of such purchase for  consideration at least equal
<PAGE>
                                      -8-

to the amount paid by the Company for such  property less an amount equal to the
value of such option.

                  "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage
of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

                  "EBITDA"  for the  Company,  for any  period,  means,  without
duplication,  the  Consolidated  Net Income of the Company  plus,  to the extent
deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) Consolidated Tax
Expense,  (b)  Consolidated  Interest  Expense  and  (c)  Consolidated  Non-cash
Charges.

                  "Exchange Act"  means  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "Existing  Debt"  means all of the Debt of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries that was outstanding on the Closing Date.

                  "guarantee" by any Person means any obligation,  contingent or
otherwise,  of such Person directly or indirectly  guaranteeing  any Debt of any
other  Person  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of the  foregoing,  any
obligation,  direct or  indirect,  contingent  or  otherwise,  of such Person to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Debt of such other  Person  (whether by  agreement  to  keep-well or to maintain
financial condition or otherwise);  provided that the term "guarantee" shall not
include  endorsements  for  collection  or  deposit  in the  ordinary  course of
business.

                  "Guarantee"  means the guarantee of the Company's  obligations
hereunder  made by a Guarantor in favor of the Holders  pursuant to the terms of
Article 10 hereof.

                  "Guarantor"  means all of the Restricted  Subsidiaries  of the
Company  existing  on the date  hereof and any person  who  becomes a  guarantor
pursuant to Section 10.03.

                  "Holder"  or  "Securityholder"  means a Person in whose name a
Security is registered on the Registrar's books.

                  "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended,  supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, in accordance with the terms hereof.

                  "Independent  Financial  Advisor"  means a firm (i) which does
not, and whose  directors,  officers and  employees or Affiliates do not, have a
direct or indirect  financial  interest
<PAGE>
                                      -9-

in the Company and (ii) which,  in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it
is to be engaged.

                  "Interest Rate  Protection  Agreement"  means any  arrangement
with any other Person whereby,  directly or indirectly,  such Person is entitled
to receive from time to time periodic  payments  calculated by applying either a
floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for
periodic  payments  made by such  Person  calculated  by  applying  a fixed or a
floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without
limitation,  interest rate swaps, caps, floors,  collars and similar agreements;
provided that any arrangement which is entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  in connection with Debt Incurred by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall constitute Permitted Debt.

                  "Investment"  means, with respect to any Person, any direct or
indirect loan or other extension of credit or capital  contribution to (by means
of any transfer of cash or other  property to others or any payment for property
or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by
such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds,  notes,  debentures or other securities
or evidences of Debt issued by, any other  Person.  "Investments"  shall exclude
extensions of trade credit by the Company and its  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary
course of business in accordance  with normal trade  practices of the Company or
such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

                  "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset, any mortgage,  lien,
pledge,  assignment  (including any assignment of rights to receive  payments of
money other than in connection with mortgage banking  operations in the ordinary
course of  business),  charge,  security  interest  or  encumbrance  of any kind
(including any conditional sale or other title retention  agreement or any lease
in the nature  thereof) in respect of such asset and any  agreement  to grant to
any Person any such Lien and any sale and leaseback of any asset.

                  "Management Group" means the executive officers of the Company
as of the date of this Indenture,  members of their immediate families,  certain
trusts for their benefit, and legal representatives of, or heirs,  beneficiaries
or legatees  receiving  Common Stock (or securities  convertible or exchangeable
for Common Stock) under, any such person's estate.
<PAGE>
                                      -10-

                  "Material  Subsidiary" means any Restricted  Subsidiary of the
Company  which  accounted  for 10 percent or more of the  Consolidated  Tangible
Assets or EBITDA of the Company for the fiscal year ending  immediately prior to
any Default or Event of Default.

                  "Mortgage"  means a first priority  mortgage or first priority
deed of trust on improved real property.

                  "Mortgage  Debt" means such mortgage  banking debt as would be
listed on the  consolidated  balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles.

                  "Net  Proceeds"  with respect to any Asset Sale means (i) cash
(in U.S.  dollars  or freely  convertible  into U.S.  dollars)  received  by the
Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  from such Asset Sale  (including
cash received as  consideration  for the assumption or incurrence of liabilities
incurred in connection with or in  anticipation  of such Asset Sale),  after (a)
provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset
Sale to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not offset
by net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carry-forwards,  (b)  payment  of all
brokerage  commissions and the underwriting  fees and, without  limitation,  all
other fees and  expenses  related  to such  Asset  Sale,  and (c)  deduction  of
appropriate  amounts to be  provided  by the  Company  or any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  as a reserve,  in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or otherwise
disposed of in such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, pension and other
post-employment  benefit  liabilities and liabilities  related to  environmental
matters) or against any indemnification  obligations associated with the sale or
other  disposition  of the assets  sold or  otherwise  disposed of in such Asset
Sale, and (ii) all noncash  consideration  received by the Company or any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale upon the liquidation or conversion
of such consideration into cash.

                  "Net Worth" of the Company  means,  at any date, the aggregate
of capital,  surplus  and  retained  earnings of the Company and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  as would be shown on a  consolidated  balance sheet of the Company
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,  adjusted
to  exclude  (to  the  extent  included)  investments  by the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  in  joint  ventures  and the  amount  of  equity
<PAGE>
                                      -11-

attributable to Affiliates other than Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

                  "Non-Recourse  Debt" with  respect to any Person means Debt of
such Person for which the sole legal  recourse for  collection  of principal and
interest  on such  Debt is  against  the  specific  property  identified  in the
instruments evidencing or securing such Debt and such property was acquired with
the proceeds of such Debt or such Debt was Incurred (i) within 90 days after the
acquisition of such property or (ii) in respect of the Carlsbad Property.

                  "Officer"  means the Chief Executive  Officer,  the President,
any Vice  President,  the  Treasurer  or the  Secretary  of the  Company  or any
Guarantor, as applicable.

                  "Officers'  Certificate"  means a  certificate  signed  by two
Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant  Treasurer or an Assistant  Secretary
of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable.

                  "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means a  written  opinion  from  legal
counsel who may be an  employee  of or counsel for the Company or other  counsel
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

                  "Permitted Debt" means:

                  (a) Debt evidenced by the Securities and the Guarantees;

                  (b) Debt Incurred by the Company or any Guarantor  under or in
respect of a Bank  Facility  (including  any  guarantees  related  thereto)  for
working capital or general corporate purposes or evidenced by letters of credit;
provided  that the  aggregate  amount of all such Debt  outstanding  at any time
pursuant to this clause (b) may not exceed $110,000,000;

                  (c) Debt Incurred  under a Warehouse  Facility;  provided that
the amount of such Debt (including funding drafts issued thereunder) outstanding
at any  time  pursuant  to  this  clause  (c)  guaranteed  by the  Company  or a
Restricted  Subsidiary  may not exceed  $30,000,000  and the amount of such Debt
(excluding  funding drafts issued  thereunder) shall not exceed 98% of the value
of the Mortgages pledged to secure Debt thereunder;

                  (d) Debt of the Company to any Guarantor or of any  Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any Guarantor;
<PAGE>
                                      -12-

                  (e) Existing Debt (without duplication of Debt indicated under
clauses (a)-(d) above) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than
Debt to be repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Securities;

                  (f) Non-Recourse Debt;

                  (g) Debt in respect  of  performance,  completion,  guarantee,
surety and similar bonds or banker's  acceptances provided by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

                  (h) Additional  Debt of  the  Company or any  Guarantor  in an
amount not exceeding $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                  (i) Debt  referred  to  in the  definition  of  Interest  Rate
Protection Agreement; and

                  (j) Refinancing Debt.

                  "Permitted  Investments"  of any Person means  Investments  of
such Person in (i) direct obligations of the United States or any agency thereof
or obligations  guaranteed by the United States or any agency  thereof,  in each
case  maturing  within  180  days  of the  date  of  acquisition  thereof,  (ii)
certificates  of deposit  maturing  within  180 days of the date of  acquisition
thereof issued by a bank, trust company or savings and loan association which is
organized  under  the laws of the  United  States or any  state  thereof  having
capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $250 million and
a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of C or better, (iii) certificates of deposit maturing
within  180 days of the date of  acquisition  thereof  issued  by a bank,  trust
company or savings and loan  association  organized under the laws of the United
States or any state  thereof  other than banks,  trust  companies or savings and
loan  associations  satisfying  the  criteria in (ii) above;  provided  that the
aggregate amount of all certificates of deposit issued to the Company at any one
time by such bank, trust company or savings and loan association will not exceed
$100,000,  (iv)  commercial  paper given the highest  rating by two  established
national  credit  rating  agencies  and maturing not more than 180 days from the
date of the  acquisition  thereof,  (v)  repurchase  agreements or  money-market
accounts  which are fully secured by direct  obligations of the United States or
any agency thereof and (vi) in the case of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (1)
any receivables or loans taken by the Company or a Subsidiary in connection with
the sale of any asset otherwise permitted by this Indenture,  (2) Investments in
any  Guarantor,  (3)  Investments  in 
<PAGE>
                                      -13-

the  Securities  or Debt pari  passu with the  Securities,  (4)  Investments  in
evidences of Debt  securities or other property  received from another Person by
the  Company  or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  in  connection  with  any
bankruptcy proceeding or by reason of a composition or readjustment of debt or a
reorganization  of such  Person or as a result  of  foreclosure,  perfection  or
enforcement  of any Lien in exchange for evidences of Debt,  securities or other
property  of  such  Person  held  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  or for other  liabilities  or obligations of such other Person to
the  Company  or  any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  that  were  created,  in
accordance  with the terms of this  Indenture,  (5) Investments in Interest Rate
Protection  Agreements which constitute Permitted Debt and (6) Investments in an
aggregate amount outstanding not greater than $30,000,000.

                  "Permitted   Liens"  with  respect  to  the  Company  and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  means  (i)  Liens  on  assets  of the  Company  or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company  securing  Debt  which  may be  incurred
pursuant to Section  4.10 hereof,  provided  that the  aggregate  amount of Debt
secured by Liens (excluding  Non-Recourse Debt of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and Debt outstanding under a Warehouse  Facility) may not exceed 40
percent of the Company's  Consolidated  Tangible  Assets;  (ii) Liens securing a
Warehouse  Facility,  provided  that such  Liens  shall not extend to any assets
other than the mortgages,  promissory  notes and other  collateral  that secures
mortgage loans made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;  (iii)
Liens  securing  Non-Recourse  Debt  of the  Company  or  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  provided that such Liens apply only to the property  financed out
of the net proceeds of such  Non-Recourse  Debt within 90 days of the Incurrence
of such  Non-Recourse  Debt (except that such 90 day limitation  shall not apply
with  respect to the Carlsbad  Property)  (iv) Liens  securing  Debt of a Person
existing at the time that such Person is merged  into or  consolidated  with the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were not created in
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets or
property of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary,  other than the surviving
Person and its  Subsidiaries;  (v) Liens on assets or  property  acquired by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were not created in
contemplation  of such  acquisition  and do not  extend to any  other  assets or
property (other than proceeds of such acquired  assets or property);  (vi) Liens
in respect of Interest Rate Protection  Agreements  which  constitute  Permitted
Debt; (vii) Liens for taxes,  assessments or governmental charges or claims that
either (a) are not yet  delinquent  or (b) are being  contested in good
<PAGE>
                                      -14-

faith by appropriate  proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves have been
established  or other  provisions  have been made in accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles;   (viii)  statutory  Liens  of  landlords  and
carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', suppliers', materialmen's, repairmen's or
other Liens imposed by law and arising in the ordinary course of business;  (ix)
Liens (other than any Lien imposed by the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security
Act of 1974,  as amended)  incurred or deposits  made in the ordinary  course of
business in connection with workers'  compensation,  unemployment  insurance and
other types of social  security;  (x) Liens  incurred or deposits made to secure
the performance of tenders,  bids,  leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and
appeal bonds,  progress payments,  government contracts and other obligations of
like nature  (exclusive of obligations  for the payment of borrowed  money),  in
each case,  incurred in the ordinary  course of  business;  (xi)  attachment  or
judgment  Liens  not  giving  rise to a  Default  or  Event  of  Default;  (xii)
easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances
not  materially  interfering  with the  ordinary  conduct of the business of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (xiii) leases or subleases granted to others
not  materially  interfering  with the  ordinary  conduct of the business of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;  (xiv) Liens securing Refinancing
Debt; provided that such Liens only extend to the assets securing the Debt being
refinanced,  such refinanced  Debt was previously  secured and such Liens do not
extend to any other assets of the Company or the assets of any of the  Company's
other  Subsidiaries;  (xv) Liens securing Purchase Money Obligations  (including
capitalized lease obligations);  (xvi) Liens existing on the date hereof; (xvii)
any contract to sell an asset  provided such sale is otherwise  permitted  under
this  Indenture;  and  (xviii)  Liens on  property  or assets of any  Restricted
Subsidiary  securing Debt of such Restricted  Subsidiary owing to the Company or
one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

                  "Person"  means  any  individual,  corporation,   partnership,
association,  trust or other entity or  organization,  including a government or
political subdivision or agency or instrumentality thereof.

                  "Preferred Stock" means,  with respect to any Person,  any and
all shares, interests,  participations or other equivalents (however designated)
of such Person's preferred or preference stock whether now outstanding or issued
after the date of this Indenture, and including, without limitation, all classes
and series of preferred or preference stock.
<PAGE>
                                      -15-

                  "principal"  of a debt  security  means the  principal  of the
security plus the premium, if any, on the security.

                  "Purchase Money  Obligations" means Debt of any Person secured
by Liens (i) on property purchased,  acquired,  or constructed by such Person or
its  Subsidiaries  after  the date of this  Indenture  and used in the  ordinary
course of business by such  Person and (ii)  securing  the payment of all or any
part of the purchase  price or  construction  cost of such assets and limited to
the property so acquired and  improvements  thereof;  provided that such Debt is
incurred  no later  than 90 days  after  the  acquisition  of such  property  or
completion of such construction or improvements.

                  "Redeemable  Stock"  means,  with  respect to any Person,  any
class or series of Capital Stock of such Person that is redeemable at the option
of the holder  (except  pursuant to a change in control  provision that does not
(i) cause such Capital Stock to become  redeemable in circumstances  which would
not  constitute  a Change of Control  and (ii)  require  the  Company to pay the
redemption price therefor prior to the Change of Control  Repurchase Date) or is
subject to mandatory  redemption or otherwise  matures prior to the final stated
maturity of the Securities.

                  "Refinancing  Debt"  means Debt that  refunds,  refinances  or
extends any  Securities,  Existing  Debt (other than  Existing Debt to be repaid
with the net proceeds of the offering of the  Securities) or other Debt Incurred
by the  Company or its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  pursuant  to the terms of this
Indenture,  but only to the extent that (i) the Refinancing Debt is subordinated
to the Securities to the same extent as the Debt being  refunded,  refinanced or
extended, if at all, (ii) the Refinancing Debt is scheduled to mature either (a)
no earlier than the Debt being  refunded,  refinanced or extended,  or (b) after
the  maturity  date  of the  Securities,  (iii)  the  portion,  if  any,  of the
Refinancing Debt that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of
the  Securities  has a  Weighted  Average  Life to  Maturity  at the  time  such
Refinancing  Debt is  Incurred  that is equal to or  greater  than the  Weighted
Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Debt being  refunded,  refinanced
or extended  that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the
Securities  and (iv) the gross proceeds of such  Refinancing  Debt are an amount
that is equal to or less than the aggregate  principal  amount then  outstanding
under the Debt being  refunded,  refinanced  or extended  (plus the  premiums or
other payments paid in connection  therewith  (which shall not exceed the stated
amount of any premium or other payment  required
<PAGE>
                                      -16-

to  be  paid  in  connection  with  such  a  renewal,  extension,  substitution,
refunding,  refinancing,  redemption,  repurchase or replacement pursuant to the
terms of the Debt being renewed, extended,  substituted,  refunded,  refinanced,
amended,  modified,  supplemented,  redeemed,  repurchased  or replaced) and the
expenses incurred in connection therewith).

                  "Restricted Payments" means with respect to the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  (i) the  declaration or payment of any dividend or other
distribution on any shares of such Person's  Capital Stock (except (x) dividends
or distributions in additional shares of Capital Stock of the Company other than
Redeemable  Stock or (y) the  declaration  or payment of any  dividend  or other
distribution  by a Restricted  Subsidiary  to the Company or another  Restricted
Subsidiary),  (ii) any payment on account of the  purchase,  redemption or other
acquisition of (a) any shares of such Person's  Capital Stock or (b) any option,
warrant or other right to acquire shares of such Person's Capital Stock, except,
in each case,  Capital  Stock held by the  Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary,
(iii) any Investment (other than a Permitted  Investment) in any Person, or (iv)
any principal payment, redemption,  repurchase,  defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement,  prior to scheduled principal payment or scheduled  maturity,  of
Subordinated Debt of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

                  "Restricted Subsidiary" means  any  Subsidiary which is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

                  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  "Securities" means the Securities described above issued under
this Indenture.

                  "Subordinated Debt" means, with respect to the Company and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries,  all Debt of such  Person  which is,  pursuant  to its
terms,  expressly  subordinated  in right of  payment to the  Securities  or the
Guarantees (other than Debt held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary).

                  "Subsidiary"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  (i)  any
corporation  or entity of which a majority of the capital stock having  ordinary
voting  power to elect a majority  of the board of  directors  or other  Persons
performing similar functions is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such
Person  or one or more of the  other  Subsidiaries  of that  Person  or (ii) any
partnership or joint venture at least a majority of the voting power of which is
at the time  directly or  indirectly  owned by such Person or one 
<PAGE>
                                      -17-

or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person, or a combination  thereof or a
successor thereto.

                  "TIA"  means the  Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 (15 U.S.  Code
ss.ss.  77aaa-77bbbb)  as in  effect  on the date of this  Indenture,  except as
provided in Section 9.03.

                  "Trust  Officer" means any officer of the Trustee  assigned by
the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

                  "Trustee"  means  the  party  named as such in this  Indenture
until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

                  "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  means each of the  Subsidiaries of
the Company  (other than a Guarantor) so  designated by a resolution  adopted by
the Board of  Directors  of the Company as  provided  below;  provided  that (a)
neither the Company nor any of its other  Subsidiaries  (other than Unrestricted
Subsidiaries) (1) provides any direct or indirect credit support for any Debt of
such Subsidiary  (including any undertaking,  agreement or instrument evidencing
such  Debt)  or (2) is  directly  or  indirectly  liable  for  any  Debt of such
Subsidiary,  and (b) the  creditors  with respect to Debt for borrowed  money of
such  Subsidiary  have agreed in writing that they have no  recourse,  direct or
indirect,  to the Company or any other  Subsidiary  of the  Company  (other than
Unrestricted Subsidiaries), including, without limitation, recourse with respect
to the payment of  principal  or interest  on any Debt of such  Subsidiary.  The
Board of Directors of the Company may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be
a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such redesignation will be deemed
to be an Incurrence by the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of the Debt
(if any) of such redesignated  Subsidiary for purposes of Section 4.10 hereof as
of the date of such redesignation, (ii) any Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary
could then be  Incurred  in  accordance  with  Section  4.10 on the date of such
redesignation and (iii) the Liens of such Unrestricted  Subsidiary could then be
incurred  in  accordance  with  Section  4.13  hereof  as of the  date  of  such
redesignation.  Subject to the foregoing,  the Board of Directors of the Company
also may designate any Restricted  Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted  Subsidiary;
provided  that (i) all previous  Investments  by the Company and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Restricted  Subsidiary (net of any returns  previously paid
on such  Investments)  will be deemed to be  Restricted  Payments at the time of
such  designation and will reduce the amount  available for
<PAGE>
                                      -18-

Restricted  Payments  under  Section  4.11  hereof,  (ii)  the  Company  and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries could incur $1.00 of additional  Indebtedness under the
Coverage  Ratio test  contained  in Section  4.10 hereof and (iii) no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.  Any such  designation or
redesignation  by the Board of Directors of the Company will be evidenced to the
Trustee by the filing with the Trustee of a certified  copy of the resolution of
the Board of  Directors  of the Company  giving  effect to such  designation  or
redesignation and an Officers'  Certificate  certifying that such designation or
redesignation  complied  with the  foregoing  conditions  and setting  forth the
underlying calculations.

                  "U.S.   Government   Obligations"  means  direct  non-callable
obligations of, or non-callable  obligations guaranteed by, the United States of
America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United  States
of America is pledged.

                  "Voting Stock" means with respect to any Person, Capital Stock
of any class or kind  normally  entitled to vote in the election of the board of
directors or other governing body of such Person.

                  "Warehouse  Facility"  means a Bank  Facility  to finance  the
making of mortgage loans originated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Debt or  portion  thereof,  if  applicable,  at any  date,  the  number of years
obtained by dividing (i) the then  outstanding  principal amount of such Debt or
portion thereof,  if applicable,  into (ii) the sum of the products  obtained by
multiplying  (a) the amount of each then  remaining  installment,  sinking fund,
serial  maturity or other required  payment of principal,  including  payment at
final maturity,  in respect thereof,  by (b) the number of years  (calculated to
the nearest  one-twelfth)  that will elapse  between such date and the making of
such payment.

                  "Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary"  means any  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the  Company of which 100% of the  outstanding  Capital  Stock is
owned by one or more Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries of the Company or by
the Company and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
For  purposes of this  definition,  any  directors'  qualifying  shares shall be
disregarded in determining the ownership of a Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
                                      -19-

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.
              -----------------

               Term                                           Defined in Section
               ----                                           ------------------

         "Bankruptcy Law" ......................................       6.01
         "business day" ........................................      11.07
         "Change of Control Notice" ............................       4.08
         "Change of Control Price" .............................       4.08
         "Change of Control Repurchase
                Date" ..........................................       4.08
         "Change of Control Repurchase
                Right" .........................................       4.08
         "Custodian" ...........................................       6.01
         "Discharged" ..........................................       8.01
         "Event of Default" ....................................       6.01
         "Incur" ...............................................       4.10
         "Legal Holiday" .......................................      11.07
         "Minimum Net Worth" ...................................       4.09
         "Net Proceeds Offer" ..................................       4.15
         "Net Proceeds Offer Notice" ...........................       4.15
         "Net Worth" ...........................................       4.09
         "Net Worth Notice" ....................................       4.09
         "Net Worth Offer" .....................................       4.09
         "Net Worth Offer Amount" ..............................       4.09
         "Net Worth Price" .....................................       4.09
         "Net Worth Repurchase Date" ...........................       4.09
         "Net Worth Repurchase Right" ..........................       4.09
         "Paying Agent" ........................................       2.03
         "Purchase Amount" .....................................       4.15
         "Registrar ............................................       2.03
         "Successor" ...........................................       5.01
         "Trigger Date" ........................................       4.09


SECTION 1.03  Incorporation by Reference of Trust
              Indenture Act.
              -----------------------------------

                  Whenever this Indenture  refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

                  The  following  TIA  terms  used in this  Indenture  have  the
following meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Securities.

                  "indenture security holder" means a Securityholder.
<PAGE>
                                      -20-

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

                  "indenture  trustee"  or  "institutional  trustee"  means  the
                  Trustee.

                  "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company.

                  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA,  defined by TIA  reference to another  statute or defined by SEC rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.04  Rules of Construction.
              ---------------------

                  Unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (1)    a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (2)    an  accounting  term  not  otherwise  defined  has  the
         meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting
         principles in effect on the date hereof;

                  (3)    "or" is not exclusive;

                  (4)    words  in  the singular  include the  plural and in the
         plural include the singular;

                  (5)    provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
         and

                   (6)   "herein,"  "hereof" and other words of similar import
         refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any  particular  Article,
         Section or other Subdivision.

                                   ARTICLE 2.

                                 THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01  Form and Dating.
              ---------------

                  The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, which is incorporated
in and  forms a part of this  Indenture.  The  Securities  may  have  notations,
legends or  endorsements  required by law,  stock  exchange rule or usage.  Each
Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
<PAGE>
                                      -21-

SECTION 2.02  Execution and Authentication.
              ----------------------------

                  Two  Officers  shall sign the  Securities  for the  Company by
manual or facsimile  signature.  The  Company's  seal shall be reproduced on the
Securities.

                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds
that  office at the time the  Security  is  authenticated,  the  Security  shall
nevertheless be valid.

                  A  Security  shall  not be valid  until  authenticated  by the
manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that
the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

                  At any time and from  time to time  after  the  execution  and
delivery of this Indenture,  the Company may deliver Securities  executed by the
Company to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall, upon a written
order or orders of the  Company  signed by two  Officers or by an Officer and an
Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company, authenticate and make
available  for delivery such  Securities.  The order shall specify the amount of
Securities to be  authenticated  and the date on which such Securities are to be
authenticated.  The aggregate principal amount of Securities  outstanding at any
time may not exceed $150,000,000 except as provided in Section 2.07.

                  The Trustee may appoint an authenticating  agent acceptable to
the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Securities  whenever the Trustee may do so. Each  reference in this Indenture to
authentication  by  the  Trustee  includes  authentication  by  such  agent.  An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or
an Affiliate.

                  The  Securities  shall be  issuable  only in  registered  form
without coupons and only in  denominations  of $1,000 and any integral  multiple
thereof.

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.
              --------------------------

                  The Company shall  maintain in the Borough of  Manhattan,  The
City of New York,  an office or agency where  Securities  may be  presented  for
registration of transfer or for exchange  ("Registrar")  and an office or agency
where  Securities may be presented for payment ("Paying  Agent").  The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange.
<PAGE>
                                      -22-

The  Company  may  appoint or change one or more  co-Registrars  and one or more
additional  paying agents without notice and may act in any such capacity on its
own behalf. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent.

                  The Company shall enter into an appropriate  agency  agreement
with any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  The agreement shall implement the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify
the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this  Indenture.
If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent,  the Trustee shall
act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant
to Section 7.07.

                  The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and
Registrar.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in
              Trust.
              -----------------------------

                  Each  Paying  Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the
Securityholders  or the Trustee  all moneys  held by such  Paying  Agent for the
payment of  principal  of or interest on the  Securities,  and shall  notify the
Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues,  the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held
by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay
all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon  payment  over to the  Trustee,  such
Paying Agent shall have no further  liability for the money. If the Company acts
as Paying Agent,  it shall segregate and hold as a separate trust fund all money
held by it as Paying Agent.

SECTION 2.05. Securityholder Lists.
              --------------------

                  The  Trustee  shall  preserve  in  as  current  a  form  as is
reasonably  practicable  the most recent list  available  to it of the names and
addresses of Securityholders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar,  the Company
shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each interest payment date and at such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of
such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names, addresses and tax
identification numbers of Securityholders.

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.
              ---------------------

                  Where   Securities   are  presented  to  the  Registrar  or  a
co-Registrar  with a request to register the transfer or to 
<PAGE>
                                      -23-

exchange them for an equal  principal  amount of Securities of other  authorized
denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if
the requirements of Section 8-401(1) of the New York Uniform Commercial Code are
met.  To permit  registrations  of transfer  and  exchanges,  the Trustee  shall
authenticate  Securities at the Registrar's request. The Company or the Trustee,
as the case may be, shall not be required (a) to issue,  authenticate,  register
the  transfer of or  exchange  any  Security  during a period  beginning  at the
opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of  redemption of the
Securities selected for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of
business  on the day of such  mailing,  or (b) to  register  the  transfer of or
exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of Securities being redeemed in part.

                  No  service  charge  shall  be made  for any  registration  of
transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may be imposed in
connection   with  any  transfer,   registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  of
Securities,  other than  exchanges  pursuant to Section  2.10,  3.06 or 9.05 not
involving any transfer.

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities.
              ----------------------

                  If the Holder of a Security  claims that the Security has been
mutilated,  lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the
Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section
8-405  of the New York  Uniform  Commercial  Code are met and,  in the case of a
mutilated  Security,  such mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee.  If
required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be sufficient, in
the judgment of both, to protect the Company, the Trustee, or any Agent from any
loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced.  The Company or the
Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Security.

                  In case any such  mutilated,  destroyed  or  wrongfully  taken
Security  has become or is about to become due and  payable,  the Company in its
discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security when due.

                  Every replacement Security is an additional  obligation of the
Company.
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities.
              ----------------------

                  Securities  outstanding  at any  time  are all the  Securities
authenticated  by the Trustee except for those  cancelled by it, those delivered
to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A
Security  does not cease to be  outstanding  because  the  Company or one of its
subsidiaries or Affiliates holds the Security.

                  If a Security is replaced  pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases
to be outstanding  unless the Trustee  receives proof  satisfactory  to it, or a
court holds, that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

                  If the  Paying  Agent  (other  than  the  Company)  holds on a
redemption  date,  repurchase  date or  maturity  date money  sufficient  to pay
Securities  payable on that date,  then on and after that date,  such Securities
shall be deemed to be no longer  outstanding and interest on them shall cease to
accrue.

SECTION 2.09. Securities Held by the Company or an Affiliate.
              ----------------------------------------------

                  In determining  whether the Holders of the required  principal
amount of  Securities  have  concurred  in any  direction,  waiver  or  consent,
Securities  owned  by the  Company  or a  Subsidiary  or an  Affiliate  shall be
disregarded,  except that for the  purposes of  determining  whether the Trustee
shall be protected  in relying on any such  direction,  waiver or consent,  only
Securities   which  the  Trustee  actually  knows  are  so  owned  shall  be  so
disregarded.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities.
              --------------------

                  Until  definitive  Securities  are  ready  for  delivery,  the
Company may prepare and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  temporary  Securities.
Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities
but may have  variations  that the Company  considers  appropriate for temporary
Securities.  Without  unreasonable  delay,  the  Company  shall  prepare and the
Trustee  shall  authenticate  definitive  Securities  in exchange for  temporary
Securities.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation.
              ------------

                  The Company at any time may deliver  Securities to the Trustee
for  cancellation.  The  Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Securities  surrendered to them for  registration  of transfer,  exchange or
payment. The Trustee shall 
<PAGE>
                                      -25-

cancel all  Securities  surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer,  exchange,
payment or  cancellation  and may  destroy  cancelled  Securities  and deliver a
certificate of any such  destruction  to the Company.  The Company may not issue
new  Securities  to  replace  Securities  that it has paid or  delivered  to the
Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12.  Defaulted Interest.
               ------------------

                  If and to the  extent  the  Company  defaults  in a payment of
interest on the  Securities,  it shall pay the defaulted  interest in any lawful
manner plus, to the extent not  prohibited  by  applicable  statute or case law,
interest payable on the defaulted interest. It may pay the defaulted interest to
the persons who are  Securityholders  on a subsequent  special  record date. The
Company shall fix such record date and payment date. At least 15 days before the
record date, the Company shall mail to  Securityholders a notice that states the
record date, payment date and amount of interest to be paid.

                                   ARTICLE 3.

                                   REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.
              ------------------

                  If the  Company  wants to redeem a portion  of the  Securities
pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities,  it shall notify the Trustee at least
60 days prior to the  redemption  date (unless a shorter  notice period shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee) of the redemption date and the principal  amount of
Securities to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.
              --------------------------------------

                  If  less  than  all the  Securities  are to be  redeemed,  the
Trustee  shall select the  particular  Securities  (or  portions  thereof) to be
redeemed  on  either a pro  rata  basis or by lot or such  other  method  as the
Trustee shall determine,  such  determination to be final and conclusive for all
purposes hereunder, but in any event, in such manner as complies with applicable
legal and stock exchange requirements. The Trustee shall make the selection from
Securities  outstanding not previously  called for  redemption.  The Trustee may
select  for  redemption  portions  of the  principal  of  Securities  that  have
denominations  larger than  $1,000.  Securities  and portions of them it selects
shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole  multiples 
<PAGE>
                                      -26-

of $1,000.  Provisions of this  Indenture  that apply to  Securities  called for
redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.
              --------------------

                  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption
date, the Company shall mail by first-class  mail a notice of redemption to each
Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed.

                  The notice shall  identify the  Securities  and the  principal
amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state:

                  (1)      the redemption date;

                  (2)      the redemption price (including the amount of accrued
         interest to be paid on the Securities called for redemption);

                  (3)      the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                  (4)      that   Securities  called  for  redemption   must  be
         surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; and

                  (5)      that  interest on  Securities  called for  redemption
         ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date.

                  At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In such event the
Company will provide the Trustee  with the  information  required by clauses (1)
through (5).

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
              ------------------------------

                  Once a notice of redemption is mailed,  Securities  called for
redemption become due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price
and, on and after such date (unless the Company  shall default in the payment of
the  redemption  price),  such  Securities  shall cease to bear  interest.  Upon
surrender to the Paying Agent,  such Securities  shall be paid at the redemption
price plus accrued interest to the redemption date.
<PAGE>
                                      -27-

SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price.
               ---------------------------

                  On or before 12:00 Noon on the  redemption  date,  the Company
shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in funds immediately  available on the
redemption date sufficient to pay the redemption  price of and accrued  interest
on all Securities to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part.
              ---------------------------

                  Upon  surrender  of a Security  that is redeemed in part,  the
Trustee  shall  authenticate  for the Holder a new  Security  equal in principal
amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

                                   ARTICLE 4.

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities.
              ---------------------

                  The Company  shall pay the  principal  of and  interest on the
Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities.  Principal
and interest shall be considered  paid on the date due if the Paying Agent holds
on that date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due.

                  The Company  shall pay  interest on overdue  principal  at the
rate  borne by the  Securities.  The  Company  shall  pay  interest  on  overdue
installments  of  interest  at the same rate to the  extent  not  prohibited  by
applicable statute or case law.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
              -------------------------------

                  The Company  will  maintain in the Borough of  Manhattan,  The
City of New York, an office or agency where  Securities may be  surrendered  for
registration  of transfer or exchange  and where  notices and demands to or upon
the Company in respect of the Securities  and this Indenture may be served.  The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location,  and any
change in the  location,  of such  office or agency.  If at any time the Company
shall  fail to  maintain  any such  required  office or agency or shall  fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,  such  presentations,  surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the  Corporate  Trust Office of the
Trustee.
<PAGE>
                                      -28-

                  The Company may also from time to time  designate  one or more
other offices or agencies  where the  Securities may be presented or surrendered
for  any  or  all  such  purposes  and  may  from  time  to  time  rescind  such
designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in
any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Company
will give  prompt  written  notice to the  Trustee  of any such  designation  or
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

                  The Company hereby  designates  the Corporate  Trust Office of
the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York, an agency of the
Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

SECTION 4.03. SEC Reports.
              -----------

                  The  Company  shall  deliver to the  Trustee  and mail to each
Holder  within 15 days after it files them with the SEC copies of the  quarterly
and annual  reports  and of the  information,  documents  and other  reports (or
copies  of such  portions  of any of the  foregoing  as the SEC may by rules and
regulations  prescribe) with respect to the Company and the Guarantors,  if any,
which  the  Company  and the  Guarantors  may be  required  to file with the SEC
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act.  The  Company  also shall
comply with the other provisions of TIA ss. 314(a).

                  Notwithstanding  that  neither  the  Company  nor  any  of the
Guarantors  may be required to remain subject to the reporting  requirements  of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act, the Company and the  Guarantors  will
continue to file with the SEC and  provide  the  Trustee  and Holders  with such
annual and quarterly reports and such  information,  documents and other reports
with respect to the Company and the Guarantors as are required under Sections 13
and 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act. If filing of  documents by the Company with the
SEC as aforementioned in this paragraph is not permitted under the Exchange Act,
the Company shall  promptly upon written  notice supply copies of such documents
to any prospective holder.

SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate.
              ----------------------

                  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after
the end of each  fiscal  year of the Company an  Officers'  Certificate  stating
whether or not the signatories  know of any Default by the Company in performing
any of its 
<PAGE>
                                      -29-

obligations under this Indenture or the Securities.  If they do know of any such
Default, the certificate shall describe the Default and its status.

SECTION 4.05. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
              ------------------------------

                  The Company  covenants  (to the extent that it may lawfully do
so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever
claim or take the  benefit or  advantage  of, any stay,  extension  or usury law
wherever  enacted,  now or at any time hereafter in force,  which may affect the
covenants or the performance of this  Indenture;  and the Company (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) hereby  expressly waives all benefit or advantage of
any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder,
delay or impede the  execution of any power herein  granted to the Trustee,  but
will suffer and permit the  execution  of every such power as though no such law
had been enacted.

SECTION 4.06. Corporate Existence.
              -------------------

                  Subject to Article 5, the Company  will do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate
existence and the corporate existence of each of its Restricted  Subsidiaries in
accordance  with the  respective  organizational  documents  of each  Restricted
Subsidiary and the rights  (charter and  statutory),  licenses and franchises to
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company
shall not be required to preserve any such right,  license or franchise,  or the
corporate  existence  of any  Restricted  Subsidiary  if, in the judgment of the
Board of  Directors of the Company,  (i) such  preservation  or existence is not
material  to the  conduct of  business  of the Company and (ii) the loss of such
right,  license or franchise or the  dissolution of such  Restricted  Subsidiary
does not have a material adverse impact on the Holders.

SECTION 4.07. Notice of Default.
              -----------------

                  In the event that any Default  under Section 6.01 hereof shall
occur the  Company  will give  prompt  written  notice  of such  Default  to the
Trustee.

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control.
              -----------------

                  (a) In the event that there shall occur a Change of Control of
the  Company,  each  Holder of a  Security  shall  have the right (a  "Change of
Control  Repurchase  Right")  upon  receipt  of a 
<PAGE>
                                      -30-

Change of Control Notice (as defined below), at such Holder's option, to require
the Company to  repurchase  any  Securities of such Holder or any portion of the
principal amount thereof which is $1,000 or any integral  multiple  thereof,  on
the date (the  "Change of Control  Repurchase  Date")  that is 45 days after the
date of the Change of Control  Notice,  or, if such 45th day is a Legal Holiday,
the next subsequent day which is not a Legal Holiday,  unless otherwise required
by  applicable  law, at a price equal to 101% of the principal  amount  thereof,
plus accrued  interest to the Change of Control  Repurchase Date (the "Change of
Control  Price").  The right to require the  repurchase of Securities  shall not
continue after a discharge of the Company from its  obligations  with respect to
the Securities in accordance with Article 8.

                  (b)  Within  30 days  after  the  occurrence  of a  Change  of
Control, the Company, or, at the request of the Company, the Trustee, shall give
notice of the  occurrence  of the Change of Control and of the Change of Control
Repurchase  Right set forth  herein  to each  Holder  (the  "Change  of  Control
Notice").  The Company shall also deliver a copy of the Change of Control Notice
to the Trustee.  Any such notice shall  contain all  instructions  and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to deliver Securities pursuant to the Change of
Control Repurchase Right including, without limitation, the following:

                  (1) the Change of Control Repurchase Date;

                  (2) the date by which the Change of Control  Repurchase  Right
        must be exercised;

                  (3) the Change of Control Price;

                  (4) that  Securities are to be surrendered  for payment of the
        Change of Control Price; and

                  (5) that the  exercise  of the  Change of  Control  Repurchase
        Right is irrevocable.

                  (c) To exercise a Change of Control  Repurchase Right a Holder
shall  deliver to the Company (if it is acting as its own Paying  Agent) or to a
Paying Agent  designated by the Company for such purpose in the notice  referred
to above on or  before  the 30th day after  the date of the  Change  of  Control
Notice, or, if such day is a Legal Holiday, the next subsequent day which is not
a Legal  Holiday,  (i) written  notice of the  Holder's  exercise of such right,
which notice  shall set forth the name of the Holder,  the  principal  amount of
Securities  (or  portions  thereof) to be 
<PAGE>
                                      -31-

repurchased  and a statement  that an election to exercise the Change of Control
Repurchase Right is being made thereby,  and (ii) the Securities with respect to
which the Change of Control  Repurchase Right is being exercised,  duly endorsed
for transfer to the Company, and the Holder of such Securities shall be entitled
to receive  from the Company  (if it is acting as its own Paying  Agent) or such
Paying Agent a nontransferable  receipt of deposit evidencing such deposit. Such
written notice shall be irrevocable.

                  If the Change of Control  Repurchase Date is between a regular
record date for the payment of interest and the next succeeding interest payment
date, any Security to be  repurchased  must be accompanied by funds equal to the
interest  payable on such  succeeding  interest  payment  date on the  principal
amount to be  repurchased  (unless  such  Security  shall  have been  called for
redemption,  in which case no such payment shall be required),  and the interest
on the principal  amount of the Security being  repurchased will be paid on such
next succeeding  interest payment date to the registered holder of such Security
on the immediately  preceding record date. A Security repurchased on an interest
payment date need not be  accompanied  by any  payment,  and the interest on the
principal amount of the Security being repurchased will be paid on such interest
payment  date to the  registered  holder  of such  Security  on the  immediately
preceding record date.

                  (d) In the event a Change of Control Repurchase Right shall be
exercised in accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall pay or cause to
be paid the applicable Change of Control Price with respect to the Securities as
to which the Change of Control Repurchase Right shall have been exercised to the
Holder on the Change of Control Repurchase Date.

                  (e) On or prior to a Change of Control  Repurchase  Date,  the
Company  shall  deposit  with the  Trustee or with a Paying  Agent  (or,  if the
Company  is  acting  as its own  Paying  Agent,  segregate  and hold in trust in
accordance with Section 2.04) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Change of
Control  Price  payable  in  respect  of all of the  Securities  which are to be
repurchased on that date.

                  (f) Both the  notice  of the  Company  and the  notice  of the
Holder having been given as specified in this Section 4.08, the Securities so to
be repurchased  shall, on the Change of Control  Repurchase Date, become due and
payable at the Change of Control  Price  applicable  thereto  and from and after
such date  (unless  the  Company  shall  default in the payment of the Change of
<PAGE>
                                      -32-

Control Price) such  Securities  shall cease to bear  interest.  If any Security
shall not be paid upon surrender  thereof for repurchase,  the principal  shall,
until paid, bear interest from the Change of Control Repurchase Date at the rate
borne by such Security.

                  (g) Any Security which is to be submitted for repurchase  only
in part shall be delivered  pursuant to this Section 4.08 (with,  if the Company
or the Trustee so  requires,  due  endorsement  by, or a written  instrument  of
transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by,
the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing),  and the Company
shall  execute,  and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and make  available  for
delivery  to the Holder of such  Security  without  any  service  charge,  a new
Security or  Securities,  of any  authorized  denomination  as requested by such
Holder,  of the same tenor and in  aggregate  principal  amount  equal to and in
exchange for the portion of the  principal of such  Security not  submitted  for
repurchase.

                  (h) If any  repurchase  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions
constitutes  a tender offer as defined  under the Exchange Act, the Company will
comply  with the  requirements  of Rule 14e-1 and any other  tender  offer rules
under the Exchange Act which then may be applicable.

SECTION 4.09. Maintenance of Net Worth.
              ------------------------

                  (a) In the event  that the  Company's  Net Worth at the end of
each of any two consecutive  fiscal quarters (the last day of such second fiscal
quarter being referred to as the "Trigger Date") is less than  $20,000,000  (the
"Minimum  Net  Worth"),  then the Company  shall make an offer to all Holders (a
"Net  Worth  Offer")  to acquire on a pro rata basis on the date (the "Net Worth
Repurchase Date") that is 45 days following the date of the Net Worth Notice (as
defined below),  Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the
initial  outstanding  principal amount of the Securities (or if less than 10% of
the aggregate  principal  amount of the  Securities  originally  issued are then
outstanding,  all the Securities  outstanding at the time) (the "Net Worth Offer
Amount")  at a purchase  price of 100% of the  principal  amount  thereof,  plus
accrued interest to the Net Worth  Repurchase Date (the "Net Worth Price").  The
Company may credit  against the Net Worth Offer Amount the  principal  amount of
Securities  acquired by the Company prior to the Trigger Date through  purchase,
optional redemption or exchange. The Company, however, may not credit a specific
Security in more than one Net Worth Offer. In no event shall the failure to meet
the  Minimum
<PAGE>
                                      -33-

Net Worth at the end of any fiscal  quarter be counted toward the making of more
than one Net Worth Offer.  The Company shall notify the Trustee  promptly  after
the  occurrence  of any of the events  specified  in this Section 4.09 and shall
notify  the  Trustee  in  writing  if its Net Worth is equal to or less than the
Minimum Net Worth for any fiscal quarter.

                  (b) Within 30 days after the Trigger Date, the Company, or, at
the  request of the  Company,  the  Trustee,  shall give notice of the Net Worth
Offer to each Holder (the "Net Worth Notice").  The Company shall also deliver a
copy of the Net Worth Notice to the Trustee.  Any such notice shall  contain all
instructions  and  materials   necessary  to  enable  such  Holders  to  deliver
Securities pursuant to the Net Worth Offer including,  without  limitation,  the
following:

                  (1) the Net Worth Repurchase Date;

                  (2) the date by which the Net Worth  Offer must be accepted by
         a Holder;

                  (3) the Net Worth Price and the Net Worth Offer Amount; and

                  (4) that  Securities are to be surrendered  for payment of the
         Net Worth Price.

                  (c) To accept a Net Worth Offer a Holder shall  deliver to the
Company  (if  it is  acting  as its  own  Paying  Agent)  or to a  Paying  Agent
designated by the Company for such purpose in the Net Worth Notice, on or before
the 30th day after the date of the Net Worth Notice,  or, if such day is a Legal
Holiday,  the next  subsequent  day which is not a Legal  Holiday,  (i)  written
notice of the Holder's  acceptance  of such offer,  which notice shall set forth
the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Securities (or portions thereof)
to be  repurchased,  a statement  that an  acceptance  of the Net Worth Offer is
being made thereby and (ii) the  Securities  with respect to which the Net Worth
Offer is being  accepted,  duly  endorsed for  transfer to the Company,  and the
Holder of such  Securities  shall be entitled to receive from the Company (if it
is  acting  as its own  Paying  Agent) or such  Paying  Agent a  nontransferable
receipt of deposit evidencing such deposit. Such written notice may be withdrawn
upon further  written  notice  delivered to the Trustee on or prior to the third
day preceding the Net Worth Repurchase Date.

                  If the Net Worth  Repurchase  Date is between a regular record
date for the payment of interest and the next succeeding  
<PAGE>
                                      -34-

interest  payment date,  any Security to be  repurchased  must be accompanied by
funds equal to the interest payable on such succeeding  interest payment date on
the principal  amount to be  repurchased  (unless such Security  shall have been
called for redemption, in which case no such payment shall be required), and the
interest on the principal amount of the Security being  repurchased will be paid
on such next succeeding  interest payment date to the registered  holder of such
Security on the immediately  preceding record date. A Security repurchased on an
interest  payment date need not be accompanied by any payment,  and the interest
on the principal  amount of the Security being  repurchased will be paid on such
interest  payment  date  to  the  registered  holder  of  such  Security  on the
immediately preceding record date.

                  (d) In the event a Net Worth Offer is  accepted in  accordance
with the terms hereof,  the Company shall pay or cause to be paid the applicable
Net Worth Price with respect to the  Securities  as to which the Net Worth Offer
shall have been  accepted (on a pro rata basis up to the Net Worth Offer Amount,
plus accrued interest) to the Holder on the Net Worth Repurchase Date.

                  (e) On the  Net  Worth  Repurchase  Date,  the  Company  shall
deliver to the Trustee the amount of Securities  to be credited  against the Net
Worth Offer  Amount and shall  deposit  with the Trustee or with a Paying  Agent
(or, if the  Company is acting as its own Paying  Agent,  segregate  and hold in
trust in accordance with Section 2.04) an amount of money  sufficient to pay the
Net Worth  Price  payable in respect  of all of the  Securities  which are to be
repurchased  on that date,  but in no event  shall the Company be  obligated  to
deposit  an  amount  in  excess of the Net  Worth  Offer  Amount,  plus  accrued
interest.

                  (f) Both the  notice  of the  Company  and the  notice  of the
Holder having been given as specified in this Section 4.09, the Securities to be
repurchased  shall, on the Net Worth Repurchase Date,  become due and payable at
the Net Worth Price applicable  thereto and from and after such date (unless the
Company  shall  default in the payment of the Net Worth  Price) such  Securities
shall cease to bear  interest.  If any Security shall not be paid upon surrender
thereof for repurchase, the principal and interest (to the extent lawful) shall,
until paid,  bear interest from the Net Worth  Repurchase Date at the rate borne
by such Security.

                  (g) Any Security which is to be submitted for repurchase  only
in part shall be delivered (with, if the Company 
<PAGE>
                                      -35-

or the Trustee so  requires,  due  endorsement  by, or a written  instrument  of
transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by,
the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing),  and the Company
shall  execute,  and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and make  available  for
delivery  to the Holder of such  Security  without  any  service  charge,  a new
Security or  Securities,  of any  authorized  denomination  as requested by such
Holder,  of the same tenor and in  aggregate  principal  amount  equal to and in
exchange for the portion of the  principal of such  Security not  submitted  for
repurchase.

                  (h) If any  repurchase  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions
constitutes  a tender offer as defined  under the Exchange Act, the Company will
comply  with the  requirements  of Rule 14e-1 and any other  tender  offer rules
under the Exchange Act which then may be applicable.

SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Debt.
              ------------------

                  The  Company  will  not,  and  will  not  permit  any  of  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or indirectly,  create,  incur,  assume,
guarantee or otherwise  become liable for ("Incur") any Debt,  except  Permitted
Debt.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  and subject to the immediately
succeeding paragraph, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Debt
if, at the time such Debt is so Incurred and after giving effect thereto and the
application of the proceeds therefrom, the Company's Coverage Ratio shall not be
less than 2.0 to 1.0.

                  The  Company  will  not,  and will not  cause  or  permit  any
Guarantor to, directly or indirectly,  Incur any Debt that purports to be by its
terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Debt) subordinated to any
other Debt of the Company or of such Guarantor,  as the case may be, unless such
Debt is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Debt)
made  expressly  subordinated  to  the  Securities  or  the  Guarantee  of  such
Guarantor, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such
Debt is subordinated to such other Debt.

                  For purposes of this Section  4.10,  any waiver,  extension or
continuation of any or all mandatory  prepayments or installment payments or the
maturity  date of any of the Debt  Incurred  pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall
not  be or be  deemed  to be the  Incurrence  of  Debt  by  the  Company  or its
Restricted Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
                                      -36-

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Restricted Payments.
              ---------------------------------

                  The  Company  will  not,  and  will  not  permit  any  of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment,
if, after giving effect thereto:

                  (a) an Event of Default,  or an event that through the passage
         of time or the  giving of  notice,  or both,  would  become an Event of
         Default, shall have occurred and be continuing;

                  (b) the Company  would be unable to Incur $1.00 of  additional
         Debt under the second paragraph set forth under Section 4.10; or

                  (c) the aggregate  amount of all  Restricted  Payments made by
         the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (the amount  expended or
         distributed for such purposes,  if other than cash, to be determined in
         good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) from and after the
         date of this Indenture shall exceed the sum of:

                             (i) the  aggregate of 50% of the  Consolidated  Net
                  Income of the  Company  accrued  for the period  (taken as one
                  accounting  period)  commencing  with  April  1,  1996  to and
                  including the first full month ended  immediately prior to the
                  date of such  calculation  (or, in the event  Consolidated Net
                  Income is a deficit, then minus 100% of such deficit);

                             (ii) the aggregate net proceeds (the amount of such
                  proceeds,  if other  than in cash,  to be  determined  in good
                  faith by the Board of Directors  of the  Company)  received by
                  the  Company  from  the  issuance  or  sale  (other  than to a
                  Subsidiary  of the  Company) of its Capital  Stock (other than
                  Redeemable  Stock),  including  the  principal  amount  of any
                  convertible  or  exchangeable  notes or other  convertible  or
                  exchangeable  securities  that are converted or exchanged into
                  Capital Stock, from and after the date of this Indenture,  and
                  options,  warrants  and rights to purchase  its Capital  Stock
                  (other than Redeemable Stock);

                             (iii) in the case of the  disposition  or repayment
                  of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment made after
                  the date of this Indenture (excluding any Investment described
                  in clause (iv) of the following paragraph,  but including upon
                  the   redesignation   of  an  
<PAGE>
                                      -37-

                  Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary), an amount
                  equal to the lesser of the return of capital  with  respect to
                  such  Investment  and the cost of such  Investment,  in either
                  case,  reduced (but not below zero) by the excess,  if any, of
                  the cost of the  disposition of such Investment over the gain,
                  if any, realized by the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary
                  in respect of such disposition of such Investment; and

                             (iv) $5,000,000.

                  The foregoing  paragraphs  will not prevent (i) the payment of
any dividend  within 60 days after the date of its  declaration if such dividend
could  have  been made on the date of its  declaration  in  compliance  with the
foregoing provisions;  (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing,  the redemption,  repurchase or other acquisition or
retirement  of any  shares of any class of Capital  Stock of the  Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a
substantially concurrent (x) capital contribution to the Company from any Person
(other than a  Subsidiary  of the Company) or (y) issue and sale of other shares
of Capital  Stock  (other  than  Redeemable  Stock) of the Company to any Person
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company);  provided, however, that the amount
of any such net proceeds that are utilized for any such  redemption,  repurchase
or other  acquisition  or  retirement  shall be excluded from clause (ii) of the
preceding paragraph;  (iii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing,  any redemption,  repurchase or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Debt by exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds
of, a substantially  concurrent (x) capital contribution to the Company from any
Person  (other than a  Subsidiary  of the  Company) or (y) issue and sale of (A)
Capital Stock (other than Redeemable  Stock) of the Company to any Person (other
than to a Subsidiary of the Company);  provided, however, that the amount of any
such net proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase or other
acquisition  or  retirement  shall be excluded from clause (ii) of the preceding
paragraph;  or (B)  Debt of the  Company  issued  to any  Person  (other  than a
Subsidiary  of the  Company),  so long as such Debt (x) has no  stated  maturity
earlier than April 15, 2006,  (y) has a Weighted  Average Life to Maturity equal
to or greater  than the  remaining  Weighted  Average  Life to  Maturity  of the
Securities and (z) is  subordinated  to the Securities in the same manner and at
least to the same  extent  as the  Subordinated  Debt so  purchased,  exchanged,
redeemed, acquired or retired; (iv) Investments constituting Restricted Payments
made as a result of the  receipt of non-cash  consideration  from any Asset Sale
made
<PAGE>
                                      -37-

pursuant to and in compliance  with Section  4.15;  (v) so long as no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase or redemption of
shares of Capital Stock from any officer, director or employee of the Company or
its Restricted Subsidiaries whose employment has been terminated or who has died
or become disabled in an aggregate  amount not to exceed $250,000 per annum; and
(vi) so long as no  Default  or Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing,  the making of  Restricted  Payments in an  aggregate  amount not to
exceed  $5,000,000,  provided that amounts paid pursuant to clauses (v) and (vi)
(but not clauses (i), (ii),  (iii) or (iv)) shall reduce  amounts  available for
future Restricted Payments.

SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Dividends and Other
              Payment Restrictions Affecting
              Restricted Subsidiaries.
              ---------------------------------

                  The  Company  will  not,  and  will  not  permit  any  of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  create, assume or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist or to become  effective any  consensual  encumbrance or
restriction  on the ability of any  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company to (a)
pay  dividends  or make any  other  distributions  on its  Capital  Stock to the
Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries;  (b) make payments in respect of
any Debt owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;  or (c) make
loans  or  advances  to  the  Company  or  any  of  the   Company's   Restricted
Subsidiaries;  provided,  however, that the following  restrictions shall not be
prohibited pursuant to this Section 4.12: (i) those contained in this Indenture,
a Bank Facility,  a Warehouse  Facility,  any Non-Recourse  Debt Incurred by the
Carlsbad  Subsidiary (to the extent that  restrictions in such Non-Recourse Debt
apply only to the Carlsbad Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof) and Refinancing
Debt (to the extent restrictions contained in such Refinancing Debt are not more
restrictive than those contained in the Debt being refinanced);  (ii) consensual
encumbrances  or  restrictions  binding  upon any Person at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,  provided that such encumbrances
or restrictions  are not created,  incurred or assumed in  contemplation of such
Person becoming a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company and do not extend to any
other property of the Company or another of its Restricted  Subsidiaries;  (iii)
restrictions  contained  in  security  agreements  permitted  by this  Indenture
securing  Debt  permitted  by this  Indenture  to the extent  such  restrictions
restrict the transfer of assets  subject to such security  agreements;  (iv) any
encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary non-assignment  provisions in
leases to the extent such  provisions  restrict the transfer of the leases;
<PAGE>
                                      -39-

(v) any  encumbrance  or  restriction  pursuant to an agreement in effect on the
date of this Indenture;  or (vi) any  restrictions  with respect to a Restricted
Subsidiary  of the  Company  imposed  pursuant  to an  agreement  which has been
entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital
Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.13. Limitation on Liens.
              -------------------

                  The  Company  will  not,  and  will  not  permit  any  of  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  create,  incur,  assume or
permit  to exist  any Lien  upon or with  respect  to any of the  assets  of the
Company  or any such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  whether  now  owned or  hereafter
acquired,  or on any  income  or  profits  therefrom,  other  than  Liens  which
constitute  Permitted  Liens  at  the  date  such  Liens  are  created,   unless
contemporaneously  therewith  or prior  thereto  all  payments  due  under  this
Indenture and the  Securities are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the
obligation  or  liability  so  secured  until  such time as such  obligation  or
liability is no longer secured by a Lien.

SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.
              ----------------------------

                  The  Company  will  not,  and  will  not  permit  any  of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  enter into any transactions
with Affiliates of the Company unless (i) such transactions are between or among
the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (ii) such transactions are in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or (iii) the terms
of  such  transactions  are as  fair  and  reasonable  to the  Company  or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be, as in a comparable transaction made
on an  arm's-length  basis  between  unaffiliated  parties.  In the event of any
transaction or series of transactions  occurring  subsequent to the Closing Date
with an Affiliate of the Company which  involves in excess of $2,500,000  and is
not  permitted  under clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding  sentence,  all of the
disinterested  members of the Board of Directors  shall by resolution  determine
that such transaction or series of transactions  meets the criteria set forth in
clause  (iii) of the  preceding  sentence.  In the event of any  transaction  or
series  of  transactions  occurring  subsequent  to the  Closing  Date  with  an
Affiliate  of the Company  which  involves in excess of  $10,000,000  and is not
permitted under clause (i) above, the Company will be required to deliver to the
Trustee an opinion of an  Independent  Financial  Advisor to the effect that the
transaction is fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, from a financial point of view. 
<PAGE>
                                      -40-

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  such  provisions  do not prohibit and will not
apply to (1) any  Restricted  Payment  which is permitted by Section 4.11 or (2)
the payment of compensation to directors of the Company who are not employees of
the Company and wages and other  compensation  to officers of the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Asset Sales.
              -------------------------

                  (a) The  Company  will  not,  and will not  permit  any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or indirectly,  consummate an Asset Sale
unless  (i) the  Company  or such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the  case may be,
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair
market  value (as  determined  in good  faith by the board of  directors  of the
Company) of the assets  disposed of, and (ii) the  consideration  for such Asset
Sale consists of at least 85% cash;  provided that (x) the amount of liabilities
assumed by the transferee,  (y) any notes or other  obligations  received by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and immediately converted into cash or (z)
with respect to the sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any
Restricted  Subsidiary,  the amount of liabilities that remain the obligation of
such Restricted Subsidiary  subsequent to such sale or other disposition,  shall
be deemed to be "cash".

                  (b)  Within  12 months  from the date  that any Asset  Sale is
consummated,  the Net Proceeds thereof shall be reinvested in Additional  Assets
or applied to the  redemption  or  repurchase of Debt of the Company which ranks
pari passu with the Securities or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
which is not subordinated to other debt of such Restricted Subsidiary (which, in
each case, shall be a permanent  reduction of such Debt). To the extent that the
Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale are not so applied, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary,  as the case may be,  shall,  within 30 days from the  expiration of
such 12-month  period,  use the remaining Net Proceeds (less any amounts used to
pay reasonable fees and expenses connected with a Net Proceeds Offer (as defined
below)) to make an offer (a "Net Proceeds  Offer") to repurchase  the Securities
at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof,  plus accrued interest
to the date of such repurchase,  which date shall be the 45th day after the date
of the Net  Proceeds  Offer  Notice (the "Net  Proceeds  Repurchase  Date"),  in
accordance with the provisions of clause (c) below.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Net Proceeds of an Asset
Sale are not required to be applied in accordance with the 
<PAGE>
                                      -41-

preceding  paragraph,  unless and until the  aggregate Net Proceeds for all such
Asset Sales in a 12-month period exceeds $1,000,000.

                  (c) If the Company or one of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  is
required to make a Net Proceeds Offer pursuant to clause (b) above,  the Company
or such Restricted  Subsidiary,  or, at the request of the Company, the Trustee,
shall give notice of the Net  Proceeds  Offer to each Holder (the "Net  Proceeds
Offer Notice").  The Company shall also deliver a copy of the Net Proceeds Offer
Notice to the  Trustee.  Any such  notice  shall  contain all  instructions  and
materials necessary to enable such Holders to deliver Securities pursuant to the
Net Proceeds Offer including, without limitation, the following:

                  (1) the Net Proceeds Repurchase Date,

                  (2) the date by which the Net Proceeds Offer must be accepted;

                  (3) the applicable amount of Net Proceeds being applied to the
         repurchase  of  Securities  in the Net  Proceeds  Offer (the  "Purchase
         Amount"); and

                  (4) that Securities are to be surrendered for payment.

                  To accept a Net Proceeds  Offer a Holder shall  deliver to the
Company  (if  it is  acting  as its  own  Paying  Agent)  or to a  Paying  Agent
designated by the Company for such purpose in the notice referred to above on or
before the 30th day after the date of the Net Proceeds Offer, or, if such day is
a Legal  Holiday,  the next  subsequent  day which is not a Legal  Holiday,  (i)
written  notice of the  Holder's  acceptance  of the Net Proceeds  Offer,  which
notice  shall  set  forth  the  name of the  Holder,  the  principal  amount  of
Securities  (or  portions  thereof) to be  repurchased  and a statement  that an
election  to accept the Net  Proceeds  Offer is being made  thereby and (ii) the
Securities with respect to which the Net Proceeds Offer is being accepted,  duly
endorsed for transfer to the Company, and the Holder of such Securities shall be
entitled to receive  from the Company (if it is acting as its own Paying  Agent)
or such  Paying  Agent a  nontransferable  receipt  of deposit  evidencing  such
deposit. Such written notice may be withdrawn upon further written notice to the
Trustee on or prior to the third day preceding the Net Proceeds Repurchase Date.

                  If the Net  Proceeds  Repurchase  Date is  between  a  regular
record date for the payment of interest and the next succeeding interest payment
date, any Security to be  repurchased  
<PAGE>
                                      -42-

must be  accompanied by funds equal to the interest  payable on such  succeeding
interest  payment date on the principal  amount to be  repurchased  (unless such
Security  shall have been called for  redemption,  in which case no such payment
shall be  required),  and the interest on the  principal  amount of the Security
being repurchased will be paid on such next succeeding  interest payment date to
the registered holder of such Security on the immediately preceding record date.
A Security  repurchased  on an interest  payment date need not be accompanied by
any payment,  and the  interest on the  principal  amount of the Security  being
repurchased will be paid on such interest payment date to the registered  holder
of such Security on the immediately preceding record date.

                  In the  event  a Net  Proceeds  Offer  shall  be  accepted  in
accordance with the terms hereof,  the Company shall pay or cause to be paid the
pro rata portion of the Purchase  Amount with  respect to the  Securities  as to
which the Net Proceeds  Offer shall have been  accepted to the Holder on the Net
Proceeds Repurchase Date.

                  On or prior to a Net  Proceeds  Repurchase  Date,  the Company
shall  deposit  with the  Trustee or with a Paying  Agent (or, if the Company is
acting as its own Paying Agent,  segregate and hold in trust in accordance  with
Section 2.04) an amount of money equal to the Purchase Amount.

                  Both the  notice of the  Company  and the notice of the Holder
having been given as specified above, the Securities to be repurchased shall, on
the Net Proceeds Repurchase Date, become due and payable and from and after such
date (unless the Company  shall  default in the payment of the Purchase  Amount)
such Securities shall cease to bear interest.  If any Security shall not be paid
upon surrender thereof for repurchase,  the principal and interest shall,  until
paid,  bear interest from the Net Proceeds  Repurchase Date at the rate borne by
such Security.

                  Any Security which is to be submitted for  repurchase  only in
part shall be delivered  pursuant to this provision (with, if the Company or the
Trustee so requires,  due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in
form  satisfactory  to the Company and the Trustee duly  executed by, the Holder
thereof or his  attorney  duly  authorized  in writing),  and the Company  shall
execute,  and the Trustee shall  authenticate and make available for delivery to
the Holder of such  Security  without  any  service  charge,  a new  Security or
Securities,  of any authorized  denomination as requested by such Holder, of the
same tenor and in  aggregate  principal  amount equal to and in exchange for the
<PAGE>
                                      -42-

portion of the principal of such Security not submitted for repurchase.

                  If  any  repurchase  pursuant  to  the  foregoing   provisions
constitutes  a tender offer as defined  under the Exchange Act, the Company will
comply  with the  requirements  of Rule 14e-1 and any other  tender  offer rules
under the Exchange Act which then may be applicable.

                  (d) Any amount of Net Proceeds  remaining after a Net Proceeds
Offer  shall be  returned  by the  Trustee to the Company and may be used by the
Company for any purpose not inconsistent with the Indenture.

SECTION 4.16. Additional Guarantors.
              ---------------------

                  The Company shall cause any  Subsidiary  with a net book value
greater than  $10,000,000  which is  designated as a Restricted  Subsidiary  to,
simultaneously  with its  designation  as a Restricted  Subsidiary,  execute and
deliver  (i) a  supplemental  indenture  to this  Indenture,  providing  for the
guarantee of payment of the Securities by such Subsidiary  pursuant to the terms
of Article Ten hereof and  Exhibit B hereto and (ii) a guarantee  in the form of
Exhibit B hereto.

                                   ARTICLE 5.

                                   SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge, etc.
              ---------------------------

                  Neither the Company nor any  Guarantor  shall  consolidate  or
merge  with or into,  or sell,  lease,  convey or  otherwise  dispose  of all or
substantially  all of  its  assets  (including,  without  limitation,  by way of
liquidation  or  dissolution),  or  assign  any of  its  obligations  under  the
Securities, the Guarantees or this Indenture (as an entirety or substantially as
an  entirety in one  transaction  or a series of related  transactions),  to any
Person or permit any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  to do any of the foregoing
(in each case other than with the  Company or another  wholly  owned  Restricted
Subsidiary) unless:

                  (1) the person formed by or surviving  any such  consolidation
         or merger (if other than the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may
         be), or to which such sale,  lease,  conveyance or other disposition or
         assignment will be made  (collectively,  the "Successor"),  is a Person
         organized 
<PAGE>
                                      -44-

         and existing under the laws of the United States,  any State thereof or
         the District of Columbia;

                  (2) the Successor assumes by supplemental  indenture in a form
         reasonably  satisfactory  to the Trustee all of the  obligations of the
         Company or such Guarantor,  as the case may be, under the Securities or
         such Guarantor's Guarantee, as the case may be, and this Indenture;

                  (3)  immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction  no
         Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

                  (4)  immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction and
         the  use of any net  proceeds  therefrom,  on a pro  forma  basis,  the
         Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Company or the Successor (in the
         case of a transaction involving the Company), as the case may be, would
         be at least equal to the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Company
         immediately prior to such transaction; and

                  (5)  in the  case  of a  transaction  involving  the  Company,
         immediately  after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any
         net proceeds therefrom, on a pro forma basis, the Coverage Ratio of the
         Company or the Successor  (in the case of a  transaction  involving the
         Company),  as the case may be,  would be such that the  Company  or the
         Successor (in the case of a transaction  involving the Company), as the
         case may be,  would be entitled  to Incur at least $1.00 of  additional
         Debt under such Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10.

The  foregoing  provisions  shall  not  apply  to a  transaction  involving  the
consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into another person, or the sale,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of such  Guarantor,  that  results in such  Guarantor  being  released  from its
Guarantee as provided under its Guarantee.

                  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  clauses (4) and (5) shall not
prohibit a transaction, the principal purpose of which is (as determined in good
faith  by the  board  of  directors  of the  Company)  to  change  the  state of
incorporation  of the Company,  and such transaction does not have as one of its
purposes the evasion of the restrictions of this Section 5.01.

                  The  Company  shall  deliver  to  the  Trustee  prior  to  the
consummation  of  the  proposed  transaction  an  Officers'  Certificate  
<PAGE>
                                      -45-

to the  foregoing  effect and an Opinion of Counsel  stating  that the  proposed
transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 5.02. Successor Substituted.
              ---------------------

                  Upon any consolidation,  merger, sale,  assignment,  transfer,
lease or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
Company in accordance  with Section 5.01, the Successor shall succeed to, and be
substituted  for,  and may  exercise  every right and power of, and shall assume
every duty and  obligation  of, the Company under this  Indenture  with the same
effect as if such  Successor  had been  named as the  Company  herein.  When the
Successor assumes all obligations of the Company  hereunder,  all obligations of
the predecessor shall terminate.

                                   ARTICLE 6.

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.
              -----------------

                  An "Event of Default" occurs if:

                  (1) the  Company  defaults  in the  payment of interest on any
         Security  when  the  same  becomes  due and  payable  and  the  default
         continues for a period of 30 days;

                  (2) the Company  defaults in the payment of the  principal  of
         any Security  when the same  becomes due and payable at maturity,  upon
         acceleration or otherwise;

                  (3) the Company or any  Guarantor  fails to comply with any of
         its  other  agreements  in  the  Securities,  the  Guarantees  or  this
         Indenture and the default continues for the period and after the notice
         specified below;

                  (4) an event of default shall have occurred  under one or more
         evidences of Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
         (other than Non-Recourse Debt) with an outstanding  aggregate principal
         amount  of  $5,000,000  or more,  whether  such  Debt now  exists or is
         created  hereafter,  which event of default (i) consists of the failure
         by the  Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to make any  payment in
         respect  of such  Debt at its final  maturity  or (ii)  results  in the
         acceleration of such Debt, which acceleration shall be in effect;
<PAGE>
                                      -46-

                  (5) a final  judgment or judgments for the payment of money in
         excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate are rendered  against the Company
         or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  and such judgment or judgments
         remain  unstayed,  unsatisfied or undischarged for the period and after
         the notice specified below;

                  (6) any  Guarantee  of a Material  Subsidiary  ceases to be in
         full force and effect (other than in accordance  with the terms of such
         Guarantee  and  this  Indenture)  or is  declared  null  and  void  and
         unenforceable  or found  to be  invalid  or any  Guarantor  denies  its
         liability  under its  Guarantee  (other  than by reason of release of a
         Guarantor  from its  Guarantee  in  accordance  with  the  terms of the
         Guarantee and this Indenture);

                  (7) the Company or any of its Material  Subsidiaries  pursuant
         to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

                             (A) commences a voluntary case,

                             (B)  consents  to the entry of an order for  relief
                   against it in an involuntary case,

                             (C) consents to the  appointment  of a Custodian of
                   it or for all or substantially all of its property, or

                             (D) makes a general  assignment  for the benefit of
                   its creditors; or

                   (8) a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  enters  an order or
         decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                             (A)  is  for  relief  against  the  Company  in  an
                   involuntary case,

                             (B)  appoints a Custodian of the Company for all or
                   substantially all of its property, or

                             (C) orders the liquidation of the Company,

         and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days.

                  The term  "Bankruptcy  Law" means Title 11,  U.S.  Code or any
similar  Federal or State law for the relief of  debtors.  The term  "Custodian"
means any receiver, trustee, assignee,  liquidator or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law.
<PAGE>
                                      -47-

                  A default  under  clause (3) or (5) is not an Event of Default
until the  Trustee  or the  Holders of at least 25% in  principal  amount of the
Securities  then  outstanding  notify the Company of the default and the Company
does not cure the default within 60 days after receipt of the notice. The notice
must specify the  default,  demand that it be remedied and state that the notice
is a  "Notice  of  Default".  If  the  Holders  of 25% in  principal  amount  of
Securities  then  outstanding  request  the Trustee to give such notice on their
behalf, the Trustee shall do so.

                  The Trustee  shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default
hereunder unless it shall have actual knowledge of such Default or it shall have
received  written notice thereof making specific  reference to such Default as a
Default.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.
              ------------

                  If an  Event  of  Default  (other  than an  Event  of  Default
specified in Section  6.01(7) or Section  6.01(8),  with respect to the Company)
occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee by notice to the Company,  or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice
to the  Company  and the  Trustee,  may  declare  the  principal  of and accrued
interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such declaration such
principal  and  interest  shall be due and payable  immediately.  If an Event of
Default  specified in Section  6.01(7) or Section  6.01(8),  with respect to the
Company occurs, all unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Securities then
outstanding  shall ipso facto become and be immediately  due and payable without
any  declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any  Securityholder.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the
Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would
not conflict  with any judgment or decree and if all existing  Events of Default
have been cured or waived  except  nonpayment  of principal or interest that has
become due solely because of the acceleration.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.
              --------------

                  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Indenture,  if an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee may pursue any available
remedy by  proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of
or interest on the Securities or to enforce the  performance of any provision of
the Securities or this Indenture.
<PAGE>
                                      -48-

                  The  Trustee  may  maintain a  proceeding  even if it does not
possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right
or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy
or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies
are cumulative.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.
              -----------------------
 
                  Subject to Sections  6.07 and 9.02,  the Holders of a majority
in principal  amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee
may waive an existing Default and its consequences. When a Default is waived, it
is cured and ceases; but no such waiver shall extend to any other default.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.
              -------------------

                  The  Holders  of  a  majority  in  principal   amount  of  the
Securities then outstanding may direct the time,  method and place of conducting
any proceeding  for any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising any trust
or power  conferred  on it.  However,  the  Trustee  may  refuse to  follow  any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines
is unduly  prejudicial to the rights of other  Securityholders  or would involve
the Trustee in  personal  liability  and the  Trustee may take any other  action
deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
              -------------------

                  Except as  provided  in Section  6.07,  a  Securityholder  may
pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities only if:

                   (1) the  Holder  gives to the  Trustee  written  notice  of a
         continuing Event of Default;

                   (2) the  Holders of at least 25% in  principal  amount of the
         Securities  then  outstanding  make a written request to the Trustee to
         institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default;

                   (3) such Holder or Holders  offer to the  Trustee  reasonable
         indemnity against any loss, liability or expense (including  reasonable
         attorneys' fees);
<PAGE>
                                      -49-

                   (4) the Trustee  does not comply  with the request  within 60
         days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

                   (5) during  such  60-day  period the Holders of a majority in
         principal  amount of the  Securities  then  outstanding do not give the
         Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

                  A  Securityholder  may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another  Securityholder  or to obtain a  preference  or priority  over
another Securityholder.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.
              ------------------------------------

                  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this  Indenture,  the
right of any  Holder of a  Security  to  receive  payment  of  principal  of and
interest on the Security,  on or after the respective due dates expressed in the
Security,  or to bring suit for the  enforcement of any such payment on or after
such respective dates,  shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of
the Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
              --------------------------

                  If an Event of Default  specified  in  Section  6.01(1) or (2)
occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee may recover  judgment in its own name and
as trustee of an express  trust  against  the  Company  for the whole  amount of
principal and interest remaining unpaid.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
              --------------------------------

                  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other  papers or
documents  as may be  necessary  or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property.

                  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to  authorize  the
Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of
the  Securities  any  plan  of   reorganization,   arrangement,   adjustment  or
composition  affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to
authorize  the  Trustee  to vote in  respect  of the claim of any  Holder of the
Securities in any such proceeding.
<PAGE>
                                      -49-

SECTION 6.10. Priorities.
              ----------

                  If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it
shall pay out the money in the following order:

                  First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

                  Second: to  Securityholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the
         Securities for principal and interest,  ratably,  without preference or
         priority of any kind,  according  to the amounts due and payable on the
         Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

                  Third: to the Company.

                  The Trustee  may fix a record  date and  payment  date for any
payment by it to Securityholders pursuant to this Section.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
              ---------------------

                  In any suit for the  enforcement  of any right or remedy under
this  Indenture  or in any suit  against  the  Trustee  for any action  taken or
omitted by it as Trustee,  a court in its  discretion  may require the filing by
any party  litigant in the suit other than the Trustee of an  undertaking to pay
the costs of the suit,  and the court in its  discretion  may assess  reasonable
costs,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the
suit,  having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or  defenses
made by the  party  litigant.  This  Section  does  not  apply  to a suit by the
Trustee,  a suit by a Holder  pursuant  to Section  6.07 or a suit by Holders of
more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.

                                   ARTICLE 7.

                                     TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
              -----------------

                  (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee  shall  exercise  such of the  rights  and  powers  vested in it by this
Indenture,  and use the same  degree of care and skill in their  exercise,  as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the  circumstances  in the conduct of
his own affairs.
<PAGE>
                                      -51-

                           (b)  Except  during  the  continuance  of an Event of
Default:

                           (1) The Trustee  need  perform only those duties that
         are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others.

                           (2) In the  absence  of bad  faith on its  part,  the
         Trustee may  conclusively  rely, as to the truth of the  statements and
         the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and
         opinions to determine  whether or not they conform to the  requirements
         of this  Indenture  but need not verify  the  accuracy  of the  content
         thereof.

                           (c) The Trustee may not be  relieved  from  liability
for its  own  negligent  action,  its own  negligent  failure  to act or its own
willful misconduct, except that:

                           (1) This  paragraph  does not  limit  the  effect  of
         paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.

                           (2) The Trustee  shall not be liable for any error of
         judgment  made in good  faith by a Trust  Officer,  unless it is proved
         that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

                           (3) The Trustee  shall not be liable with  respect to
         any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
         direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

                           (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way
relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section
7.01.

                           (e) The  Trustee  may refuse to  perform  any duty or
exercise  any right or power  unless it receives  indemnity  satisfactory  to it
against any loss, liability or expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

                           (f) The Trustee  shall not be liable for  interest on
any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree with the Company. Money
held in trust by the Trustee need not be  segregated  from other funds except to
the extent required by law.
<PAGE>
                                      -52-

                           (g) The  Trustee  shall not be  required  to give any
bond or surety with  respect to the  execution  of its rights and powers or with
respect to this Indenture.

                           (h) The Trustee  shall not be bound to  ascertain  or
inquire as to the  performance  or  observance of any  covenants,  conditions or
agreements on the part of the Company hereunder;  but the Trustee may require of
the Company full  information and advice as to the performance of the covenants,
conditions and agreements as aforesaid.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.
              -----------------

                           (a) The Trustee may rely on any document  believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

                           (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains  from acting,
it may  require an  Officers'  Certificate  and/or an Opinion  of  Counsel.  The
Trustee  shall  not be liable  for any  action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on such Certificate or Opinion.

                           (c) The Trustee may act through  agents and shall not
be responsible  for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

                           (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good  faith  which it  believes  to be  authorized  or
within its rights or powers.

                           (e) It shall not be the duty of the  Trustee,  except
as expressly  provided herein,  to ensure that any duties or obligations  herein
imposed  upon the  Company or any other  Person are  performed,  and,  except as
expressly  provided  herein,  the Trustee shall not be liable or responsible for
the  failure of any other  Person to perform  any act  required of it or them by
this Indenture.

                           (f) No provision of this Indenture  shall require the
Trustee  to  expend  or risk its own  funds or  otherwise  incur  any  financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder.
<PAGE>
                                      -53-

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
              ----------------------------

                  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become
the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an
Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any
Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee,  however,  must comply with
Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer.
              --------------------

                  The  Trustee  makes no  representation  as to the  validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the  Securities;  it shall not be accountable  for
the  Company's  use of the  proceeds  from the  Securities;  and it shall not be
responsible  for any statement in the Securities  other than its  certificate of
authentication.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults.
              ------------------

                  If a Default  occurs and is  continuing  and if it is actually
known to the Trustee or the Trustee has received  written  notice  thereof,  the
Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a notice of the Default within 90 days
after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of  principal of or
interest on any Security,  the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as
it in good faith  determines that  withholding the notice is in the interests of
Securityholders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.
              -----------------------------

                  If required by TIA ss.  313(a),  within 60 days after each May
15 beginning with May 15, 1996, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder as
required by TIA ss.  313(c) a brief report  dated as of such date that  complies
with TIA ss. 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b).

                  A  copy  of  each  report  at  the  time  of  its  mailing  to
Securityholders  shall  be  filed by the  Trustee  with  the SEC and each  stock
exchange,  if any, on which the Securities are listed.  The Company shall notify
the Trustee when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.
              --------------------------
 
                  The Company  shall pay to the  Trustee  from time to time such
compensation for its services as shall be agreed upon in writing.  The Trustee's
compensation  shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express  trust.  The 
<PAGE>
                                      -54-

Company   shall   reimburse   the  Trustee  upon  request  for  all   reasonable
out-of-pocket   expenses  incurred  by  it.  Such  expenses  shall  include  the
reasonable  compensation and out-of-pocket  expenses of the Trustee's agents and
counsel.

                  The Company shall  indemnify  the Trustee  against any loss or
liability  (including  the fees  and  expenses  of  counsel)  incurred  by it in
connection  with the  administration  of this trust and the  performance  of its
duties  hereunder.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its
consent. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it
may  seek  indemnification.  The  Company  need not  reimburse  any  expense  or
indemnify  against any loss or  liability  incurred  by the Trustee  through the
Trustee's negligence or bad faith.

                  To secure the Company's  payment  obligations in this Section,
the Trustee  shall have a lien prior to the  Securities on all money or property
held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and
interest on particular Securities.

                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders  services after an
Event of Default  specified in Section  6.01(6) or (7) occurs,  the expenses and
the  compensation  for the  services  are  intended  to  constitute  expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.
              ----------------------

                  A resignation  or removal of the Trustee and  appointment of a
successor  Trustee  shall become  effective  only upon the  successor  Trustee's
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

                  The  Trustee  may  resign by so  notifying  the  Company.  The
Holders of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Securities  may remove the
Trustee by so notifying  the Trustee and the Company and may appoint a successor
Trustee with the Company's consent. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

                  (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

                  (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

                  (3) a receiver or other  public  officer  takes  charge of the
         Trustee or its property; or
<PAGE>
                                      -55-

                  (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee  for any  reason,  the Company  shall  promptly  appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the
Holders  of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  Securities  may  appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

                  If a successor  Trustee  does not take  office  within 60 days
after the retiring  Trustee  resigns or is removed,  the retiring  Trustee,  the
Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Securities may
petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

                  If the Trustee fails to comply with Section  7.10,  any Holder
may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee
and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written  acceptance of its
appointment  to  the  retiring  Trustee  and  to  the  Company.   Thereupon  the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become  effective,  and the
successor  Trustee  shall have all the rights,  powers and duties of the Trustee
under  this  Indenture.  The  successor  Trustee  shall  mail  a  notice  of its
succession to Securityholders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property  held by it as Trustee to the  successor  Trustee,  subject to the lien
provided for in Section 7.07.

                  Notwithstanding  the  replacement  of the Trustee  pursuant to
Section 7.08, the Company's  obligation to compensate the retiring Trustee under
Section 7.07, for services  rendered prior to its retirement  shall continue for
the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
              --------------------------------

                  If the  Trustee  consolidates,  merges or  converts  into,  or
transfers all or  substantially  all of its corporate  trust business to another
corporation,  the  successor  corporation  without  any further act shall be the
successor Trustee.
<PAGE>
                                      -56-

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.
              -----------------------------

                  This  Indenture  shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements  of TIA ss.  310(a)(1).  The Trustee  shall  always have a combined
capital  and  surplus of at least  $50,000,000  as set forth in its most  recent
published  annual  report of  condition.  The Trustee  shall comply with TIA ss.
310(b).

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims
              Against Company.
              ---------------------------------

                  The Trustee  shall comply with TIA ss.  311(a),  excluding any
creditor  relationship  listed in TIA ss. 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                                   ARTICLE 8.

                                   DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Defeasance upon Deposit of Moneys
              or U.S. Government Obligations.
              -------------------------------

                  This Indenture and the Guarantees shall cease to be of further
effect  (except that the  Company's  obligations  under  Sections  7.07 and 8.05
hereof shall survive) when all outstanding Securities theretofore  authenticated
and issued (other than Securities which have been destroyed,  lost or stolen and
which have been replaced as provided in Section 2.07 hereof) have been delivered
to the  Trustee  for  cancellation  and the  Company  has paid all sums  payable
hereunder.

                  Notwithstanding  the first  paragraph of this Section 8.01, at
the Company's option indicated by notice to the Trustee,  either (a) the Company
shall be deemed to have been  Discharged (as defined below) from its obligations
with respect to the Securities on the 91st day after the  applicable  conditions
set forth below have been  satisfied or (b) the Company  shall cease to be under
any  obligation  to comply with any term,  provision or  condition  set forth in
Sections  4.06 through 4.15 and shall cease to be subject to the  provisions  of
Section  6.01(3) with respect to Sections 4.06 through 4.15 and Section  6.01(4)
with respect to the  Securities at any time after the conditions set forth below
have been satisfied:

                  (1) the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited
         irrevocably  with the  Trustee  as trust  funds in 
<PAGE>
                                      -57-

         trust,  specifically  pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to,
         the benefit of the Holders of the Securities (i) money in an amount, or
         (ii) U.S. Government  Obligations which through the payment of interest
         and principal in respect  thereof in  accordance  with their terms will
         provide,  not later than one day  before  the due date of any  payment,
         money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient,
         in  the  opinion  with  respect  to  (ii)  and  (iii)  of a  nationally
         recognized  firm  of  independent  public  accountants  expressed  in a
         written  certification  thereof  delivered to the  Trustee,  to pay and
         discharge  each  installment  of  principal  of  and  interest  on  the
         outstanding  Securities on the dates such  installments  of interest or
         principal are due;

                  (2) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
         of Counsel stating that the Holders of the outstanding  Securities will
         not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a
         result of such  defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on
         the same  amounts,  in the same  manner  and at the same times as would
         have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

                  (3) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation  of,
         or constitute a Default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or
         instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

                  (4) no Default or Event of Default  shall have occurred and be
         continuing on the date of such deposit; and

                  (5)  the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an
         Officers  Certificate  stating  that the  conditions  set forth in this
         Section 8.01 have been satisfied or complied with.

                  "Discharged"  shall mean that the Company  and each  Guarantor
shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness  represented
by,  and  obligations  under,  the  Securities  and to  have  satisfied  all the
obligations  under this Indenture and the Guarantees  relating to the Securities
(and the  Trustee,  upon the  request of the  Company  and at the expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same).
<PAGE>
                                      -58-

SECTION 8.02. Termination of the Obligations
              Pursuant to Redemption.
              ------------------------------

                  The Company and each  Guarantor may terminate its  obligations
under  the  Securities,  this  Indenture  and the  Guarantees  (except  that the
Company's obligations under Sections 7.07 and 8.05 hereof shall survive) and the
Company  and the  Guarantors  shall be deemed to have been  Discharged  from its
Obligations with respect to the Securities and the Guarantees if:

                           (a) either (i) pursuant to Article Three, the Company
         shall  have  given  notice  to the  Trustee  and  mailed  a  notice  of
         redemption to each Holder of the  redemption  of all of the  Securities
         under  arrangements  satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such
         notice or (ii) all  Securities  have  otherwise  become due and payable
         hereunder;

                           (b) the Company shall have  irrevocably  deposited or
         caused  to be  deposited  with  the  Trustee  or a  trustee  reasonably
         satisfactory  to the Trustee,  under the terms of an irrevocable  trust
         agreement in form and substance  satisfactory to the Trustee,  as trust
         funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders for that  purpose,
         money  in  such  amount  as  is  sufficient  without  consideration  of
         reinvestment of such interest,  to pay principal of,  premium,  if any,
         and interest on the  outstanding  Securities to maturity or redemption,
         as  certified  in a  certificate  of a  nationally  recognized  firm of
         independent  public  accountants;  provided that the Trustee shall have
         been irrevocably  instructed to apply such money to the payment of said
         principal,   premium,   if  any,  and  interest  with  respect  to  the
         Securities;

                           (c) no Default of Event of  Default  with  respect to
         this Indenture or the Securities  shall have occurred and be continuing
         on the date of such  deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit
         and such  deposit  will not  result  in a breach  or  violation  of, or
         constitute a default under,  any other  instrument to which the Company
         is a party or by which it is bound; and

                           (d) the  Company  shall  have  paid  all  other  sums
         payable by it hereunder;

                           (e) the Company  shall have  delivered to the Trustee
         an Officers'  Certificate stating that the conditions set forth in this
         Section 8.02 have been complied with.
<PAGE>
                                      -59-

SECTION 8.03. Survival of Company's Obligations.
              ---------------------------------

                  Notwithstanding   the   satisfaction   and  discharge  of  the
Indenture  under Section 8.01 or Section  8.02,  the  Company's  obligations  in
Sections 2.04,  2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 4.01, 4.02, 4.05, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05
and 8.06, however, shall survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding.
Thereafter,  the Company's  obligations  in Sections  7.07,  8.05 and 8.06 shall
survive.

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money.
              --------------------------

                  The  Trustee  shall  hold in trust  money  or U.S.  Government
Obligations  deposited  with it  pursuant  to Section  8.01.  It shall apply the
deposited  money and the money from U.S.  Government  Obligations  in accordance
with  this  Indenture  to  the  payment  of  principal  of and  interest  on the
Securities.

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to Company.
              --------------------

                  The Trustee and the Paying  Agent  shall  promptly  pay to the
Company upon request any excess  money or  securities  held by them at any time.
The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money
held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for
two years,  provided,  however,  that the Trustee or such Paying  Agent,  before
being  required  to make any such  repayment,  may at the expense of the Company
cause to be published once in a newspaper of general  circulation in the City of
New York or mail to each such Holder  notice that such money  remains  unclaimed
and that, after a date specified  therein,  which shall not be less than 30 days
from the date of such  publication  or mailing,  any  unclaimed  balance of such
money  then  remaining  will be  repaid to the  Company.  After  payment  to the
Company,  Securityholders  entitled  to the money must look to the  Company  for
payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates
another person.

                  The Company  shall  indemnify  Trustee to the  fullest  extent
permissible  by law for the  Trustee's  failure  to  comply  with any  abandoned
property or escheat law by acting in accordance with this Section 8.05.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.
              -------------

                  If the Trustee is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or
by reason  of any  order or  judgment  of any  court or  governmental  authority
enjoining,  restraining or 
<PAGE>
                                      -60-

otherwise  prohibiting such  application,  the Company's  obligations under this
Indenture  and the  Securities  shall be  revived  and  reinstated  as though no
deposit had occurred  pursuant to Section 8.01 until such time as the Trustee is
permitted to apply all such money or U.S.  Government  Obligations in accordance
with Section 8.01; provided,  however,  that if the Company has made any payment
of interest on or principal of any Securities  because of the  reinstatement  of
its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of
such  Securities  to  receive  such  payment  from the money or U.S.  Government
Obligations held by the Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE 9.

                                   AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.
              --------------------------

                  The  Company  and the  Guarantors,  with  the  consent  of the
Trustee,  may  amend  or  supplement  this  Indenture,  the  Securities  or  the
Guarantees without notice to or the consent of any Securityholder:

                           (1)  to  cure  any  ambiguity,  omission,  defect  or
         inconsistency;  provided  that such  amendment or  supplement  does not
         adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder;

                           (2) to comply with Section 5.01;

                           (3)  to  provide  for  uncertificated  Securities  in
         addition to certificated Securities;

                           (4) to make  any  change  that  does  not  materially
         adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder hereunder, including,
         without  limitation,  any  amendments  reasonably  necessary  to  issue
         additional Securities hereunder;

                           (5)  to  comply  with  the   qualification   of  this
         Indenture under the TIA; or

                           (6) to  reflect a  Guarantor  ceasing to be liable on
         the  Guarantees  because it is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company or
         to reflect additional Guarantors.

                  For the  purposes of Section  9.01,  the  Trustee  may, in its
discretion,  determine  whether  or not the  Holder of any  Securities  would be
materially  adversely  affected by any 
<PAGE>
                                      -61-

amendment or supplement to this  Indenture and any such  determination  shall be
conclusive upon every Holder,  whether  theretofore or thereafter  entered into.
The Trustee shall,  subject to the express provisions of this Indenture,  not be
liable for any such  determination  made in good faith and shall be entitled to,
and may rely upon, an Opinion of Counsel with respect thereto.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.
              -----------------------

                  The  Company  and the  Guarantors,  with  the  consent  of the
Trustee,  may  amend  or  supplement  this  Indenture,  the  Securities  or  the
Guarantees  without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal  amount of the  Securities  then
outstanding.  Subject to Section  6.07,  the Holders of a majority in  principal
amount of the Securities then outstanding may waive compliance by the Company or
any  Guarantor  with any  provision of this  Indenture,  the  Securities  or the
Guarantees without notice to any Securityholder. However, without the consent of
each Securityholder  affected, an amendment,  supplement or waiver,  including a
waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:

                           (1)  reduce the amount of  Securities  whose  Holders
         must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

                           (2) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment
         of interest on any Security;

                           (3)  reduce  the  principal  of or  change  the fixed
         maturity of any Security (including,  without limitation,  the optional
         redemption provisions, but excluding Sections 4.08, 4.09 and 4.15);

                           (4)  waive a  Default  or  Event  of  Default  in the
         payment of principal of or interest on any Security;

                           (5) make any  Security  payable  in money  other than
         that stated in the Security;

                           (6) make any change in Section 6.04,  Section 6.07 or
         Section 9.02;

                           (7) adversely  modify the terms and conditions of the
         obligations  of the Guarantors or ranking or priority of the Securities
         or any Guarantee; or
<PAGE>
                                      -62-

                           (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations
         under its Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with
         the terms hereof.

                  Promptly  after  an  amendment   under  this  Section  becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing
the amendment.

                  It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under
this  Section  to approve  the  particular  form of any  proposed  amendment  or
supplement,  but it shall be sufficient  if such consent  approves the substance
thereof.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
              -----------------------------------

                  Every  amendment  to this  Indenture,  the  Securities  or the
Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
              ---------------------------------

                  Until an amendment,  supplement or waiver becomes effective, a
consent to it by a Holder of a Security  is a  continuing  consent by the Holder
and  every  subsequent  Holder of a  Security  or  portion  of a  Security  that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of
the consent is not made on any Security.  However, any such Holder or subsequent
Holder may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security if the
Trustee  receives  the  notice  of  revocation  before  the date the  amendment,
supplement  or waiver  becomes  effective.  An  amendment,  supplement or waiver
becomes  effective  in  accordance  with its terms and  thereafter  binds  every
Securityholder.

                  After an  amendment,  supplement or waiver  becomes  effective
with respect to the  Securities,  it shall bind every  Securityholder  unless it
makes a change  described in any of clauses (1) through (8) of Section  9.02. In
that case the  amendment,  supplement  or  waiver  shall  bind each  Holder of a
Security who has consented to it and,  provided  that notice of such  amendment,
supplement or waiver is reflected on a Security that  evidences the same debt as
the  consenting  Holder's  Security,  every  subsequent  Holder of a Security or
portion of a Security that  evidences the same debt as the  consenting  Holder's
Security.

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities.
              -------------------------------------

                  If an amendment,  supplement or waiver  changes the terms of a
Security,  the Trustee  may require the Holder of the  Security
<PAGE>
                                      -63-

to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee may place an appropriate  notation on
the Security about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively,
if the Company or the  Trustee so  determines,  the Company in exchange  for the
Security  shall issue and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  a new Security  that
reflects the changed terms.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee Protected.
              -----------------

                  The Trustee need not sign any amendment,  supplement or waiver
authorized pursuant to this Article that adversely affects the Trustee's rights.
The Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel and
an Officers'  Certificate  that any  supplemental  indenture  complies  with the
Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE 10.

                             GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee.
               ---------

                  Subject to the  provisions of this Article 10, each  Guarantor
(which  term  includes  any  successor  Person  under  this  Indenture  and  any
additional   Guarantor   pursuant  to  Section  4.16  of  this   Indenture)  for
consideration   received  hereby  jointly  and  severally   unconditionally  and
irrevocably guarantees on a senior basis (each a "Guarantee",  and collectively,
the  "Guarantees") to each Holder of a Security  authenticated  and delivered by
the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns,  irrespective  of
the  validity  and  enforceability  of this  Indenture,  the  Securities  or the
obligations of the Company or any other  Guarantor to the Holders or the Trustee
hereunder or  thereunder,  that:  (a) the  principal  of,  premium,  if any, and
interest on the Securities  will be duly and  punctually  paid in full when due,
whether at maturity,  as a result of redemption,  upon a Change of Control, as a
result of a Net Worth Offer, by  acceleration or otherwise,  and interest on the
overdue  principal,  premium,  if  any,  and (to the  extent  permitted  by law)
interest,  if any, on the  Securities  and all other payment  obligations of the
Company or the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee  hereunder or thereunder
(including fees,  expenses or other) will be promptly paid in full or performed,
all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof;  (b) all other  obligations
under this  Indenture to the Holders or the Trustee will be duly and  punctually
performed all in accordance  with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities
and (c) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Securities
or any such other  
<PAGE>
                                      -64-

obligations,  the same will be promptly  paid in full when due or  performed  in
accordance  with the  terms of the  extension  or  renewal,  whether  at  stated
maturity, as a result of redemption,  upon a Change of Control, as a result of a
Net Worth Offer, by  acceleration  or otherwise.  Failing payment or performance
when due of any amount or obligations so guaranteed  for whatever  reason,  each
Guarantor will be obligated to pay or perform the same immediately.  An Event of
Default  under this  Indenture or the  Securities  shall  constitute an event of
default  under the  Guarantees,  and shall  entitle the Holders of Securities to
accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to
the same extent as the obligations of the Company.

                  Each of the  Guarantors  hereby  agrees  that its  obligations
hereunder  shall be absolute and  unconditional,  irrespective  of, and shall be
unaffected  by,  the  invalidity,   irregularity  or   unenforceability  of  the
Securities or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
waiver,  modification or consent by any holder of the Securities with respect to
any  provisions  hereof or  thereof,  any  release of any other  Guarantor,  the
recovery of any judgment  against the  Company,  any action to enforce the same,
whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular  Security,  or any other
circumstance which might otherwise  constitute a legal or equitable discharge or
defense of a  Guarantor.  Each of the  Guarantors  hereby  waives the benefit of
diligence,  presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the
event of merger insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company,  any right to require a
proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
and  covenants  that its  Guarantee  will not be  discharged  except by complete
performance of the obligations  contained in the Securities,  this Indenture and
its  Guarantee.  If any  Holder  or the  Trustee  is  required  by any  court or
otherwise  to return  to the  Company  or to any  Guarantor,  or any  custodian,
trustee,  liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company
or such  Guarantor,  any amount  paid by the  Company or such  Guarantor  to the
Trustee or such Holder,  its Guarantee,  to the extent  theretofore  discharged,
shall be  reinstated in full force and effect.  Each  Guarantor  further  agrees
that,  as between  it, on the one hand,  and the Holders of  Securities  and the
Trustee,  on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article 10, the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof
for the purposes of its Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition   preventing  such   acceleration  in  respect  of  the  obligations
guaranteed  hereby,  and (b) in the event of any  declaration of acceleration of
such obligations as provided in 
<PAGE>
                                      -65-

Article  6 hereof,  such  obligations  (whether  or not due and  payable)  shall
forthwith  become  due and  payable  by such  Guarantor  for the  purpose of its
Guarantees.

                  [The  Guarantees  shall  remain in full  force and  effect and
continue to be effective  should any petition be filed by or against the Company
for liquidation or  reorganization,  should the Company become insolvent or make
an  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors or should a receiver or trustee be
appointed for all or any significant part of the Company's assets, and shall, to
the fullest extent permitted by law,  continue to be effective or be reinstated,
as the case may be, if at any time payment of the  Securities  are,  pursuant to
applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or
returned by any obligee on the Securities,  whether as a "voidable  preference,"
"fraudulent  transfer"  or  otherwise,  all as though such  payment had not been
made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced,
restored or returned,  the Securities  shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
law,  be  reinstated  and deemed  reduced  only by such  amount  paid and not so
rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.]

                  For purposes of this Article 10, each Guarantor's liability (a
Guarantor's  "Base Guaranty  Liability")  shall be that amount from time to time
equal to the aggregate liability of a Guarantor hereunder,  but shall be limited
to the lessor of (A) the  aggregate  amount of the  obligation  as stated in the
first  sentence of this Section 10.01 with respect to the  Securities or (B) the
amount, if any, which would not have (i) rendered such Guarantor "insolvent" (as
such term is defined in Section  101(29) of the Federal  Bankruptcy  Code and in
Section 271 of the Debtor and Creditor Law of the State of New York,  as each is
in effect at the date of this Indenture) or (ii) left it with unreasonably small
capital at the time its  Guarantee of the  Securities  was entered  into,  after
giving effect to the incurrence of existing Debt immediately  prior to such time
provided,  that, it shall be a presumption in any lawsuit or other proceeding in
which a Guarantor is a party that the amount  guaranteed is the amount set forth
in (A) above unless a creditor, or representative of creditors of such Guarantor
or a trustee in bankruptcy of the Guarantor, as debtor in possession,  otherwise
proves  in such a lawsuit  that the  aggregate  liability  of the  Guarantor  is
limited to the amount set forth in (B).  In making any  determination  as to the
solvency  or  sufficiency  of  capital of a  Guarantor  in  accordance  with the
previous  sentence,  the right of such  Guarantor  to  contribution  from  other
Guarantors,  to subrogation  pursuant to the next paragraph and any other rights
such 
<PAGE>
                                      -66-

Guarantor may have contractual or otherwise shall be taken into account.

                  Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder
of any  Securities  and the  Trustee  against  the  Company or any of ther other
Guarantors  in respect of any amounts paid to the Holder and the Trustee by such
Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Guarantee;  provided, however, that
such  Guarantor  shall not be entitled to  enforce,  or to receive any  payments
arising out of or based upon, such right of subrogation  until the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities have been paid in full.

                  Nothing  contained  in this  Article 10 or  elsewhere  in this
Indenture  or in any  Security is intended  to or shall  impair,  as between the
Guarantors and the Holders and the Trustee,  the  obligation of each  Guarantor,
which is  absolute  and  unconditional,  to pay the  Holders and the Trustee the
principal of,  premium,  if any, and interest on the  Securities as and when the
same  shall  become due and  payable  and to perform  all other  obligations  in
accordance with the provisions of this  Guarantee,  nor shall anything herein or
therein prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising all remedies otherwise
permitted by applicable law upon Default under this Indenture.

                  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek  contribution from
any  non-paying  Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair
the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.
               -----------------------------------

                  To further  evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01,
each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee, substantially in
the form  included  in  Exhibit B hereto,  shall be  endorsed  on each  Security
authenticated  and delivered by the Trustee after such Guarantee is executed and
executed  by  either  manual  or  facsimile  signature  of an  officer  of  each
Guarantor.  The  validity  and  enforceability  of any  Guarantee  shall  not be
affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Security.

                  Each of the  Guarantors  hereby  agrees that its Guarantee set
forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Security a notation of such Guarantee.
<PAGE>
                                      -67-

                  If an  officer  of a  Guarantor  whose  signatures  is on this
Indenture  or a Security  no longer  holds that  office at the time the  Trustee
authenticates  such  Security  or  at  any  time  thereafter,  such  Guarantor's
Guarantee of such Security shall be valid nevertheless.

                  The  delivery  of any  Security  by  the  Trustee,  after  the
authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee
set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

SECTION 10.03. Additional Guarantors.
               ---------------------

                  Any person may become a Guarantor by executing and  delivering
to the Trustee (a) a supplemental  indenture in form and substance  satisfactory
to the Trustee,  which  subjects such person to the provisions of this Indenture
as a  Guarantor,  and  (b) an  Opinion  of  Counsel  to  the  effect  that  such
supplemental  indenture has been duly authorized and executed by such person and
constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable  obligation of such person
(subject to such customary  exceptions  concerning  fraudulent  conveyance laws,
creditors'  rights and equitable  principles as may be acceptable to the Trustee
in its discretion).

SECTION 10.04. Release of a Guarantor.
               ----------------------

                  (a) Upon the sale or  disposition  of all of the assets or all
of the  Capital  Stock of a  Guarantor  by the  Company or a  Subsidiary  of the
Company,  or upon the  consolidation  or merger of a Guarantor  with or into any
Person (in each case, other than to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company),
such Guarantor shall be deemed  automatically and  unconditionally  released and
discharged from all obligations under this Article 10 without any further action
required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder,  if all  obligations  of such
Guarantor,  if any, in respect of any  Indebtedness  of the  Company  shall also
terminate upon such transaction;  provided, however, that each such Guarantor is
sold or disposed of in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;  provided,  further,
that the  foregoing  proviso  shall  not apply to the sale or  disposition  of a
Guarantor in a foreclosure to the extent that such proviso would be inconsistent
with the requirements of the Uniform Commercial Code.

                  (b)  The  Trustee  shall  deliver  an  appropriate  instrument
evidencing  the release of a Guarantor  upon receipt of a request of the Company
accompanied by an Officers'  Certificate  certifying as to the  compliance  with
this Section 10.04.  Any 
<PAGE>
                                      -68-

Guarantor not so released or the entity surviving such Guarantor, as applicable,
will remain or be liable under its Guarantee as provided in this Article 10.

                  The Trustee shall execute any documents  reasonably  requested
by the Company or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor
from its  obligations  under its Guarantee  endorsed on the Securities and under
this Article 10.

                  Except  as set  forth in  Articles  4 and 5 and  this  Section
10.04,  nothing  contained in this Indenture or in any of the  Securities  shall
prevent any  consolidation  or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or
another  Guarantor or shall  prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a
Guarantor  as an  entirety  or  substantially  as an  entirety to the Company or
another Guarantor.

                                   ARTICLE 11.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.
               ----------------------------

                  If any  provision  of  this  Indenture  limits,  qualifies  or
conflicts  with  another  provision  which is  required  to be  included in this
Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices.
               -------

                  Any notice or  communication  by the Company or the Trustee to
the  other is duly  given if in  writing  and  delivered  in  person,  mailed by
first-class  mail or by express  delivery to the other's  address stated in this
Section  11.02.  The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

                  Any  notice  or  communication  to a  Securityholder  shall be
mailed by  first-class  mail to his address  shown on the  register  kept by the
Registrar.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any
defect  in  it  shall  not  affect  its   sufficiency   with  respect  to  other
Securityholders.

                  If a notice or  communication is mailed in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.
<PAGE>
                                      -69-

                  If  the   Company   mails  a  notice   or   communication   to
Securityholders,  it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same
time.

                  All notices or communications shall be in writing.

                  The Company's address is:

                           Continental Homes Holding Corp.
                           7001 N. Scottsdale Road
                           Suite 2050
                           Scottsdale, Arizona  85252
                           Attention:  Corporate Secretary

                  The Trustee's address is:

                           First Union National Bank
                           123 South Broad Street
                           Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19109
                           Attention:  Corporation Trust Department

SECTION 11.03. Communication by Holders with
               Other Holders.
               -----------------------------

                  Securityholders  may  communicate  pursuant to TIA ss.  312(b)
with other  Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
the Securities.  The Company,  the Trustee,  the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as
               to Conditions Precedent.
               --------------------------

                  Upon any request or  application by the Company to the Trustee
to take any  action  under  this  Indenture  the  Company  shall  furnish to the
Trustee:

                           (1) an Officers'  Certificate  stating  that,  in the
         opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent,  if any, provided for
         in this  Indenture  relating to the proposed  action have been complied
         with; and

                           (2)  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  stating  that,  in the
         opinion  of such  counsel,  all such  conditions  precedent  have  been
         complied with.

                  Each  signer of an  Officers'  Certificate  or an  Opinion  of
Counsel may (if so stated) rely,  effectively,  upon an Opinion
<PAGE>
                                      -70-

of  Counsel  as to legal  matters  and an  Officers'  Certificate  as to factual
matters if such signer  reasonably and in good faith believes in the accuracy of
the document relied upon.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate
               or Opinion.
               ----------------------------------

                  Each  certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

                           (1)  a   statement   that  the  person   making  such
         certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                           (2) a brief  statement  as to the nature and scope of
         the examination or investigation  upon which the statements or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                           (3) a statement  that, in the opinion of such person,
         he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable
         him to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not such  covenant
         or condition has been complied with; and

                           (4) a statement  as to whether or not, in the opinion
         of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.
               ---------------------------

                  The  Trustee may make  reasonable  rules for action by or at a
meeting of  Securityholders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make  reasonable
rules and set reasonable requirements for their respective functions.

SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays.
               --------------

                  A "Legal  Holiday" is a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on which
banking institutions are not required to be open in The City of New York, in the
State of New York or in the city in which the Trustee  administers its corporate
trust  business.  If a payment  date is a Legal  Holiday at a place of  payment,
payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
Holiday,  and no  interest  shall  accrue on that  payment  for the  intervening
period.

                  A "business day" is a day other than a Legal Holiday.
<PAGE>
                                      -71-

SECTION 11.08. No Recourse Against Others.
               --------------------------

                  No director,  officer, employee or stockholder of the Company,
any Guarantor or any successor  Person  thereof shall have any liability for any
obligations  of the Company under the  Securities  or this  Indenture or for any
claim  based  on,  in  respect  of or by  reason  of such  obligations  or their
creation.  Each  Securityholder  by accepting a Security waives and releases all
such liability.  The waiver and releases are part of the  consideration  for the
issue of the Securities.

SECTION 11.09. Duplicate Originals.
               -------------------

                  The parties  may sign any number of copies of this  Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original,  but all of them  together  represent the
same agreement.

SECTION 11.10. Governing Law.
               -------------

                  The  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York,  without  regard  to
principles of conflicts of law, shall govern this Indenture and the Securities.

SECTION 11.11. No Adverse Interpretation
               of Other Agreements.
               -------------------------

                  This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture,
loan or debt agreement of the Company or a subsidiary.  Any such indenture, loan
or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 11.12. Successors.
               ----------

                  All  agreements  of the  Company  in  this  Indenture  and the
Securities  shall bind its  successors.  All  agreements  of the Trustee in this
Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.13. Separability.
               ------------
                  In case any provision in this  Indenture or in the  Securities
shall  be  valid,   illegal  or  unenforceable,   the  validity,   legality  and
enforceability  of the remaining  provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired  thereby and a Holder  shall have no claim  therefor  against any party
hereto.
<PAGE>
                                      -72-

SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
               --------------------------------

                  The Table of Contents,  Cross-Reference  Table and headings of
the Articles and Sections of this Indenture  have been inserted for  convenience
of reference  only,  are not to be  considered a part hereof and shall in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
<PAGE>
                                      -73-

                                   SIGNATURES


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.


                                  FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as Trustee


                                  By:      /s/ Alan G. Finn
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Alan G. Finn
                                           Title:  Assistant Vice President


                                  CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  ACHETER, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                            Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  CH MORTGAGE COMPANY


                                  By:      /s/ Randall C. Present
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Randall C. Present
                                           Title:


                                  CHI CONSTRUCTION COMPANY


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:
<PAGE>
                                      -74-

                                  CHI FINANCE CORP.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  CONTINENTAL HOMES, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  CONTINENTAL HOMES OF FLORIDA, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  CONTINENTAL HOMES OF TEXAS, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  KDB HOMES, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  L&W INVESTMENTS INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:
<PAGE>
                                      -75-

                                  MILBURN INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  MILTEX FINANCIAL IV GENERAL
                                              PARTNERSHIP


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  MILTEX MANAGEMENT, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Randall C. Present
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Randall C. Present
                                           Title:  President


                                  MILTEX MORTGAGE OF TEXAS
                                  LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  RANCHO CARILLO, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  R.O.S. CORPORATION


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:
<PAGE>
                                      -76-

                                  SETTLEMENT CORPORATION


                                  By:      /s/ Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Kenda B. Gonzales
                                           Title:


                                  TRAVIS COUNTY TITLE COMPANY


                                  By:      /s/ Burwell B. McClendon, III
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Burwell B. McClendon, III
                                           Title:  Assistant Secretary


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT



                            DATED AS OF JUNE 27, 1996



                                      AMONG


                         CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.
                                   as Borrower


                                       AND


                             THE BANKS NAMED HEREIN
                                    as Banks


                                       AND


                              BANK ONE, ARIZONA, NA
                                    as Agent

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
<S>                   <C>                                                                                        <C>
ARTICLE I             DEFINITIONS.................................................................................1

ARTICLE II            THE CREDITS................................................................................22

         2.1          Commitment.................................................................................22
         2.2          Required Payments..........................................................................23
         2.3          Ratable Loans..............................................................................23
         2.4          Types of Advances; Set Aside Amount........................................................23
         2.5          Fees; Reduction in Commitment..............................................................24
         2.6          Minimum Amount of Each Advance.............................................................26
         2.7          Optional Principal Payments................................................................26
         2.8          Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances............................26
         2.9          Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances........................................27
         2.10         Changes in Interest Rate, etc..............................................................27
         2.11         Determination of Applicable Margins and Applicable Unused Commitment 
                      Rate.......................................................................................28
         2.12         Rates Applicable After Event of Default....................................................29
         2.13         Method of Payment..........................................................................29
         2.14         Notes; Telephonic Notices..................................................................29
         2.15         Interest Payment Dates; Interest Basis.....................................................30
         2.16         Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Commitment 
                      Reductions.................................................................................30
         2.17         Lending Installations......................................................................30
         2.18         Non-Receipt of Funds by Agent..............................................................30
         2.19         Swing Line.................................................................................31
         2.20         Withholding Tax Exemption..................................................................32
         2.21         Extension of Facility Termination Date.....................................................33
         2.22         Conversion Period..........................................................................35
         2.23         Replacement of Certain Banks...............................................................39

ARTICLE III           CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES....................................................................40

         3.1          Yield Protection...........................................................................40
         3.2          Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations....................................................41
         3.3          Availability of Types of Advances..........................................................42
         3.4          Funding Indemnification....................................................................42
         3.5          Bank Statements; Survival of Indemnity.....................................................42
</TABLE>
                                      -i-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                                                                        <C>
ARTICLE IV            THE LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY..............................................................43

         4.1          Facility Letters of Credit.................................................................43
         4.2          Limitations................................................................................43
         4.3          Conditions.................................................................................44
         4.4          Procedure for Issuance of Facility Letters of Credit.......................................45
         4.5          Duties of Issuing Bank.....................................................................46
         4.6          Participation..............................................................................47
         4.7          Compensation for Facility Letters of Credit................................................49
         4.8          Issuing Bank Reporting Requirements........................................................50
         4.9          Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Bank's Duties...........................................51
         4.10         No Obligation to Issue.....................................................................52
         4.11         Obligations of Issuing Bank and Other Banks................................................52

ARTICLE V             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.......................................................................53

         5.1          Initial Advance............................................................................53
         5.2          Each Advance...............................................................................54

ARTICLE VI            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................................................55

         6.1          Existence and Standing.....................................................................55
         6.2          Authorization and Validity.................................................................55
         6.3          No Conflict; Government Consent............................................................56
         6.4          Financial Statements.......................................................................56
         6.5          Material Adverse Change....................................................................56
         6.6          Taxes......................................................................................56
         6.7          Litigation and Contingent Obligations......................................................57
         6.8          Subsidiaries...............................................................................57
         6.9          ERISA......................................................................................57
         6.10         Accuracy of Information....................................................................57
         6.11         Regulation U...............................................................................57
         6.12         Material Agreements........................................................................57
         6.13         Labor Disputes and Acts of God.............................................................58
         6.14         Ownership..................................................................................58
         6.15         Operation of Business......................................................................58
         6.16         Laws; Environment..........................................................................58
         6.17         Investment Company Act.....................................................................59
         6.18         Public Utility Holding Company Act.........................................................59
         6.19         Subordination Provisions...................................................................59
         6.20         Indenture Provisions.......................................................................59
</TABLE>
                                      -ii-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                                                                        <C>
ARTICLE VII           AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS......................................................................59

         7.1          Financial Reporting........................................................................60
         7.2          Use of Proceeds............................................................................62
         7.3          Notice of Certain Events...................................................................63
         7.4          Conduct of Business........................................................................63
         7.5          Taxes......................................................................................63
         7.6          Insurance..................................................................................63
         7.7          Compliance with Laws.......................................................................63
         7.8          Maintenance of Properties..................................................................63
         7.9          Inspection.................................................................................63
         7.10         Environment................................................................................64

ARTICLE VIII          NEGATIVE COVENANTS.........................................................................64

         8.1          Dividends..................................................................................64
         8.2          Indebtedness...............................................................................64
         8.3          Merger.....................................................................................66
         8.4          Sale of Assets.............................................................................66
         8.5          Investments and Acquisitions...............................................................67
         8.6          Liens......................................................................................68
         8.7          Redemption.................................................................................70
         8.8          Affiliates.................................................................................70
         8.9          Modifications to Certain Indebtedness......................................................71
         8.10         Subordinated Indebtedness..................................................................71
         8.11         Amendments.................................................................................71

ARTICLE IX            FINANCIAL COVENANTS........................................................................71

         9.1          Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth....................................................71
         9.2          Leverage Test; Interest Coverage Test......................................................72
         9.3          Spec Unit Inventory........................................................................73
         9.4          Land Owned. ...............................................................................73

ARTICLE X             EVENTS OF DEFAULT..........................................................................73

         10.1         Representations and Warranties.............................................................73
         10.2         Non-payment................................................................................74
         10.3         Other Defaults.............................................................................74
         10.4         Other Indebtedness.........................................................................74
         10.5         Bankruptcy.................................................................................74
         10.6         Receiver...................................................................................75
         10.7         Judgment...................................................................................75
</TABLE>
                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                                                                        <C>
         10.8         Unfunded Liabilities.......................................................................75
         10.9         Withdrawal Liability.......................................................................75
         10.10        Increased Contributions....................................................................76
         10.11        Change in Control..........................................................................76
         10.12        Dissolution................................................................................76
         10.13        Guaranty...................................................................................76
         10.14        Collateral.................................................................................76
         10.15        Financial Covenants........................................................................76
         10.16        No Defaults................................................................................76

ARTICLE XI            ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES.............................................77

         11.1         Acceleration; Remedies.....................................................................77
         11.2         Amendments.................................................................................78
         11.3         Preservation of Rights.....................................................................79
         11.4         New Guarantor..............................................................................79

ARTICLE XII           GENERAL PROVISIONS.........................................................................80

         12.1         Survival of Representations................................................................80
         12.2         Governmental Regulation....................................................................80
         12.3         Taxes......................................................................................80
         12.4         Headings...................................................................................80
         12.5         Entire Agreement...........................................................................80
         12.6         Nature of Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement..........................................80
         12.7         Expenses; Indemnification..................................................................80
         12.8         Numbers of Documents.......................................................................81
         12.9         Accounting.................................................................................81
         12.10        Severability of Provisions.................................................................81
         12.11        Nonliability of Banks and Issuing Bank.....................................................81
         12.12        CHOICE OF LAW..............................................................................81
         12.13        Arbitration................................................................................81
         12.14        CONSENT TO JURISDICTION....................................................................83
         12.15        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.......................................................................83
         12.16        Confidentiality............................................................................84

ARTICLE XIII          AGENT......................................................................................84

         13.1         Appointment................................................................................84
         13.2         Powers.....................................................................................84
         13.3         General Immunity...........................................................................84
         13.4         No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc.................................................84
         13.5         Action on Instructions of Banks............................................................85
</TABLE>
                                      -iv-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                                                                        <C>
         13.6         Employment of Agents and Counsel...........................................................85
         13.7         Reliance on Documents; Counsel.............................................................85
         13.8         Agent's Reimbursement and Indemnification..................................................85
         13.9         Rights as a Bank or Issuing Bank...........................................................86
         13.10        Bank Credit Decision.......................................................................86
         13.11        Successor Agent............................................................................86
         13.12        Agent's Fee................................................................................87

ARTICLE XIV           SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS...................................................................87

         14.1         Setoff.....................................................................................87
         14.2         Ratable Payments...........................................................................87

ARTICLE XV            BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS..........................................87

         15.1         Successors and Assigns.....................................................................87
         15.2         Participations.............................................................................88
                      15.2.1    Permitted Participants; Effect...................................................88
                      15.2.2    Voting Rights....................................................................88
                      15.2.3    Benefit of Setoff................................................................88
         15.3         Assignments................................................................................89
                      15.3.1    Permitted Assignments............................................................89
                      15.3.2    Effect; Effective Date...........................................................89
         15.4         Dissemination of Information...............................................................89
         15.5         Tax Treatment..............................................................................90

ARTICLE XVI           NOTICES....................................................................................90

         16.1         Giving Notice..............................................................................90
         16.2         Change of Address..........................................................................90

ARTICLE XVII          COUNTERPARTS...............................................................................90
</TABLE>
                                      -v-
<PAGE>
                         LIST OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A        Form of Deed of Trust
Exhibit B        Form of Mortgage
Exhibit C        Form of Environmental Agreement
Exhibit D        Form of Guaranty
Exhibit E        Form of Note
Exhibit F        Form of Opinion of Cahill, Gordon & Reindel
Exhibit G        Form of Opinion of General Counsel
Exhibit H        Form of Opinion of Local Counsel
Exhibit I        Form of Borrowing Notice
Exhibit J        Form of Compliance Certificate of Authorized Officer (Financial
                 Covenant Tests)
Exhibit K        Form of Assignment (with Form of Notice of Assignment attached)
Exhibit L        Form of Amended and Restated Set Aside Agreement


SCHEDULES:

Schedule "1"          Refinanced Loans

Schedule "2.21"       Terms Relating to Last 24 Months of Term/No Extension

Schedule "2.22"       Terms Relating to Conversion Period

Schedule "6.3"        Required Orders, Consents and Approvals

Schedule "8.2(ii)"    Existing Indebtedness

Schedule "8.6(iv)"    Existing Liens
<PAGE>
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of June 27, 1996,  among  CONTINENTAL
HOMES HOLDING CORP., a Delaware  corporation,  the Banks listed on the signature
pages  of this  Agreement,  and  BANK  ONE,  ARIZONA,  NA,  a  national  banking
association, as Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

         As used in this Agreement:

         "Acquisition"   means  any  transaction,   or  any  series  of  related
transactions,  consummated  on or  after  the date of this  Agreement,  by which
Borrower or any Guarantor (i) acquires any going concern or all or substantially
all of the assets of any firm, corporation or division thereof,  whether through
purchase of assets,  merger or otherwise or (ii) directly or indirectly acquires
(in  one  transaction  or  as  the  most  recent  transaction  in  a  series  of
transactions)  at least a majority (in number of votes) of the  securities  of a
corporation  which have  ordinary  voting  power for the  election of  directors
(other than  securities  having such power only by reason of the  happening of a
contingency)  or a majority (by  percentage or voting power) of the  outstanding
partnership  or other  ownership  interests  of a  partnership,  joint  venture,
limited liability company or other similar business organization.

         "Adjusted  Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means Consolidated Tangible
Net Worth, plus (i) Indebtedness evidenced by the Convertible Notes, but only to
the extent  that the  maturity  date of such  Indebtedness  will occur after the
Facility  Termination Date, and (ii) any other Public Indebtedness  constituting
convertible  subordinated  notes with  convertible  and  subordination  features
similar to the Convertible  Notes, but only to the extent that the maturity date
of such  Indebtedness will occur after the Facility  Termination Date.  Adjusted
Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth shall specifically not include the Net Worth of
any Subsidiary  (taken as a whole on a consolidated  basis) engaged primarily or
substantially  in the business of mortgage lending or providing title insurance.
As used in this definition, "Net Worth" means, as to each such Subsidiary (taken
as a  whole  on a  consolidated  basis),  the sum of (A)  all  capital  accounts
(including  without  limitation,  any  paid-in  capital,  capital  surplus,  and
retained  earnings),  less (B) all advances or other sums or consideration  paid
and  outstanding  from  such  Subsidiary  to  Borrower,  all  as  determined  in
conformity with GAAP.

         "Advance"  means a  borrowing  hereunder  consisting  of the  aggregate
amount of the several  Loans made by Banks (or Swing Line  Advances made by Bank
One) to Borrower of the same Type and, in the case of a LIBOR  Advance,  for the
same Interest Period.

         "Affected Bank" is defined in Section 2.23.
<PAGE>
         "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling,  controlled by or under common  control with such Person.  A Person
shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person beneficially
owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended) 10% or more of any class of voting  securities  (or other  ownership
interests) of the controlled  Person or possesses,  directly or indirectly,  the
power to direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  or  policies of the
controlled Person, whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise.

         "Agent" means Bank One, Arizona, NA, a national banking association, in
its  capacity  as agent for  Banks  pursuant  to  Article  XIII,  and not in its
individual  capacity as a Bank, and any successor  Agent  appointed  pursuant to
Article XIII.

         "Aggregate  Available  Credit"  means the  aggregate  of the  Available
Credits of all of Banks.

         "Aggregate  Commitment"  means the aggregate of the  Commitments of all
Banks, as reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. As of the date
of this Agreement, the Aggregate Commitment is $110,000,000.00.

         "Aggregate Senior  Indebtedness"  means the aggregate principal balance
outstanding  with respect to (i) the Senior  Notes,  (ii) the Old Senior  Notes,
(iii) any Refinancing Indebtedness of the Senior Notes and the Old Senior Notes,
and (iv) any other Public Indebtedness except (A) Indebtedness  evidenced by the
Convertible  Notes,  but  only to the  extent  that  the  maturity  date of such
Indebtedness  will occur after the Facility  Termination Date, and (B) any other
Public Indebtedness constituting convertible subordinated notes with convertible
and  subordination  features  similar to the Convertible  Notes, but only to the
extent that the maturity date of such Indebtedness will occur after the Facility
Termination Date.

         "Agreement"  means  this  Credit  Agreement,  as it may be  amended  or
modified and in effect from time to time.

         "Applicable   Floating   Rate  Margin"   means,   as  at  any  date  of
determination,  the margin  indicated in Section 2.11 as then  applicable in the
determination of the Floating Rate.

         "Applicable   Letter  of  Credit  Rate"  means,   as  at  any  date  of
determination, the rate per annum indicated in Section 4.7(b) as then applicable
in the determination of the Facility Letter of Credit Fee under Section 4.7.

         "Applicable  LIBOR Rate Margin" means, as at any date of determination,
the margin indicated in Section 2.11 as then applicable in the  determination of
LIBOR Rates.

         "Applicable  Margin(s)"  means the Applicable  LIBOR Rate Margin and/or
the Applicable Floating Rate Margin, as the case may be.
                                      -2-
<PAGE>
         "Applicable   Unused   Commitment  Rate"  means,  as  at  any  date  of
determination,  the rate per annum  indicated in Section 2.11 as then applicable
in the determination of the Unused Commitment Fee under Section 2.5(b).

         "Article" means an article of this Agreement unless another document is
specifically referenced.

         "Authorized Officer" means any one or more of the Chairman,  President,
Senior Vice President or any Vice President,  Chief Financial Officer,  or other
officer of Borrower or each Guarantor, as applicable, acting singly or together,
in accordance  with the  applicable  resolutions  and bylaws of Borrower or such
Guarantor.

         "Available  Credit"  means,  at any date with respect to any Bank,  the
amount  (if any) by which  such  Bank's  Commitment  exceeds  the sum of (i) the
outstanding  principal  balance of such Bank's Loans as of such date,  plus (ii)
such Bank's  ratable share  (determined  in accordance  with Section 4.6) of the
Facility  Letter of Credit  Obligations as of such date,  plus (iii) such Bank's
ratable share  (ratable in  proportion to the ratio that such Bank's  Commitment
bears to the  Aggregate  Commitment)  of (A) the Set Aside  Amount  less (B) any
portion of the Set Aside Amount that has been advanced by Banks pursuant to this
Agreement and repaid by Borrower.

         "Bank One" means Bank One, Arizona, NA, in its individual capacity, and
its successors.

         "Banks" means the lending institutions listed on the signature pages of
this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

         "Borrower"   means   CONTINENTAL   HOMES  HOLDING   CORP.,  a  Delaware
corporation, and its successors and assigns.

         "Borrowing Base" means, with respect to an Inventory Valuation Date for
which it is to be determined, an amount equal to the sum of the following assets
of all  Guarantors  (but only to the extent  that such assets are not subject to
any Liens other than Permitted Liens):

                 (i)   the Receivables, multiplied by ninety percent (90%), plus

                 (ii)  the  Housing  Unit  Costs, multiplied  by  ninety percent
         (90%), plus

                 (iii) the  book  value  of Finished Lots, multiplied by seventy
         percent (70%), plus

                 (iv)  the book  value of Land Under Development, multiplied  by
         fifty percent (50%);
                                      -3-
<PAGE>
provided,  however,  that the  aggregate of the amounts  calculated  pursuant to
clauses (iii) and (iv) shall not exceed, on any Inventory  Valuation Date, sixty
percent  (60%) of the  aggregate of the amounts  calculated  pursuant to clauses
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv).

         "Borrowing  Base  Certificate"  means a written  certificate  in a form
acceptable to Agent setting forth the amount of the Borrowing  Base with respect
to the calendar month most recently completed,  certified as true and correct by
an Authorized Officer of Borrower.

         "Borrowing Date" means a date on which an Advance is made hereunder.

         "Borrowing Notice" is defined in Section 2.8.

         "Business Day" means (i) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate
selection  of LIBOR  Advances,  a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which
banks   generally  are  open  in  Phoenix  and  New  York  for  the  conduct  of
substantially all of their commercial  lending  activities and on which dealings
in United States dollars are carried on in the London interbank market, and (ii)
for all other  purposes,  a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks
generally  are open in Phoenix  for the  conduct of  substantially  all of their
commercial lending activities.

         "Capitalized  Lease" of a Person  means any lease of  Property  by such
Person as lessee which would be  capitalized  on a balance  sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

         "Carlsbad   Property"  means  the  417  acres  owned  by  the  Carlsbad
Subsidiary in Carlsbad, California, located in San Diego County.

         "Carlsbad   Subsidiary"   means  Rancho   Carillo,   Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation and a Subsidiary of Borrower.

         "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations"  of a Person  means the amount of the
obligations  of such Person under  Capitalized  Leases which would be shown as a
liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

         "Cash Equivalents" means:

              (a) direct  obligations of the United States or any agency thereof
         or obligations  guaranteed by the United States or any agency  thereof,
         in each case  maturing  within 180 days  after the date of  acquisition
         thereof;

              (b)  certificates  of deposit  maturing  within 180 days after the
         date of acquisition  thereof issued by a bank, trust company or savings
         and loan  association  which is organized  under the laws of the United
         States or any state  thereof  having  capital,  surplus  and  undivided
         profits  aggregating  in excess of $250  million and a Keefe Bank Watch
         Rating of C or better;
                                      -4-
<PAGE>
              (c)  certificates  of deposit  maturing  within 180 days after the
         date of acquisition  thereof issued by a bank, trust company or savings
         and loan  association  organized under the laws of the United States or
         any state thereof other than banks, trust companies or savings and loan
         associations  satisfying  the criteria in (b) above;  provided that the
         aggregate  amount of all  certificates of deposit issued to Borrower or
         any Subsidiary of Borrower at any one time by such bank,  trust company
         or savings and loan association will not exceed $100,000.00;

              (d)  commercial   paper  given  the  highest  rating  by  two  (2)
         established  national credit rating agencies and maturing not more than
         180 days after the date of the acquisition thereof; and

              (e) repurchase agreements or money market accounts which are fully
         secured  by direct  obligations  of the  United  States  or any  agency
         thereof.

         "Change in Control"  means (a) as to Borrower,  the  acquisition by any
Person,  or two or more  Persons  acting in  concert,  of  beneficial  ownership
(within  the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934) of 50% or more of the  outstanding
shares of voting stock of Borrower, or (b) as to any Guarantor,  the acquisition
by any Person (except Borrower or one or more of the Guarantors), or two or more
Persons  acting in concert of any  beneficial  ownership  (within the meaning of
Rule  13d-3 of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) of any of the  outstanding  shares of voting stock of such
Guarantor.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or
otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Collateral" means the Presold Units, Spec Units, Model Units, Finished
Lots,  and Land Under  Development  owned by a Guarantor  from time to time upon
which Banks hold a properly  perfected first and prior Deed of Trust as security
for the Obligations.

         "Collateral Documents" is defined in Paragraph C(5) of Schedule "2.22."

         "Commitment"  means, for each Bank, the obligation of such Bank to make
Loans,  and to participate in the Facility  Letters of Credit in accordance with
Section 4.6(a),  not exceeding the amount set forth opposite its signature below
or as set forth in any Notice of Assignment  relating to any assignment that has
become effective pursuant to Section 15.3.2, as such amount may be modified from
time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

         "Consolidated  Indebtedness" means, at any date, the outstanding amount
of all  Indebtedness  of  Borrower  and  Guarantors,  without  duplication,  all
determined on a  consolidated  basis for Borrower in conformity  with GAAP.  For
purposes of this definition,  "Consolidated Indebtedness" shall specifically not
include:
                                      -5-
<PAGE>
              (i)  Indebtedness  of any Subsidiary that is not engaged in either
         the  construction  of Housing  Units  and/or land  development  for the
         future  construction  of  Housing  Units and such  Indebtedness  is not
         otherwise  directly related to the construction of Housing Units and/or
         land development for the future construction of Housing Units; and

              (ii)  Indebtedness  evidenced by the  Convertible  Notes,  and any
         other Public Indebtedness  constituting  convertible subordinated notes
         with convertible and subordination  features similar to the Convertible
         Notes, but only to the extent,  in each case, that the maturity date of
         such Indebtedness will occur after the Facility Termination Date; and

              (iii) Indebtedness evidenced by that Loan Agreement dated February
         - 7, 1996 between  Surprise  Village North L.L.C.,  an Arizona  limited
         liability  company,  Continental  Traditions L.L.C., an Arizona limited
         liability company (collectively the "Surprise Entities"), and Bank One,
         as thereafter amended, or in any Promissory Note,  Revolving Commitment
         Note or  other  document  or  instrument  relating  to the  loans  (the
         "Surprise  Loans")  evidenced by such loan agreement  including without
         limitation,  (A) the  Promissory  Note dated  February 7, 1996,  in the
         original  principal  amount of  $1,500,000.00  executed by Borrower and
         payable to Bank One, and (B) that Set Aside Agreement dated February 7,
         1996 between Borrower and Bank One ("Set Aside Agreement"); and

              (iv)  Indebtedness  reflected on a  consolidated  balance sheet of
         Borrower  with  respect to options to acquire real  property  which was
         purchased by Borrower and sold to a third party within 360 days of such
         purchase  for  consideration  at  least  equal  to the  amount  paid by
         Borrower  for such  property  less an amount equal to the value of such
         option.

         "Consolidated   Interest   Expense"  means  for  any  period,   without
duplication,  the aggregate  amount of interest  which, in conformity with GAAP,
would be set  opposite the caption  "interest  expense" or any like caption on a
consolidated  income statement for Borrower (other than for Borrower's  mortgage
lending  and  title  insurance  Subsidiaries),  including,  without  limitation,
imputed interest  included on Capitalized  Lease  Obligations,  all commissions,
discounts  and other fees and charges owed with respect to Letters of Credit and
bankers'  acceptance  financing,  the net costs  associated  with  Rate  Hedging
Obligations,  amortization  of other  financing fees and expenses,  the interest
portion  of  any  deferred  payment  obligation,  amortization  of  discount  or
premiums,  if any, and all other noncash interest  expense,  other than interest
and other  charges  amortized to cost of sales.  Consolidated  Interest  Expense
includes,  with respect to Borrower and  Guarantors  (other than for  Borrower's
mortgage lending and title insurance  Subsidiaries),  without  duplication,  all
interest included as a component of cost of sales for such period.
                                      -6-
<PAGE>
         "Consolidated   Interest  Incurred"  means  for  any  period,   without
duplication,  the aggregate  amount of interest  which, in conformity with GAAP,
would be set  opposite the caption  "interest  expense" or any like caption on a
consolidated  income statement for Borrower (other than for Borrower's  mortgage
lending  and  title  insurance  Subsidiaries),  including,  without  limitation,
imputed interest  included on Capitalized  Lease  Obligations,  all commissions,
discounts  and other fees and charges owed with respect to Letters of Credit and
bankers'  acceptance  financing,  the net costs  associated  with  Rate  Hedging
Obligations,  amortization  of other  financing fees and expenses,  the interest
portion  of  any  deferred  payment  obligation,  amortization  of  discount  or
premiums, if any, and all other noncash interest expense other than interest and
other  charges  amortized  to  cost of  sales.  Consolidated  Interest  Incurred
includes,  with respect to Borrower and  Guarantors,  without  duplication,  all
capitalized interest for such period, all interest  attributable to discontinued
operations  for such period to the extent not set forth on the income  statement
under the caption  "interest  expense"  or any like  caption,  and all  interest
actually  paid by Borrower or  Guarantors  (other than for  Borrower's  mortgage
lending and title insurance Subsidiaries) under any contingent obligation during
such period.

         "Consolidated  Net Income"  means,  for any period,  the net income (or
loss) of Borrower  on a  consolidated  basis for such  period  taken as a single
accounting period, determined in conformity with GAAP.

         "Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth" means, as to Borrower,  at any date,
the sum of all  capital  accounts  (including  without  limitation,  any paid-in
capital,  capital surplus,  and retained earnings)  determined on a consolidated
basis in conformity with GAAP, less (i) its consolidated  Intangible Assets, and
(ii) loans and advances to  directors,  officers  and  employees of Borrower but
excluding any arms-length  mortgage loans made by any Subsidiary in the ordinary
course  of  such  Subsidiary's   business.   For  purposes  of  this  definition
"Intangible  Assets"  means the amount (to the extent  reflected in  determining
such consolidated  stockholders'  equity) of (I) all write-ups in the book value
of any asset  owned by  Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  (II) any  amount,  however
designated on the balance sheet,  representing  the excess of the purchase price
paid for assets or stock acquired over the value  assigned  thereto on the books
of Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  (III) all  unamortized  debt and debt  issuance
expense, deferred charges, goodwill, patents,  trademarks,  service marks, trade
names,  copyrights,  organization or developmental expenses and other intangible
items, and (IV) all items that would be considered intangible assets under GAAP.

         "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth Test" is defined in Section 9.1.

         "Controlled   Group"  means  all  members  of  a  controlled  group  of
corporations and all trades or businesses  (whether or not  incorporated)  under
common control which, together with Borrower,  Guarantors or any Subsidiary, are
treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

         "Conversion/Continuation Notice" is defined in Section 2.9.
                                      -7-
<PAGE>
         "Convertible  Notes" means the 6 7/8%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes
due 2002 of Borrower issued in the principal amount of $86,250,000.00.

         "Convertible  Notes  Indenture"  means that  certain  Indenture,  dated
November 1, 1995,  between Borrower and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company,
as trustee, with respect to the Convertible Notes.

         "Conversion  Date"  means  the  first  day  of the  Conversion  Period,
determined pursuant to Section 2.22.

         "Conversion  Period"  means  the  period  of  time  commencing  on  the
Conversion  Date and  expiring  on the earlier of (i) the  Facility  Termination
Date, or (ii) the  expiration  date  determined  pursuant to Section  2.22.  The
Conversion  Period  shall be either  (A) a  Secured  Conversion  Period,  (B) an
Unsecured Conversion Period, or (C) a Modified Secured Conversion Period.

         "Deed of Trust" means each and all Deeds of Trust, Assignment of Rents,
Security  Agreement and Fixture Filing,  securing the Obligations,  granted from
time to time by a Guarantor,  as Trustor,  for the benefit of Agent on behalf of
Banks, as Beneficiary, as the same may be amended or modified and in effect from
time to time, each being  substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto
(conformed  as  necessary  with  respect  to the  laws of the  state  where  the
Collateral described therein is located), and each and all Mortgages, Assignment
of Rents,  Security  Agreement  and Fixture  Filing,  securing the  Obligations,
granted from time to time by a Guarantor, as Mortgagor, for the benefit of Agent
on behalf of Banks, as Mortgagee,  as the same may be amended or modified and in
effect  from time to time,  each  being  substantially  in the form of Exhibit B
attached  hereto  (conformed as necessary  with respect to the laws of the state
where the Collateral described therein is located).

         "Dividend"  means (i) any dividend  paid or declared by Borrower or any
Guarantor,  as applicable;  (ii) any purchase,  redemption,  retirement or other
acquisition  by Borrower  or any  Guarantor,  as  applicable  for value,  or the
setting aside of any funds or issuance of any warrants for such purpose,  of any
of the  capital  stock of  Borrower  or such  Guarantor,  as  applicable  now or
hereafter  outstanding or any interest  therein;  and (iii) as to any Guarantor,
any  distribution  of assets,  properties,  cash,  rights,  obligations or other
consideration  or  securities  of such  Guarantor,  directly or  indirectly,  to
Borrower.

         "Dollars"  and the sign "$" mean lawful  money of the United  States of
America.

         "Due  Diligence  Documents"  is defined in  Paragraph  C(6) of Schedule
"2.22."

         "EBITDA" means, for any period, without duplication, the following, all
as determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower in conformity with GAAP,
                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                  (i) the sum of the amounts for such period of (a) Consolidated
Net Income,  (b) Consolidated  Interest Expense,  (c) charges against income for
all federal,  state and local taxes, (d) depreciation  expense, (e) amortization
expense,  (f) other non-cash  charges and expenses (but  specifically  excluding
losses arising from the sale of a Subsidiary  which were due in whole or in part
to  amortization  of good  will),  and (g) any  losses  arising  outside  of the
ordinary  course of business  which have been included in the  determination  of
Consolidated Net Income, less

                  (ii) any  gains  arising  outside  of the  ordinary  course of
business  which have been  included in the  determination  of  Consolidated  Net
Income.

         "Environmental  Agreement" means each and all  Environmental  Indemnity
Agreements executed by Borrower and Guarantors from time to time for the benefit
of Banks and Agent,  and relating to the Collateral,  as the same may be amended
or modified  and in effect from time to time,  each being  substantially  in the
form of Exhibit C.

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

         "Event of  Default"  means an event  described  in  Article X after the
expiration of any applicable cure or notice period provided in Article X.

         "Excluded Taxes" is defined in Section 3.1(i).

         "Existing Letters of Credit" is defined in Section 4.4(f).

         "Extension Request" is defined in Section 2.21(a).

         "Facility  Letter of  Credit"  means a Letter  of Credit  issued by the
Issuing Bank for the account of Borrower in accordance with Article IV.

         "Facility  Letter of Credit Fee" means a fee,  payable  with respect to
each  Facility  Letter of Credit  issued by the Issuing  Bank,  in an amount per
annum  equal  to the  product  of (i)  the  Applicable  Letter  of  Credit  Rate
[determined  as of the date on which the  quarterly  installment  of such fee is
due, if the fee is payable in advance pursuant to Section 4.7(a),  or determined
as of the Issuance Date of such Facility Letter of Credit, if the fee is payable
in arrears pursuant to Section 4.7(a)] and (ii) the face amount of such Facility
Letter of Credit.

         "Facility Letter of Credit  Obligations" means, at any date, the sum of
(i) the aggregate  undrawn face amount of all  outstanding  Facility  Letters of
Credit,  plus (ii) the aggregate  amount paid by an Issuing Bank on any Facility
Letters of Credit to the extent (if any) not  reimbursed by Borrower or by Banks
under Section 4.4.
                                      -9-
<PAGE>
         "Facility  Maturity  Date" means  November 30, 1999, as the same may be
extended as provided in Section 2.21.

         "Facility  Termination  Date"  means the  earlier  of (i) the  Facility
Maturity  Date, or (ii) the last day of the  Conversion  Period (if  applicable)
then in effect.

         "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, an interest rate per
annum equal to the  weighted  average of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds
transactions  with  members of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal
funds  brokers on such day, as published  for such day (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not so  published  for any day which is a
Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:00 a.m., Phoenix
time, on such day on such transactions  received by Agent from three (3) Federal
funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Agent in its sole discretion.

         "Financial  Covenant Test" means each of the Consolidated  Tangible Net
Worth Test, the Leverage Test, and the Interest Coverage Test.

         "Finished  Lots" means parcels of land owned by any Guarantor which are
duly  recorded and platted for use as Housing Units and zoned for such use, with
respect to which all requisite  governmental  consents and  approvals  have been
obtained and on which (i) all development activity has been completed,  and (ii)
water  and sewer  connections  have  been  brought  to the lot shown on the plat
covering such parcel and are  available for hook-up to a Housing Unit.  The term
"Finished Lot" shall also include any real property upon which the  construction
of a Housing Unit has commenced or has been  completed,  but shall  specifically
not include the Housing Unit (or any portion thereof).

         "Floating  Rate" means,  for any day, a rate per annum equal to (i) the
Prime Rate for such day, plus (ii) the Applicable  Floating Rate Margin, in each
case changing when and as the Prime Rate changes.

         "Floating  Rate Advance"  means an Advance which bears  interest at the
Floating Rate.

         "Floating  Rate Loan" means a Loan which bears interest at the Floating
Rate.

         "GAAP" means generally  accepted  accounting  principles in effect from
time to time, consistently applied.

         "Guarantors"  means  ACHETER,  INC., a Texas  corporation,  CH MORTGAGE
COMPANY,  a  Colorado   corporation,   CHI  CONSTRUCTION   COMPANY,  an  Arizona
corporation, CHI FINANCE CORP., an Arizona corporation, CONTINENTAL HOMES, INC.,
a  Delaware  corporation,   CONTINENTAL  HOMES  OF  FLORIDA,   INC.,  a  Florida
corporation,  CONTINENTAL HOMES OF TEXAS, INC., a Texas corporation,  KDB HOMES,
INC., a
                                      -10-
<PAGE>
Delaware corporation, L & W INVESTMENTS INC., a California corporation,  MILBURN
INVESTMENTS,  INC.,  a  Texas  corporation,  MILTEX  MANAGEMENT,  INC.,  a Texas
corporation,  MILTEX  MORTGAGE OF TEXAS  LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP,  a Texas  limited
partnership, RANCHO CARILLO, INC., a Delaware corporation, R.O.S. CORPORATION, a
Texas corporation,  SETTLEMENT CORPORATION,  a Texas corporation,  TRAVIS COUNTY
TITLE COMPANY,  a Texas corporation,  and their successors and assigns,  and any
Subsidiary  that shall  hereafter  become a Guarantor in accordance with Section
11.4 hereof, and any successors and assigns of any of the foregoing. "Guarantor"
means any one of the Guarantors.

         "Guaranty" means a Guaranty,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit D,
duly  executed  by  Guarantors,  as the same may be amended or  modified  and in
effect from time to time.

         "Housing Unit" means a single-family  dwelling (where  construction has
commenced),  whether detached or attached (including  condominiums but excluding
mobile homes), and including the Finished Lot on which such dwelling is located,
that is or will be available  for sale by a Guarantor.  Each  "Housing  Unit" is
either a Presold Unit, a Spec Unit or a Model Unit.

         "Housing Unit Closing" means a closing of the sale of a Housing Unit by
a Guarantor to a bona fide purchaser for value.

         "Housing Unit Cost" means, with respect to each Housing Unit, the total
costs,  expenses and fees necessary for or related to the  construction  of such
Unit  (including  without  limitation,  the onsite  cost of labor and  materials
related to  construction  of the Housing Unit,  construction  permits,  building
permits,  tap fees,  improvement  district  fees,  fees charged by  governmental
authorities  prior to the  start of  construction,  and  costs of  upgrades  and
options),  calculated  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  "Housing  Unit  Cost"  shall
specifically exclude the acquisition cost and any other costs, expenses and fees
associated  with the  Finished  Lot or  parcel  on which  such  Housing  Unit is
located.

         "Indebtedness" of a Person means, without duplication, such Person's

                  (i)      obligations for borrowed money,

                  (ii) obligations  representing the deferred  purchase price of
Property or services  (other than trade  accounts  payable and accrued  expenses
arising or occurring in the ordinary course of such Person's business),

                  (iii)  obligations,  whether or not assumed,  secured by Liens
on, or payable out of the proceeds or production from, Property now or hereafter
owned or acquired by such Person,

                  (iv)  obligations   which  are  evidenced  by  notes,   bonds,
debentures, or other similar instruments,
                                      -11-
<PAGE>
                  (v)      Capitalized Lease Obligations,

                  (vi)     net liabilities under Rate Hedging Obligations,

                  (vii) all  liabilities  and  obligations of others of the kind
described in clauses (i) through (vi) and (viii) that such Person has guaranteed
or that is otherwise its legal liability, and

                  (viii)  reimbursement  obligations  for which  such  Person is
obligated with respect to a Letter of Credit;  Indebtedness  shall  specifically
not include contingent obligations with respect to a Letter of Credit.

Indebtedness  includes,  without  limitation,  (A) in the case of Borrower,  the
Obligations  and the obligations  evidenced by the Senior Notes,  the Old Senior
Notes  and the  Convertible  Notes  and the  documents  executed  in  connection
therewith,  and  (B) in the  case  of  Guarantors,  the  obligations  under  the
Guaranty,  and the  obligations  under the guaranties  executed  pursuant to the
Indenture.

         "Indenture" means that certain  Indenture,  dated as of April 15, 1996,
between  Borrower,  guarantors party thereto,  and First Union National Bank, as
trustee, pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued.

         "Interest Coverage Test" is defined in Section 9.2(b).

         "Interest Period" means, for each LIBOR Advance,  the period commencing
on the date of such  LIBOR  Advance  and  ending  on the last day of the  period
selected by Borrower  pursuant to the provisions  herein and,  thereafter,  each
subsequent  period  commencing  on the  last  day of the  immediately  preceding
Interest  Period and ending on the last day of the period  selected  by Borrower
pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Agreement.  The duration of each  Interest
Period  shall be one (1),  two (2),  three (3), or six (6) months as selected by
Borrower  (A),  for a new  Advance,  in the  Borrowing  Notice,  or (B),  for an
outstanding Advance, in the  Conversion/Continuation  Notice; provided, however,
that:

                  (i)  Whenever  the  last  day of  any  Interest  Period  would
otherwise  occur  on a day  other  than a  Business  Day,  the  last day of such
Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding  Business Day,
provided that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period
to occur in the next  following  calendar  month,  the last day of such Interest
Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and

                  (ii) No  Interest  Period  with  respect to any LIBOR  Advance
shall extend beyond the Facility Termination Date.
                                      -12-
<PAGE>
         "Inventory  Valuation  Date"  means  the last  day of the  most  recent
calendar  month with respect to which  Borrower is required to have  delivered a
Borrowing Base Certificate pursuant to Section 7.1(vi) hereof.

         "Investment" of a Person means any loan,  advance,  extension of credit
(other than, as to Borrower and Guarantors,  accounts  receivable and extensions
of trade credit  arising in the ordinary  course of business in accordance  with
normal trade  practices of Borrower or such  Guarantor,  as the case may be), or
contribution of capital by such Person to any other Person or any investment in,
or purchase or other  acquisition of, the stock,  partnership,  joint venture or
limited liability company  interests,  notes,  debentures or other securities of
any other Person made by such Person.

         "Issuance  Date" means the date on which a Facility Letter of Credit is
issued, amended or extended.

         "Issuing Bank" means Bank One or such other Bank as Borrower, Agent and
such  other  Bank may  agree  upon,  that may from time to time  issue  Facility
Letters of Credit.

         "Land Under  Development"  means parcels of land owned by any Guarantor
which are zoned for Housing Units with respect to which development activity has
commenced for the purpose of  construction  of Housing Units by such  Guarantor;
provided,  however, that the term "Land Under Development" shall not include (i)
any Finished  Lots,  (ii) any real  property  upon which the  construction  of a
Housing Unit has commenced, and (iii) vacant land held by a Guarantor for future
development  or sale. For purposes of this  definition,  the  construction  of a
Housing  Unit  shall  be  deemed  to have  commenced  upon  commencement  of the
trenching for the foundation of the Housing Unit.

         "Lending  Installation"  means,  with  respect to a Bank or Agent,  any
office, branch, banking subsidiary of the holding company of a Bank or Agent, or
banking Affiliate of such Bank or Agent.

         "Letter of Credit" means a letter of credit or similar instrument which
is issued by a financial  institution  upon the  application of a Person or upon
which  such  Person is an account  party or for which such  Person is in any way
liable.

         "Leverage  Multiplier" means, at the date hereof,  1.50, as such amount
may hereafter be adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 9.2(c).

         "Leverage Test" is defined in Section 9.2(a).

         "LIBOR Advance" means an Advance which bears interest at a LIBOR Rate.
                                      -13-
<PAGE>
         "LIBOR  Base  Rate"  means,  with  respect to a LIBOR  Advance  for the
relevant  Interest Period,  the rate of interest  determined by Agent,  based on
Telerate  System reports or other source as may be selected by Agent,  to be the
"London  Interbank  Offered Rate" at which deposits in United States dollars are
offered by major  banks in London,  England,  two (2)  Business  Days before the
first day of the respective  Interest Period,  in the approximate  amount of the
relevant LIBOR Advance and having a maturity  approximately  equal to such LIBOR
Advance's Interest Period.

         "LIBOR Loan" means a Loan which bears interest at a LIBOR Rate.

         "LIBOR  Rate" means,  with respect to a LIBOR  Advance for the relevant
Interest  Period,  the  sum of (i)  the  quotient  of (a) the  LIBOR  Base  Rate
applicable  to such  Interest  Period,  divided  by (b) one  minus  the  Reserve
Requirement  (expressed as a decimal)  applicable to such Interest Period,  plus
(ii) the  Applicable  LIBOR Rate Margin.  The LIBOR Rate shall be rounded to the
next higher multiple of 1/16 of 1% if the rate is not such a multiple.

         "Lien"  means  any  lien  (statutory  or  other),   mortgage,   pledge,
hypothecation,  assignment  (the  purpose  of  which  is  to  grant  a  security
interest),  deposit  arrangement  (the  purpose  of which is to grant a security
interest), encumbrance or other security agreement or arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever the purpose of which is to grant a security interest,  whether
or not filed or recorded or  otherwise  perfected  (including  the interest of a
vendor or lessor under any conditional  sale, any Capitalized Lease or any lease
deemed  to  constitute  a  security  interest,  or  any  other  title  retention
agreement).

         "Loan"  means,  with  respect  to a Bank,  such  Bank's  portion of any
Advance.  For  purposes  of a Swing Line  Advance,  Bank  One's  portion of such
Advance is 100%.

         "Loan Documents" means this Agreement,  the Notes and any Reimbursement
Agreements, and if applicable, the Deeds of Trust and Environmental Agreements.

         "Majority Banks" means at least three (3) Banks in the aggregate having
more than fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate  Commitment,  or if the Aggregate
Commitment  has been  terminated,  at least  three  (3)  Banks in the  aggregate
holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount
of the  outstanding  Advances;  provided,  however,  if  Agent  and any  Lending
Installation(s)  of Agent have in the  aggregate  fifty percent (50%) or more of
the Aggregate Commitment or hold in the aggregate fifty percent (50%) or more of
the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount  of  the  outstanding   Advances,   as
applicable,  then "Majority Banks" shall mean all Banks other than Agent and its
Lending Installation(s).

         "Material  Adverse Effect" means a material  adverse  effect,  based on
commercially  reasonable  standards,  on (i) the business,  Property,  condition
(financial or otherwise),  or results of operations of Borrower and  Guarantors,
taken as a whole,  (ii) the ability of Borrower or any  Guarantor to perform its
obligations  under  any of the Loan  Documents  or the  Guaranty,  or (iii)
                                      -14-
<PAGE>
the validity or enforceability under applicable law of any of the Loan Documents
or the  Guaranty or the rights or remedies of Agent,  Banks or any Issuing  Bank
thereunder.

         "Model Unit" means a Housing Unit constructed  initially for inspection
by  prospective  purchasers  that  is  not  intended  to be  sold  until  all or
substantially all other Housing Units in the applicable subdivision are sold.

         "Modified Secured Conversion Period" means the period commencing on the
first day of the first month following the second consecutive fiscal quarter (or
the first fiscal quarter, as applicable) in which Borrower has failed to satisfy
a Financial  Covenant Test and expiring on the Facility  Maturity  Date,  all as
more  specifically  described in Section 2.22,  during the term of which,  among
other  things,  (i) the Aggregate  Commitment is reduced from time to time,  and
(ii)  Borrower  shall cause  Guarantors to provide to Banks  Collateral  for the
Obligations.

         "Multiemployer  Plan" means a Plan maintained  pursuant to a collective
bargaining  agreement or any other  arrangement as described in Section 3(37) of
ERISA to which Borrower,  any Guarantor or any member of the Controlled Group is
a party to which more than one employer is obligated to make contributions.

         "Non-Recourse   Indebtedness"   with   respect  to  any  Person   means
Indebtedness of such Person (i) for which the sole legal recourse for collection
of principal and interest on such  Indebtedness is against the specific property
identified in the instruments  evidencing or securing such Indebtedness and such
property  was  acquired  with  the  proceeds  of  such   Indebtedness   or  such
Indebtedness  was incurred within ninety (90) days after the acquisition of such
property  and for which no other  assets of such Person may be realized  upon in
collection  of  principal  or  interest  on  such  Indebtedness,  or  (ii)  that
refinances  Indebtedness  described  in clause (i) and for which the recourse is
limited to the same extent  described  in clause (i), or (iii) in respect of the
Carlsbad Property.

         "Note" means a promissory note, in substantially  the form of Exhibit E
hereto,  duly  executed  by  Borrower  and payable to the order of a Bank in the
amount of its  Commitment,  including any  amendment,  modification,  renewal or
replacement of such promissory note.

         "Notice of Assignment" is defined in Section 15.3.2.

         "Obligations"  means all unpaid  principal  of and  accrued  and unpaid
interest on the Notes,  the Facility Letter of Credit  Obligations,  all accrued
and  unpaid  fees  and  all  expenses,  reimbursements,  indemnities  and  other
obligations of Borrower to Banks or to any Bank,  Agent, any Issuing Bank or any
indemnified party hereunder arising under the Loan Documents.

         "Old  Indenture"  means that  certain  Indenture,  dated as of April 1,
1992, between Borrower and First Union National Bank, formerly known as Fidelity
Bank, National Association,  as trustee,  pursuant to which the Old Senior Notes
were issued,  as amended by that First
                                      -15-
<PAGE>
Supplemental  Indenture  dated  March 22,  1994,  and that  Second  Supplemental
Indenture dated as of April 10, 1996.

         "Old Senior  Notes"  means the 12% Senior Notes due 1999 of Borrower in
the maximum aggregate principal amount of $110,000,000.00 issued pursuant to the
Old Indenture.

         "Participants" is defined in Section 15.2.1.

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor
thereto.

         "Permitted Liens" means, as to each Guarantor, any of the following:

                  (i) Liens for taxes,  assessments or  governmental  charges or
         levies on such  Guarantor's  Property  if the same (A) shall not at the
         time be delinquent or thereafter  can be paid without  penalty,  or (B)
         are being  contested in good faith and by appropriate  proceedings  and
         for  which  adequate  reserves  shall  have  been  established  on such
         Guarantor's books in accordance with GAAP.

                  (ii) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers',  warehousemen's,
         mechanics' and  materialmen's  Liens and other similar Liens arising in
         the ordinary course of business with respect to amounts that either (A)
         are not yet  delinquent,  or (B) are delinquent but are being contested
         in  good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  and for  which  adequate
         reserves  shall  have been  established  on such  Guarantor's  books in
         accordance with GAAP.

                  (iii) Utility easements,  rights of way, zoning  restrictions,
         covenants,  reservations,  and  such  other  burdens,  encumbrances  or
         charges against real property,  or other minor irregularities of title,
         as are of a nature  generally  existing with respect to properties of a
         similar  character and which do not in any material way interfere  with
         the use thereof or the sale thereof in the ordinary  course of business
         of such Guarantor.

                  (iv) Easements,  dedications,  assessment  district or similar
         Liens  in  connection  with  municipal   financing  and  other  similar
         encumbrances  or  charges,   in  each  case  reasonably   necessary  or
         appropriate for the development of real property of such Guarantor, and
         which  are  granted  in the  ordinary  course of the  business  of such
         Guarantor,  and  which in the  aggregate  do not  materially  burden or
         impair  the fair  market  value or use of such  real  property  (or the
         project to which it is related) for the purposes for which it is or may
         reasonably be expected to be held.
                                      -16-
<PAGE>
         "Person" means any natural person,  corporation,  firm,  joint venture,
partnership, limited liability company, association,  enterprise, trust or other
entity or  organization,  or any  government  or  political  subdivision  or any
agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

         "Plan" means an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title
IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the
Code as to which Borrower,  any Guarantor or any member of the Controlled  Group
may have any liability.

         "Presold  Unit"  means a Housing  Unit owned by any  Guarantor  that is
subject to a bona fide  written  agreement  between such  Guarantor  and a third
Person purchaser for sale in the ordinary course of such Guarantor's business of
such  Housing  Unit and the related lot,  accompanied  by a cash  earnest  money
deposit or down  payment in an amount that is  customary,  and  subject  only to
ordinary and customary  contingencies  to the purchaser's  obligation to buy the
Housing Unit and related Finished Lot.

         "Prime Rate" means the rate per annum most recently publicly  announced
by Bank One, or its successors,  in Phoenix, Arizona, as its "prime rate," as in
effect  from time to time.  The Prime  Rate will  change on each day the  "prime
rate"  changes.  The "prime  rate" is not  necessarily  the best or lowest  rate
offered by said bank,  and said bank may lend to its customers at rates that are
at, above, or below its "prime rate."

         "Property"  of a  Person  means  any and all  property,  whether  real,
personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned,
leased or operated by such Person.

         "Public   Indebtedness"   means   Indebtedness   evidenced   by  notes,
debentures, or other similar instruments issued after the date of this Agreement
pursuant to either (i) a registered  public offering or (ii) a private placement
of such  instruments in accordance  with an exemption from  registration  (other
than  Indebtedness  evidenced by the Senior  Notes,  the Old Senior Notes or the
Convertible  Notes, or any Refinancing  Indebtedness  with respect to any of the
foregoing)  under the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 or similar law.

         "Purchasers" is defined in Section 15.3.1.

         "Rate Hedging Obligations" of a Person means any and all obligations of
such  Person,  whether  absolute or  contingent  and  howsoever  and  whensoever
created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals,  extensions and
modifications  thereof  and  substitutions  therefor),  under  (i)  any  and all
agreements,  devices  or  arrangements  designed  to protect at least one of the
parties  thereto from the  fluctuations  of interest  rates,  exchange  rates or
forward  rates  applicable  to such  party's  assets,  liabilities  or  exchange
transactions,   including,   but   not   limited   to,   dollar-denominated   or
cross-currency  interest rate exchange  agreements,  forward  currency  exchange
agreements,  forward rate currency or interest rate options,  puts and warrants,
(ii) any arrangement with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such
Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments  calculated by
applying  either a floating  or a fixed rate
                                      -17-
<PAGE>
of interest on a stated notional  amount in exchange for periodic  payments made
by such Person  calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on
the same notional amount,  including  without  limitation,  interest rate swaps,
caps,  floors,  collars  and  similar  arrangements,   and  (iii)  any  and  all
cancellations,  buy backs, reversals,  terminations or assignments of any of the
foregoing.

         "Receivables"  means the net proceeds  payable to, but not yet received
by, any Guarantor following a Housing Unit Closing.

         "Refinanced Loans" means, severally and collectively,  the loans listed
on Schedule "1" hereto.

         "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that refunds,  refinances
or extends any Indebtedness (or that refunds,  refinances or extends any refund,
refinancing or extension of such Indebtedness), but only to the extent that

                  (i) the  Refinancing  Indebtedness  is subordinated to or pari
         passu  with the  Obligations  (or  Guarantors'  obligations  under  the
         Guaranty,  as applicable) to the same extent as the Indebtedness  being
         refunded, refinanced or extended,

                  (ii) the  Refinancing  Indebtedness  is scheduled to mature no
         earlier than the earlier of (A) the then current  maturity date of such
         Indebtedness, or (B) the Facility Maturity Date,

                  (iii) such Refinancing  Indebtedness is in an aggregate amount
         that is equal  to or less  than the sum of the  aggregate  amount  then
         outstanding  plus all  amounts  committed  but  undisbursed  under  the
         Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended,

                  (iv) the  Person or  Persons  liable  for the  payment of such
         Refinancing   Indebtedness   are  the  same   Person  or  Persons   (or
         successor(s)  thereto)  that were  liable  for the  Indebtedness  being
         refunded,  refinanced or extended when such  Indebtedness was initially
         incurred, and

                  (v) such Refinancing  Indebtedness is incurred within 120 days
         after the  Indebtedness  being  refunded,  refinanced or extended is so
         refunded, refinanced or extended.

         "Regulation  D" means  Regulation  D of the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor  thereto
or other  regulation  or  official  interpretation  of said  Board of  Governors
relating  to reserve  requirements  applicable  to member  banks of the  Federal
Reserve System.
                                      -18-
<PAGE>
         "Regulation  U" means  Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor  thereto
or other  regulation  or  official  interpretation  of said  Board of  Governors
relating to the  extension of credit by banks for the purpose of  purchasing  or
carrying margin stocks applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

         "Related  Business"  means any line or lines of  business  or  business
activity  reasonably  related  to (i)  the  home  building  business,  or (ii) a
substantial  business segment of Borrower,  Guarantors and their Subsidiaries on
the date hereof, all as reasonably determined by Agent.

         "Rejecting Bank" is defined in Section 2.21(b).

         "Reimbursement  Agreement"  means, with respect to a Facility Letter of
Credit,  such form of application  therefor and form of reimbursement  agreement
therefor  (whether  in a single or  several  documents,  taken  together)  as an
Issuing Bank may employ in the ordinary  course of business for its own account,
with such  modifications  thereto as may be agreed upon by such Issuing Bank and
Borrower and as are not materially  adverse (in the reasonable  judgment of such
Issuing Bank and Agent) to the  interests of Banks;  provided,  however,  in the
event of any conflict between the terms of any Reimbursement  Agreement and this
Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

         "Replacement Bank" is defined in Section 2.23.

         "Reportable  Event" means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043
of ERISA and the regulations issued under such Section,  with respect to a Plan,
excluding,  however,  such events as to which the PBGC by regulation  waived the
requirement of Section  4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified  within thirty (30)
days of the occurrence of such event; provided,  however, that a failure to meet
the  minimum  funding  standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of
ERISA shall be a Reportable  Event regardless of the issuance of any such waiver
of the notice  requirement in accordance with either Section 4043(a) of ERISA or
waiver of the funding requirements under Section 412(d) of the Code.

         "Required  Banks" means (a) if one Bank has fifty percent (50%) or more
of the Aggregate Commitment, at least three (3) Banks in the aggregate having at
least 66-2/3% of the Aggregate  Commitment  or, if the Aggregate  Commitment has
been  terminated and one Bank holds fifty percent (50%) or more of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Advances, at least three (3) Banks in
the aggregate  holding at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of the outstanding  Advances,  or (b) in all other  circumstances,  Banks in the
aggregate  having  at least  66-2/3%  of the  Aggregate  Commitment  or,  if the
Aggregate  Commitment  has been  terminated,  Banks in the aggregate  holding at
least  66-2/3%  of the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Advances.  Solely for purposes of this definition,  Agent and all of its Lending
Installations that are Banks shall be deemed to be a single Bank.
                                      -19-
<PAGE>
         "Reserve  Requirement"  means, with respect to an Interest Period,  the
maximum  aggregate  reserve  requirement  (including  all  basic,  supplemental,
marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D on Eurocurrency
liabilities (as defined therein).

         "Section" means a numbered  section of this  Agreement,  unless another
document is specifically referenced.

         "Secured  Conversion  Period"  means  the  24-month  Conversion  Period
described in Section 2.22 during the term of which,  among other things, (i) the
Aggregate Commitment is reduced from time to time, and (ii) Borrower shall cause
Guarantors to provide to Banks Collateral for the Obligations.

         "Senior  Debt"  means the  Senior  Notes or,  if the  Senior  Notes are
refinanced, the Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto.

         "Senior Debt Rating"  means the publicly  announced  ratings by any two
(2) of the following nationally  recognized rating agencies (provided,  however,
that at  least  one  (1) of the two (2)  agencies  shall  be  Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc. or Standard & Poor's  Corporation):  Moody's  Investors  Service,
Inc.,  Standard & Poor's  Corporation,  Fitch's Investment  Service,  and Duff &
Phelps  Credit Rating Co., as selected by Borrower,  on Borrower's  Senior Debt;
provided, however, (i) except as provided in clause (ii), if the two ratings are
not  identical,  the Senior Debt Rating  shall be the lower of the two  ratings,
(ii) if more than one rating  gradation  exists  between  the two  ratings,  the
Senior Debt Rating shall be the rating that is one gradation below the higher of
the two  ratings,  and (iii) if only one rating is  announced,  the Senior  Debt
Rating shall be the rating that is one gradation below the announced rating. The
Senior Debt Rating shall change if and when such rating(s) change.

         "Senior  Notes"  means the 10%  Senior  Notes  due  April  15,  2006 of
Borrower in the maximum  aggregate  principal amount of  $150,000,000.00  issued
pursuant to the Indenture.

         "Set Aside  Agreement" is defined in clause (iii) of the  definition of
"Consolidated Indebtedness."

         "Set Aside Amount" is defined in Section 2.4.

         "Significant Breach" is defined in Section 2.22(b).

         "Single  Employer  Plan"  means  a Plan  maintained  by  Borrower,  any
Guarantor or any member of the Controlled  Group for employees of Borrower,  any
Guarantor or any member of the Controlled Group.

         "Spec Unit" means any Housing Unit owned by any Guarantor that is not a
Presold Unit or a Model Unit.
                                      -20-
<PAGE>
         "Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means any  Indebtedness  of Borrower  the
payment of which is subordinated to payment of the Obligations to the reasonable
satisfaction of Agent.

         "Subsidiary" of a Person means (i) any corporation more than 50% of the
outstanding  securities  having  ordinary  voting  power for the election of the
board of directors of which shall at the time be beneficially  owned (within the
meaning  of Rule  13d-3 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended)
directly or indirectly,  by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or
by such  Person and one or more of its  Subsidiaries,  or (ii) any  partnership,
association,  joint  venture,  limited  liability  company or  similar  business
organization  more than 50% of the ownership  interests  having  ordinary voting
power of which  shall at the time be so owned or  controlled.  Unless  otherwise
expressly provided,  all references herein to a "Subsidiary" shall mean a direct
or indirect Subsidiary of Borrower.

         "Substantial  Portion" means,  with respect to the Property of Borrower
and Guarantors, taken as a whole, Property which represents more than 10% of the
book  value  of  the  assets  of  Borrower  and  Guarantors,  as  shown  in  the
consolidated  financial statements of Borrower as of the beginning of the fiscal
quarter in which such determination is made.

         "Surprise  Entities"  is defined in clause (iii) of the  definition  of
"Consolidated Indebtedness."

         "Surprise  Loans" is  defined  in  clause  (iii) of the  definition  of
"Consolidated Indebtedness."

         "Swing Line Advances" is defined in Section 2.19.

         "Swing Line  Advance  Maturity  Date" means that day that is the second
Business Day following the date in which a Swing Line Advance was funded by Bank
One.

         "Transferee" is defined in Section 15.4.

         "Type"  means,  with respect to any  Advance,  its nature as a Floating
Rate Advance or LIBOR Advance.

         "Unfunded  Liabilities"  means the amount (if any) by which the present
value of all vested  nonforfeitable  benefits  under all Single  Employer  Plans
exceeds  the fair  market  value of the assets of such Plans  allocable  to such
benefits,  all  determined  as of the then most recent  valuation  date for such
Plans,  using the actuarial  methods and  assumptions  utilized in the actuarial
report for each such Plan as of such date.

         "Unmatured  Event of Default" means an event which but for the lapse of
time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
                                      -21-
<PAGE>
         "Unsecured  Conversion  Period"  means the 12-month  Conversion  Period
described in Section 2.22 during the term of which,  among other things, (i) the
Aggregate Commitment shall be reduced from time to time, and (ii) Borrower shall
not be  required  to cause  Guarantors  to provide to Banks  Collateral  for the
Obligations.

         "Unused  Commitment"  means,  at any date with respect to any Bank, the
amount  (if any) by which  such  Bank's  Commitment  exceeds  the sum of (i) the
outstanding  principal  balance of such Bank's Loans as of such date,  plus (ii)
such Bank's  ratable share  (determined  in accordance  with Section 4.6) of the
outstanding amount of the Facility Letters of Credit.

         "Unused  Commitment  Fee" means a fee  payable by Borrower to each Bank
with respect to such Bank's Unused  Commitment,  calculated  in accordance  with
Section 2.5(b).

         "Warehouse  Facility"  means one or more  commitments  from one or more
banks or other lending  institutions  to lend funds for the purpose of financing
the making of mortgage loans originated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

         "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  of a Person means (i) any Subsidiary all of
the outstanding voting securities (or the election of the board of directors) of
which shall at the time be beneficially  owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) directly or indirectly,  by
such Person or one or more Wholly-Owned  Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such
Person and one or more  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiaries  of such Person,  or (ii) any
partnership,  association,  joint venture,  limited liability company or similar
business  organization  100% of the ownership  interests  having ordinary voting
power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled.

         The  foregoing  definitions  shall be  equally  applicable  to both the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS
                                   -----------

         2.1 Commitment. From and including the date of this Agreement and prior
to the Facility  Termination  Date, each Bank severally agrees, on the terms and
conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,  to make  Loans and to issue  Facility
Letters of Credit to Borrower  from time to time in amounts not to exceed in the
aggregate at any one time  outstanding the amount of its  Commitment;  provided,
however,  that (i) a Bank  shall  not be  required  to make any Loan or Loans in
excess  of the  amount  of such  Bank's  then  Available  Credit,  and  (ii) the
aggregate  principal  amount of all Advances  plus the  aggregate  amount of the
Facility Letter of Credit  Obligations  plus the Aggregate  Senior  Indebtedness
outstanding  at any time and from time to time shall not  exceed  the  Borrowing
Base determined as of the most recent Inventory  Valuation Date.  Subject to the
terms of this  Agreement,  Borrower  may borrow,  repay and reborrow at any time
prior to the 
                                      -22-
<PAGE>
Facility Termination Date. The Commitments to lend hereunder shall expire on the
Facility Termination Date.

         2.2 Required  Payments.  Any outstanding  Advances and all other unpaid
Obligations shall be paid in full by Borrower on the Facility  Termination Date.
Additionally,  if for any reason at any time either (i) the principal  amount of
all  Advances  plus the  aggregate  amount  of the  Facility  Letter  of  Credit
Obligations  outstanding  plus the Set Aside  Amount less any portion of the Set
Aside Amount that has been advanced by Banks and  thereafter  repaid by Borrower
exceeds the Aggregate Commitment,  or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all
Advances plus the aggregate amount of the Facility Letter of Credit  Obligations
plus the Aggregate Senior  Indebtedness  outstanding  exceeds the Borrowing Base
determined as of the most recent Inventory Valuation Date, then:

                  (a)  Borrower  shall,  within five (5) days after  notice from
         Agent,  make a payment  to Agent for the  benefit of Banks in an amount
         equal to such excess principal amount; and

                  (b)  Until  Borrower  shall  have  made the  payment  to Agent
         described in subparagraph  (a) above,  Borrower shall not,  directly or
         indirectly,  declare,  make or pay, or incur any  liability  to make or
         pay, or cause or permit to be declared, made or paid, any Dividend. The
         foregoing  paragraph  will not prevent  the payment of any  Dividend by
         Borrower  within sixty (60) days after the date of its  declaration  if
         such Dividend  could have been made on the date of its  declaration  in
         compliance with the foregoing provisions.

         2.3  Ratable  Loans.   Each  Advance   hereunder,   including   without
limitation,  any  Advance  made by the Banks  pursuant to Section  2.19(d),  but
excluding Swing Line Advances,  shall consist of Loans made by the several Banks
ratably in proportion to the ratio that their respective Commitments bear to the
Aggregate  Commitment.  Swing Line Advances  shall consist of Loans made by Bank
One.

         2.4 Types of Advances; Set Aside Amount.

                  (a) The  Advances  may be  Floating  Rate  Advances  or  LIBOR
         Advances, or a combination thereof,  selected by Borrower in accordance
         with Sections 2.8 and 2.9.

                  (b) Pursuant to the terms of the Set Aside Agreement, Borrower
         agreed  to "set  aside" a  portion  of the  commitment  amount  under a
         $15,000,000.00  unsecured  loan from Bank One to Borrower in the sum of
         $1,500,000.00  (the "Set Aside  Amount") for purposes of paying certain
         release prices under the Surprise Loans, as more fully described in the
         Set Aside  Agreement.  The Set Aside  Agreement  shall be  amended  and
         restated  contemporaneously  with the execution
                                      -23-
<PAGE>
         of this  Agreement  to be in the form  attached  as Exhibit L and shall
         continue  to remain in full  force and  effect.  Agent,  within one (1)
         Business Day after  receipt of written  request from Bank One acting in
         its sole and  absolute  discretion  and in its capacity as lender under
         the Surprise Loans,  and without notice or liability to Borrower or any
         Guarantor,  and  regardless of whether the terms and conditions in this
         Agreement for Advances are satisfied, shall make an Advance to Bank One
         under this Agreement in the amount  requested by Bank One under the Set
         Aside  Agreement.  All such Advances  shall be Floating Rate  Advances,
         subject to Borrower's rights under Article II hereof.

         2.5  Fees; Reduction in Commitment.

         (a) Commitment Fee. Borrower agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of
         each Bank, a commitment fee, at a rate equal to the applicable rate set
         forth  below,  determined  with  respect to the  amount of such  Bank's
         initial Commitment  notified to Agent during syndication and multiplied
         by the amount of such Bank's actual Commitment:

                                                 Commitment Fee (as a percentage
         Bank's Initial Commitment                    of Bank's Commitment)
         -------------------------               -------------------------------

         $30,000,000.00 or more                               .35%
         Less than $30,000,000.00                             .30%

         The  commitment  fee  shall be paid by  Borrower  to Agent in  advance,
         contemporaneously  with the execution of this  Agreement,  and shall be
         non-refundable in any event.

                  (b) Unused Commitment Fee. Borrower agrees to pay to Agent for
         the account of each Bank an Unused  Commitment Fee, at a rate per annum
         equal to the Applicable Unused Commitment Rate, calculated on the basis
         of a 360-day year in accordance  with this Section from the date hereof
         and to  and  including  the  Facility  Termination  Date,  and  payable
         quarterly in arrears as of the first day of each January,  April,  July
         and October hereafter and on the Facility  Termination Date. The Unused
         Commitment  Fee shall be due and  payable  within  ten (10) days  after
         Borrower's receipt of a statement therefor from Agent. For each quarter
         (or portion  thereof),  the Unused Commitment Fee shall be equal to (A)
         such Bank's  average daily  Commitment  during such quarter (or portion
         thereof)  minus (B) such Bank's  "average daily  outstandings"  for the
         quarter  (or  portion   thereof)  with  respect  to  which  the  Unused
         Commitment Fee is being computed,  with the resulting number multiplied
         by (C) the  Applicable  Unused  Commitment  Rate, and the final product
         divided by (D) four (4).
                                      -24-
<PAGE>
                  As used herein,  "average daily outstandings" means the sum of
         (i) the outstanding  principal balance of such Bank's Loans (including,
         with respect to Bank One only,  the  outstanding  principal  balance of
         Swing Line Advances) plus (ii) such Bank's ratable share (determined in
         accordance with Section 4.6) of the outstanding  amount of the Facility
         Letters of Credit,  all  calculated for each day during the quarter (or
         portion  thereof) for which the fee is being  computed,  divided by the
         number of days in that  quarter  (or  portion  thereof).  If the Unused
         Commitment  Fee is being  computed  for less than a full  quarter,  the
         number  used in clause (D) above shall be computed on a daily basis for
         the  number  of days for which the fee is being  computed.  The  Unused
         Commitment  Fee shall  continue  to be payable  during  the  Conversion
         Period.

                  All  accrued  Unused  Commitment  Fees shall be payable on the
         effective date of any  termination of the  obligations of Banks to make
         Loans hereunder.

                  (c) Extension  Fee. If the Facility  Maturity Date is extended
         pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.21,  then Borrower shall pay to
         Agent,  for the  account  of each Bank an  extension  fee for each such
         extension,  at a rate  equal to the  applicable  rate set  forth  below
         determined with respect to the amount of such Bank's Commitment:

                                                  Extension Fee (as a percentage
         Bank's Commitment                             of Bank's Commitment)
         -----------------                        ------------------------------

         $30,000,000.00 or more                            .20%
         Less than $30,000,000.00                          .175%

         The extension fee shall be paid by Borrower to Agent in advance, in the
         manner  provided  in  Section  2.21(d).  The  extension  fee  shall  be
         non-refundable in any event.

                  (d)   Reductions   in  Aggregate   Commitment.   Borrower  may
         permanently  reduce  the  Aggregate  Commitment  in  whole,  or in part
         ratably among Banks (in  proportion to the ratio that their  respective
         Commitment bear to the Aggregate  Commitment) in integral  multiples of
         $5,000,000.00 at any time or from time to time, upon at least three (3)
         Business Days' written notice to Agent,  which notice shall specify the
         amount of any such reduction; provided, however, that the amount of the
         Aggregate  Commitment  may  not be  reduced  below  the  sum of (i) the
         aggregate  principal  amount of the outstanding  Advances plus (ii) the
         Facility Letter of Credit Obligations.
                                      -25-
<PAGE>
         2.6 Minimum  Amount of Each Advance.  Except with respect to Swing Line
Advances,  each Advance shall be in the minimum amount of $2,000,000.00  (and in
multiples of $1,000,000.00 if in excess thereof).

         2.7 Optional Principal Payments.  Borrower may at any time or from time
to time pay,  without penalty or premium,  all Floating Rate Advances,  or, in a
minimum   aggregate  amount  of  $1,000,000.00  or  any  integral   multiple  of
$500,000.00 in excess thereof (except with respect to Swing Line Advances),  any
portion of the  outstanding  Floating Rate Advances upon one (1) Business  Day's
prior  notice to Agent.  Borrower  may,  (i) upon one (1)  Business  Day's prior
notice to Agent,  pay, without penalty or premium,  any LIBOR Advance in full on
the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Advance,  and (ii) upon three
(3) Business Days' prior notice to Agent, prepay any LIBOR Advance in full prior
to the last day of the Interest  Period for such LIBOR  Advance,  provided  that
Borrower shall also pay at the time of such  prepayment all amounts payable with
respect thereto pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof.

         2.8 Method of Selecting  Types and Interest  Periods for New  Advances.
Borrower,  when requesting an Advance,  shall select the Type of Advance and, in
the case of each LIBOR Advance,  the Interest Period  applicable to each Advance
from time to time.  Borrower shall give Agent  irrevocable  notice (a "Borrowing
Notice") in the form of Exhibit I not later than (a) 10:00 a.m.,  Phoenix  time,
one (1) Business Day before the  Borrowing  Date of each  Floating  Rate Advance
(except a Swing Line Advance),  (b) 10:00 a.m., Phoenix time, three (3) Business
Days before the  Borrowing  Date of each LIBOR  Advance,  and (c) noon,  Phoenix
time, on the Borrowing Date of each Swing Line Advance, specifying:

                  (i) the Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, of such
         Advance,

                  (ii) whether the Advance is a Swing Line Advance,

                  (iii) the aggregate amount of such Advance,

                  (iv) the Type of Advance selected; provided, however, that the
         aggregate  number of LIBOR  Advances  outstanding at any one time shall
         not exceed five (5), and further  provided  that any Swing Line Advance
         shall be a Floating Rate Advance, and

                  (v) in the case of each LIBOR  Advance,  the  Interest  Period
         applicable thereto.

With respect to each Floating Rate Advance (except Swing Line Advances) and each
LIBOR Advance, Agent shall notify Banks by noon, Phoenix time, on the date Agent
receives the Borrowing Notice as described above. With respect to such Advances,
not later than 11:00 a.m., Phoenix time, on each Borrowing Date, each Bank shall
make available its Loan or Loans, in
                                      -26-
<PAGE>
funds  immediately  available  in  Phoenix  to  Agent at its  address  specified
pursuant  to  Article  XVI.  Agent  will make the funds so  received  from Banks
available  to  Borrower  at  Agent's  aforesaid  address.  Disbursements  of all
Advances  (other  than Swing Line  Advances)  to  Borrower  may be made not more
frequently  than one time per  Business  Day.  Disbursements  of all Swing  Line
Advances to Borrower may be made not more  frequently than one time per Business
Day, or on a more frequent basis as Bank One may agree.

         2.9 Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances.  Floating Rate
Advances shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such Floating
Rate  Advances are  converted  into LIBOR  Advances.  Each LIBOR  Advance  shall
continue as a LIBOR Advance until the end of the then applicable Interest Period
therefor, at which time such LIBOR Advance shall be automatically converted into
a  Floating   Rate   Advance   unless   Borrower   shall  have  given   Agent  a
Conversion/Continuation  Notice  requesting  that,  at the end of such  Interest
Period,  such LIBOR Advance either  continues as a LIBOR Advance for the same or
another  Interest  Period or be repaid.  Subject  to the terms of  Section  2.6,
Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or any part of an Advance of
any Type into any other Type or Types of Advances;  provided,  however, that any
conversion of any LIBOR Advance may be made on, and only on, the last day of the
Interest  Period  applicable  thereto,  and further  provided that the aggregate
number of LIBOR Advances outstanding at any one time shall not exceed five (5).

         Borrower     shall     give     Agent     irrevocable     notice     (a
"Conversion/Continuation   Notice")  of  each   conversion   of  an  Advance  or
continuation  of a LIBOR  Advance not later than 10:00 a.m.,  Phoenix  time,  at
least one (1)  Business  Day, in the case of a conversion  into a Floating  Rate
Advance,  or  three  (3)  Business  Days,  in the case of a  conversion  into or
continuation of a LIBOR Advance,  prior to the date of the requested  conversion
or continuation, specifying:

                  (i) the requested  date which shall be a Business Day, of such
         conversion or continuation;

                  (ii) the aggregate  amount and Type of the Advance which is to
         be converted or continued; and

                  (iii) the amount and  Type(s)  of  Advance(s)  into which such
         Advance  is  to be  converted  or  continued  and,  in  the  case  of a
         conversion into or continuation of a LIBOR Advance, the Interest Period
         applicable thereto.

         2.10 Changes in Interest  Rate,  etc.  Each Floating Rate Advance shall
bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and
including  the date such  Advance is made or is converted  from a LIBOR  Advance
into a Floating  Rate Advance  pursuant to Section 2.9 to but excluding the date
it becomes  due or is  converted  into a LIBOR  Advance  pursuant to Section 2.9
hereof,  at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate for such day. Changes in
the rate of interest on any Advance  maintained  as a Floating Rate Advance will
take  effect  simultaneously  with each  change in the  Floating  Rate or in the
Applicable Floating Rate Margin. 
                                      -27-
<PAGE>
Each LIBOR  Advance  shall bear interest from and including the first day of the
Interest Period  applicable  thereto to (but not including) the last day of such
Interest  Period at the interest  rate  determined  as  applicable to such LIBOR
Advance. No Interest Period may end after the Facility Termination Date.

         2.11   Determination  of  Applicable   Margins  and  Applicable  Unused
Commitment Rate.able Unused Commitment Rate

                  (a)  Senior  Debt  Rating.  The  Applicable  Margins  and  the
         Applicable  Unused  Commitment Rate shall be determined by reference to
         the Senior Debt Rating, in accordance with the following table:

                   Applicable             Applicable
Senior Debt        LIBOR Rate            Floating Rate      Applicable Unused
  Rating           Margin (%)              Margin (%)      Commitment Rate (%)
- -----------        ----------            -------------     -------------------

BBB-/Baa3 or         1.00                     0                   0.25
 higher
BB+/Ba1              1.25                     0                   0.25
BB/Ba2               1.50                   0.125                 0.30
BB-/Ba3              1.75                   0.125                 0.30
B+/B1                2.00                   0.250                 0.35
Lower or no          2.25                   0.250                 0.35
 Rating

                  (b) Adjustment of Margins. The Applicable Floating Rate Margin
         and the  Applicable  Unused  Commitment  Rate  shall  be  adjusted,  as
         applicable from time to time, effective on the first Business Day after
         any change in the Senior Debt Rating.  The applicable LIBOR Rate Margin
         in respect of any LIBOR Advance shall be adjusted,  as applicable  from
         time to time, effective on the first day of the Interest Period for any
         LIBOR Advance after any change in the Senior Debt Rating.

                  (c) Changes to Ratings.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if
         either of the two (2) rating agencies selected by Borrower for purposes
         of calculating the foregoing  amounts shall not have in effect a Senior
         Debt Rating for a reason related to the creditworthiness of Borrower or
         Guarantors  or to any act or failure to act on the part of  Borrower or
         Guarantors,  then the  Applicable  Margins  and the  Applicable  Unused
         Commitment  Rate shall be  determined by reference to the last category
         listed above,  and (ii) if the rating system used by either such rating
         agency shall change, or if neither rating agency shall have in effect a
         Senior Debt Rating and clause (i) above shall not be  applicable,  then
         Borrower and Banks, acting through Agent, shall negotiate in good faith
         to amend the  references  to  
                                      -28-
<PAGE>
         specific  ratings in this  definition  to reflect such  changed  rating
         system or the non-availability of ratings from such rating agencies.

         2.12 Rates Applicable After Event of Default.  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in Section 2.8, 2.9 or 2.10, during the continuance of
an Event of Default  the  Required  Banks  may,  at their  option,  by notice to
Borrower  (which  notice  may be revoked  at the  option of the  Required  Banks
notwithstanding  any provision of Section 11.2  requiring  unanimous  consent of
Banks to changes in  interest  rates),  declare  that no Advance may be made as,
converted  into  or  continued  as a  LIBOR  Advance  after  expiration  of  the
applicable Interest Period.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained
in Section 2.8, 2.9 or 2.10,  during the  continuance  of an Unmatured  Event of
Default the Required  Banks may, at their option,  by notice to Borrower  (which
notice may be revoked at the option of the Required  Banks  notwithstanding  any
provision of Section  11.2  requiring  unanimous  consent of Banks to changes in
interest  rates),  declare  that no Advance may be made as or  converted  into a
LIBOR Advance. During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Required Banks
may, at their option,  by notice to Borrower (which notice may be revoked at the
option of the  Required  Banks  notwithstanding  any  provision  of Section 11.2
requiring unanimous consent of Banks to changes in interest rates), declare that
(i) each LIBOR Advance  shall bear interest for the remainder of the  applicable
Interest Period at the rate otherwise applicable to such Interest Period plus 2%
per annum and (ii) each  Floating Rate Advance shall bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to the Floating  Rate  otherwise  applicable  to the  Floating  Rate
Advance plus 2% per annum.

         2.13 Method of Payment. All payments of the Obligations hereunder shall
be made, without setoff,  deduction,  or counterclaim,  in immediately available
funds to Agent at Agent's address  specified  pursuant to Article XVI, or at any
other Lending  Installation  of Agent specified in writing by Agent to Borrower,
by noon  (local  time at the  place of  receipt)  on the date  when due (or with
respect to Swing Line Advances,  in accordance  with Section 2.19),  and, except
for Swing Line  Advances  shall be  applied  ratably by Agent  among  Banks,  in
proportion  to the ratio  that each  Bank's  Commitment  bears to the  Aggregate
Commitment. Each payment delivered to Agent for the account of any Bank shall be
delivered  promptly  by Agent to such Bank in the same type of funds  that Agent
received  at its  address  specified  pursuant  to Article XVI or at any Lending
Installation  specified in a notice  received by Agent from such Bank.  If Agent
receives,  for the account of a Bank, a payment from Borrower and fails to remit
such  payment  to the Bank on the  Business  Day such  payment is  received  (if
received  by noon,  Phoenix  time,  by  Agent) or on the next  Business  Day (if
received  after  noon,  Phoenix  time,  by Agent),  Agent shall pay to such Bank
interest  on such  payment  at a rate  per  annum  equal  to the  Federal  Funds
Effective Rate for each day for which such payment is so delayed.

         2.14  Notes;  Telephonic  Notices.  Each Bank is hereby  authorized  to
record  the  principal  amount of each of its Loans  and each  repayment  on the
schedule attached to its Note; provided,  however, that the failure to so record
shall not  affect  Borrower's  obligations  under  such  Note.  Borrower  hereby
authorizes Agent to extend,  convert or continue Advances,  effect selections of
Types of Advances and to transfer funds based on telephonic  notices made by any
person or  
                                      -29-
<PAGE>
persons  who Agent in good faith  believes  to be acting on behalf of  Borrower.
Borrower  agrees to deliver  promptly to Agent a written  confirmation,  if such
confirmation  is  requested by Agent,  of each  telephonic  notice  signed by an
Authorized  Officer of  Borrower.  If the  written  confirmation  differs in any
material  respect  from the action  taken by Agent,  the  records of Agent shall
govern absent manifest error.

         2.15 Interest Payment Dates;  Interest Basis.  Interest on all Advances
shall be  calculated  on the basis of a 360 day year,  based on the actual  days
elapsed.  Interest  accrued on each Advance  shall be calculated as of the first
day of each calendar  month,  commencing with the first such date to occur after
the date  hereof,  and shall be payable  within  ten (10) days after  Borrower's
receipt of a statement  therefor from Agent.  Interest  shall also be payable on
any date on which such  Advance  is  prepaid,  whether  due to  acceleration  or
otherwise.  Interest shall be payable for the day an Advance is made but not for
the day of any payment on the amount  paid if payment is received  prior to noon
(local time at the place of receipt). If any payment of principal of or interest
on an  Advance  shall  become  due on a day which is not a  Business  Day,  such
payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of
time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.

         2.16  Notification  of  Advances,   Interest  Rates,   Prepayments  and
Commitment  ReductionNotification  of Advances,  Interest Rates, Prepayments and
Commitment  Reductions.  Promptly after receipt thereof,  Agent will notify each
Bank of the contents of each Aggregate  Commitment  reduction notice,  Borrowing
Notice,  Conversion/Continuation  Notice,  and repayment  notice  received by it
hereunder.  Agent will notify each Bank of the interest rate  applicable to each
LIBOR Advance  promptly upon  determination  of such interest rate and will give
each Bank prompt  notice of each change in the  Floating  Rate,  the  Applicable
Margin or the Applicable Unused Commitment Rate.

         2.17 Lending Installations. Each Bank may book its Loans at any Lending
Installation  selected by such Bank and may change its Lending Installation from
time to  time.  All  terms of this  Agreement  shall  apply to any such  Lending
Installation  and the Notes shall be deemed held by each Bank for the benefit of
such  Lending  Installation.  Each Bank may, by written or telex notice to Agent
and Borrower,  designate a Lending Installation through which Loans will be made
by it and for whose account Loan payments are to be made.

         2.18  Non-Receipt of Funds by Agent.  Unless Borrower or a Bank, as the
case may be,  notifies  Agent prior to the date on which such  payment is due to
Agent of (i) in the case of a Bank,  the  proceeds of a Loan or (ii) in the case
of Borrower, a payment of principal,  interest,  fees or other amounts due under
the Loan Documents to Agent for the account of Banks, that it does not intend to
make such payment,  Agent may assume that such payment has been made. Agent may,
but shall not be obligated to, make the amount of such payment  available to the
intended  recipient in reliance upon such assumption.  If Borrower or such Bank,
as the case may be, has not in fact made such payment to Agent, the recipient of
such  payment  shall,  on  demand by  Agent,  repay to Agent the  amount so made
available  together  with  interest  thereon  in  respect of each day during the
period  commencing on the date such amount was so made  available by Agent
                                      -30-
<PAGE>
until the date Agent  recovers  such  amount at a rate per annum equal to (a) in
the case of payment by a Bank, the Federal Funds  Effective Rate for such day or
(b) in the case of payment by Borrower,  the  interest  rate  applicable  to the
relevant Advance.

         2.19 Swing Line.  Notwithstanding the minimum amount of an Advance that
may be  requested  and the  minimum  amount  of an  Advance  repaid  under  this
Agreement,  Banks  desire to fund  Advances  for Borrower in amounts that may be
less than the minimum  Advance  amounts  required  under  Section 2.6, and Banks
desire to permit Borrower to repay Advances in amounts that may be less than the
minimum  repayment  amounts  required  under  Section 2.7.  Such  Advances  made
pursuant to this  Section  2.19 shall be deemed to be Advances  for  purposes of
this Agreement and are referred to herein as "Swing Line  Advances."  Swing Line
Advances  shall be  requested,  advanced,  and  repaid  in  accordance  with the
provisions and limitations of this Agreement  relating to all Advances,  subject
to the following:

                  (a) Aggregate  Limit.  The aggregate amount of all outstanding
         Swing Line Advances shall not exceed at any one time $10,000,000.00.

                  (b) Floating Rate  Advances.  All Swing Line Advances shall be
         Floating Rate Advances.

                  (c) Funding Swing Line Advances.  Swing Line Advances shall be
         funded by Bank One pursuant to the  procedures set forth in Section 2.8
         of this  Agreement.  The  principal  amount of each Swing Line Advance,
         together with all accrued interest, shall be repaid by Borrower to Bank
         One in same  day  funds by 5:00  p.m.  (or  such  later  time as may be
         acceptable to Agent),  Phoenix time, on the Swing Line Advance Maturity
         Date.   Additionally,   if  the  aggregate   principal  amount  of  all
         outstanding Swing Line Advances exceeds $10,000,000.00,  Borrower shall
         pay to Bank One the  excess  amount in same day funds by noon,  Phoenix
         time,  on the first  Business  Day  following  the day that the  excess
         amount occurs.

                  (d) Repayment of Swing Line Advances. If Borrower fails to pay
         any Swing Line Advances on the applicable  Swing Line Advance  Maturity
         Date,  then such Advances shall no longer be Swing Line  Advances,  but
         shall  continue  to be  Floating  Rate  Advances  for  purposes of this
         Agreement.   Each  Bank  shall  be  deemed  to  have   irrevocably  and
         unconditionally purchased and received from Agent an undivided interest
         and participation  (ratably in proportion to the ratio that such Bank's
         Commitment bears to the Aggregate Commitment) in such Advances. In such
         event,  as of 11:59  p.m.,  Phoenix  time,  on the Swing  Line  Advance
         Maturity  Date,  Agent shall  notify  each Bank of the total  principal
         amount of all matured Swing Line Advances and each Bank's ratable share
         thereof.  Upon  receipt of such  notice,  each Bank shall  promptly and
         unconditionally  pay to Agent for the account of Bank One the amount of
         such Bank's share  (ratably in 
                                      -31-
<PAGE>
         proportion  to the  ratio  that  such  Bank's  Commitment  bears to the
         Aggregate  Commitment)  of such  payment in same day  funds,  and Agent
         shall pay such amount, and any other amounts received by Agent for Bank
         One's  account  pursuant  to this  Section  2.19(d),  to Bank  One,  in
         accordance  with the payment  provisions  of Section  2.13. If Agent so
         notifies  such Bank prior to 10:00 a.m.,  Phoenix time, on any Business
         Day,  such Bank shall make  available  to Agent for the account of Bank
         One such Bank's  share of the amount of such  payment on such  Business
         Day in same day funds.  If Agent  notifies  such Bank after 10:00 a.m.,
         Phoenix time,  on any Business  Day, such Bank shall make  available to
         Agent for the  account of Bank One such  Bank's  share of the amount of
         such payment on the next succeeding  Business Day in same day funds. If
         and to the  extent  such  Bank  shall not have so made its share of the
         amount of such payment  available to Agent for the account of Bank One,
         such Bank agrees to pay to Agent for the account of Bank One  forthwith
         on demand such amount,  together  with interest  thereon,  for each day
         from the date such  payment was first due until the date such amount is
         paid to  Agent  for the  account  of Bank  One,  at the  Federal  Funds
         Effective  Rate. The failure of any Bank to make available to Agent for
         the account of Bank One such Bank's share of any such payment shall not
         relieve any other Bank of its obligation hereunder to make available to
         Agent for the  account of Bank One its share of any payment on the date
         such payment is to be made.

                  (e)  Advances.  The  payments  made by  Banks  to Bank  One in
         reimbursement  of Swing Line Advances  shall  constitute,  and Borrower
         hereby  expressly  acknowledges  and agrees  that such  payments  shall
         constitute,  Advances hereunder to Borrower and such payments shall for
         all purposes be treated as Advances to Borrower  (notwithstanding  that
         the amounts  thereof may not comply with the  provisions of Section 2.6
         and 2.7).  Such Advances  shall be Floating Rate  Advances,  subject to
         Borrower's rights under Article II hereof.

         2.20  Withholding Tax Exemption.  At least five (5) Business Days prior
to the  first  date on which  interest  or fees are  payable  hereunder  for the
account of any Bank, each Bank (if any) that is not incorporated  under the laws
of the United States of America, or a state thereof, agrees that it will deliver
to each of Borrower  and Agent two (2) duly  completed  copies of United  States
Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224,  certifying in either case that such
Bank is entitled to receive  payments under this Agreement and the Notes without
deduction or  withholding  of any United  States  federal  taxes and an Internal
Revenue  Service  Form W-8 or W-9  entitling  such Bank to  receive  a  complete
exemption from United States tax backup withholding. Each Bank which so delivers
a Form 1001 or 4224 further  undertakes to deliver to each of Borrower and Agent
two (2)  additional  copies of such form (or a successor  form) on or before the
date that such form expires (currently,  three (3) successive calendar years for
Form 1001 and one (1) calendar year for Form 4224) or becomes  obsolete or after
the  occurrence  of any event  requiring  a change in the most  recent  forms so
delivered by it, and such amendments  thereto or extensions or renewals  thereof
as may be  reasonably  requested by Borrower or Agent,  in each case  certifying
that such
                                      -32-
<PAGE>
Bank is entitled to receive  payments under this Agreement and the Notes without
deduction or withholding  of any United States  federal  taxes,  unless an event
(including  without  limitation  any change in treaty,  law or  regulation)  has
occurred  prior to the  date on  which  any such  delivery  would  otherwise  be
required which renders all such forms  inapplicable  or which would prevent such
Bank from duly  completing  and  delivering any such form with respect to it and
such  Bank  advises  Borrower  and Agent  that it is not  capable  of  receiving
payments without any deduction or withholding of United States federal tax.

         If a Bank does not provide  duly  executed  forms to Borrower and Agent
within the time periods set forth in the preceding paragraph,  Borrower or Agent
shall  withhold  taxes from  payments to such Bank at the  applicable  statutory
rates and  Borrower  shall not be  required to pay any  additional  amounts as a
result of such  withholding.  Upon the reasonable  request of Borrower or Agent,
each Bank that has not provided the forms or other documents, as provided above,
on the basis of being a "United  States  person,"  shall  submit to Borrower and
Agent a  certificate  or other  evidence to the effect that it is such a "United
States person."

         2.21  Extension of Facility Termination Date

                  (a)  Extension  Requests.  Borrower  may  request  a  two-year
         extension of the Facility  Maturity Date by submitting a request for an
         extension to Agent (an "Extension  Request") no more than 14 months nor
         less than 12 months prior to the then scheduled Facility Maturity Date.
         Promptly upon (but not later than five (5) Business Days after) receipt
         of the Extension Request,  Agent shall notify each Bank of the contents
         thereof and shall request each Bank to approve the  Extension  Request.
         Each Bank  approving  the  Extension  Request shall deliver its written
         approval no later than sixty (60) days after the date of the  Extension
         Request.  If the  approval of each of Banks is received by Agent within
         sixty  (60)  days  after  the  date  of the  Extension  Request  (or as
         otherwise provided in Section 2.21(b)),  Agent shall promptly so notify
         Borrower  and  each  Bank,  and the  Facility  Maturity  Date  shall be
         extended by two (2) years,  and in such event  Borrower may  thereafter
         request further  extension(s) of the then scheduled  Facility  Maturity
         Date in  accordance  with this Section  2.21.  If any of Banks does not
         deliver to Agent such Bank's written approval to any Extension  Request
         within sixty (60) days after the date of such  Extension  Request,  the
         Facility  Maturity  Date  shall not be  extended,  except as  otherwise
         provided in Section 2.21(b) or 2.21(c).

                  (b)  Rejecting  Banks/Full   Assignment.   If  (i)  any  Banks
         ("Rejecting  Banks") shall not approve an Extension  Request,  (ii) all
         rights and obligations of such Rejecting Banks under this Agreement and
         under the other Loan Documents  (including,  without limitation,  their
         Commitment  and all Loans  owing to them)  shall  have  been  assigned,
         within ninety (90) days following such Extension Request, in accordance
         with  Section  2.23,  to one or more  Replacement  Banks who shall have
         approved  in  writing  such  Extension  Request  at the  time  of  such
                                      -33-
<PAGE>
         assignment,  and (iii) no other Bank shall have given written notice to
         Agent  of such  Bank's  withdrawal  of its  approval  of the  Extension
         Request,  Agent shall promptly so notify Borrower and each Bank and the
         Facility  Maturity Date shall be extended by two (2) years, and in such
         event Borrower may thereafter request further  extension(s) as provided
         in Section 2.21(a).

                  (c) Rejecting  Banks/No Full Assignment.  If (A) the Rejecting
         Banks shall not approve an Extension  Request,  (B) the  provisions  of
         clause  (b)(ii) above do not apply,  and (iii) no other Bank shall have
         given written notice to Agent of such Bank's withdrawal of its approval
         of the Extension Request, Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and each
         Bank and any Replacement  Bank, and the Facility Maturity Date shall be
         extended by two (2) years,  and in such event  Borrower may  thereafter
         request further extension(s) as provided in Section 2.21 (a); provided,
         however, that the Aggregate Commitment shall be automatically  reduced,
         effective as of the first day of the extension period,  and shall equal
         the aggregate  Commitments of the Banks who are not Rejecting Banks and
         the Banks who are Replacement Banks. All rights and obligations of such
         Rejecting Banks under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents
         (including, without limitation, their Commitment and all Loans owing to
         them) shall either be (I)  assigned to  Replacement  Banks  pursuant to
         Section 2.21(b), or (II) terminated,  effective as of the then existing
         Facility  Maturity Date (or such earlier date as Borrower and Agent may
         designate),  in which case the terminated Bank shall have  concurrently
         received,  in cash,  all amounts due and owing to the  terminated  Bank
         hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan  Document,   including   without
         limitation the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans owed
         to such Bank,  together with accrued  interest thereon through the date
         of such  termination,  all amounts  payable under  Sections 3.1 and 3.2
         with respect to such Bank and all fees  payable to such Bank  hereunder
         (and  payment of such amount may not be waived  except with the consent
         of each  Bank,  as more  specifically  provided  in  Section  11.2(i));
         provided that, upon such Bank's  termination,  such Bank shall cease to
         be a party hereto but shall  continue to be entitled to the benefits of
         Article III and Section 12.7, as well as to any fees accrued  hereunder
         and not yet paid, and shall continue to be obligated under Section 13.8
         with  respect to  obligations  and  liabilities  accruing  prior to the
         termination of such Bank.

                  (d) Approval of Extension.  Within ten (10) days after Agent's
         notice to  Borrower  that all (or some,  as  applicable)  of Banks have
         approved an Extension Request (whether pursuant to Section 2.21(a), (b)
         or (c)),  Borrower  shall  pay to Agent  for the  account  of each Bank
         approving  the  extension  and each  Replacement  Bank an extension fee
         calculated in the manner set forth in Section 2.5(c).

                  (e) No  Extension.  If the  Extension  Request is not approved
         pursuant  to  Section  2.21(a),  (b) or (c),  or if  Borrower  does not
         request an  extension  
                                      -34-
<PAGE>
         pursuant  to this  Section  2.21,  then  during the twelve  (12) months
         preceding the Facility  Maturity  Date,  the terms and  conditions  set
         forth on Schedule "2.21" shall be deemed to be  incorporated  into this
         Agreement by this reference,  and Borrower,  Banks and Agent agree that
         the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  Schedule  "2.21"  shall be
         controlling to the extent the same are inconsistent  with the terms and
         conditions of this Agreement,  and Borrower,  Banks and Agent shall act
         in accordance therewith.

         2.22 Conversion Period

                  (a)  Commencement of Conversion  Period.  If Borrower fails to
         satisfy any  Financial  Covenant  Test,  and such  failure in each case
         continues  for two (2)  consecutive  fiscal  quarters,  then unless the
         Required Banks in their sole and absolute  discretion  agree otherwise,
         the Conversion Period shall automatically commence. The Conversion Date
         shall be first day of the first  month  after  the  second  consecutive
         fiscal quarter of such failure. Borrower shall have the right to elect,
         by notice given to Agent on or before that day that is thirty (30) days
         after the Conversion  Date, that the Conversion  Period be an Unsecured
         Conversion Period or a Secured  Conversion Period. If Borrower fails to
         provide such notice within such 30-day  period,  then Borrower shall be
         deemed to have  elected  that the  Conversion  Period  be an  Unsecured
         Conversion Period.

                  (b)  Significant  Events.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of
         Section 2.22(a), if during any fiscal quarter Borrower fails to satisfy
         a Financial Covenant Test and either

                            (I) With  respect to the  Consolidated  Tangible Net
                  Worth Test,  Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth is less than (i)
                  $91,000,000.00   plus  (ii)   fifty   percent   (50%)  of  the
                  Consolidated  Net Income earned after March 1, 1996 plus (iii)
                  one  hundred  percent  (100%) of the net  proceeds  of capital
                  stock issued by Borrower after March 1, 1996, or

                            (II) With respect to the Leverage Test, Consolidated
                  Indebtedness   exceeds  the  product  of  1.75  multiplied  by
                  Adjusted  Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth  during any fiscal
                  quarter, or

                            (III) With  respect to the Interest  Coverage  Test,
                  the ratio of (A) EBITDA to (B) Consolidated Interest Incurred,
                  is less than 1.5 to 1.0 during any fiscal quarter,

         then the Conversion  Period shall be a Secured  Conversion  Period (or,
         subject to the provisions of Section 2.22(f) hereof, a Modified Secured
         Conversion  Period,
                                      -35-
<PAGE>
         as applicable). The Conversion Date shall be the first day of the first
         month after the fiscal quarter of such Significant  Event.  Each of the
         events  described in clauses (I),  (II) and (III) is referred to herein
         as a "Significant Event."

                  (c) Unsecured  Conversion  Period.  If Borrower elects,  or is
         deemed to have elected pursuant to Section 2.22(a), that the Conversion
         Period be an Unsecured Conversion Period, then:

                            (i) The Facility Termination Date shall be that date
                   that is the day preceding the first  anniversary  date of the
                   Conversion Date.

                            (ii) From and after three (3) calendar  months after
                   the  Conversion  Date,  the  Aggregate  Commitment  (and each
                   Bank's  Commitment) in effect as of the Conversion Date shall
                   be reduced on the first day after the end of each three-month
                   period by a percentage of such  Aggregate  Commitment  amount
                   (or such Bank's Commitment amount) as follows:

                                                    Percentage      Percentage
                                                  of Commitment    of Commitment
                      Period                         Reduction       Remaining
                      ------                         ---------       ---------

                  3 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  25%              75%

                  6 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  25%              50%

                  9 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  25%              25%

                  12 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  25%               0%


                   (d) Secured Conversion Period. If Borrower elects pursuant to
         Section  2.22(a),  or is deemed to have  elected  pursuant  to  Section
         2.22(b),  that the Conversion  Period be a Secured  Conversion  Period,
         then:

                             (i) The  Facility  Termination  Date  shall be that
                   date that is the day preceding the second anniversary date of
                   the Conversion Date. -36-
<PAGE>
                             (ii) From and after three (3) calendar months after
                   the  Conversion  Date,  the  Aggregate  Commitment  (and each
                   Bank's  Commitment) in effect as of the Conversion Date shall
                   be reduced on the first day after the end of each three-month
                   period by a percentage of such  Aggregate  Commitment  amount
                   (or such Bank's Commitment amount) as follows:

                                                   Percentage        Percentage
                                                  of Commitment    of Commitment
                       Period                       Reduction        Remaining
                       ------                       ---------        ---------

                  3 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  5%               95%

                  6 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  10%              85%

                  9 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  10%              75%

                  12 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  15%              60%

                  15 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  15%              45%

                  18 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  15%              30%

                  21 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  15%              15%

                  24 calendar months after
                      Conversion Date                  15%              0%

                            (iii)  Borrower  shall cause  Guarantors to provide,
                  and  Agent  and  Banks  shall  accept,   Collateral   for  the
                  Obligations in accordance  with the terms of Schedule  "2.22".
                  Within thirty (30) days after the  Conversion  Date,  Borrower
                  shall  cause  Guarantors  to provide  to Agent all  Collateral
                  Documents relating to the Collateral.  Within ninety (90) days
                  after the Conversion Date,  Borrower shall cause Guarantors to
                  provide to Agent all Due Diligence  Documents  relating to the
                  Collateral.
                                      -37-
<PAGE>

                            (iv)  During the  Conversion  Period,  the terms and
                  conditions set forth on Schedule  "2.22" shall be deemed to be
                  incorporated  into  this  Agreement  by  this  reference,  and
                  Borrower,  Banks and Agent agree that the terms and conditions
                  set  forth in  Schedule  "2.22"  shall be  controlling  to the
                  extent the same are inconsistent with the terms and conditions
                  of this Agreement,  and Borrower, Banks and Agent shall act in
                  accordance therewith.

                   (e)  Failure  During  Certain  Periods.  Notwithstanding  the
         provisions of Section  2.22(a) and 2.22(b) above,  if Borrower fails to
         satisfy any  Financial  Covenant  Test for two (2)  consecutive  fiscal
         quarters (or one fiscal quarter, if a Significant Event occurs) and the
         second such fiscal  quarter (or the fiscal  quarter,  if a  Significant
         Event occurs) occurs (i) during an Unsecured Conversion Period, or (ii)
         during a Secured  Conversion Period, or (iii) during a Modified Secured
         Conversion  Period, or (iv) during the twelve-month  period immediately
         preceding the Facility  Maturity Date where no Conversion  Period is in
         effect,  then the  provisions of Section  2.22(a) and 2.22(b) shall not
         apply,  and such failure  shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default
         under  this  Agreement.  If  Borrower  fails to satisfy  any  Financial
         Covenant Test for three (3) consecutive fiscal quarters,  then an Event
         of Default shall have occurred.

                   (f)  Failure   During  End  of  Term.   Notwithstanding   the
         provisions of Section  2.22(a) above,  if (A) Borrower fails to satisfy
         any Financial Covenant Test for two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters and
         the second  such  fiscal  quarter  occurs  during  the  period  that is
         twenty-four (24) months to thirteen (13) months  immediately  preceding
         the Facility  Maturity Date (or, if a  Significant  Event occurs during
         the foregoing 24 to 13-month  period),  and (B) no Conversion Period is
         then in  effect,  then  unless  the  Required  Banks in their  sole and
         absolute  discretion  agree  otherwise,  the  Conversion  Period  shall
         automatically  commence.  The Conversion Date shall be first day of the
         first month after the second  consecutive fiscal quarter (or the fiscal
         quarter, as applicable) of such failure.  Borrower shall have the right
         to elect, by notice given to Banks on or before that day that is thirty
         (30) days after the Conversion  Date, that the Conversion  Period be an
         Unsecured  Conversion Period or a Modified Secured  Conversion  Period;
         provided,  however,  that the  Conversion  Period  shall  be a  Secured
         Conversion  Period if a  Significant  Event has  occurred.  If Borrower
         fails to provide such notice within such 30-day  period,  then Borrower
         shall be  deemed  to have  elected  that the  Conversion  Period  be an
         Unsecured  Conversion  Period. If Borrower elects (or is deemed to have
         elected) that the Conversion Period be an Unsecured  Conversion Period,
         then the provisions of Section  2.22(c) shall apply. If Borrower elects
         that the Conversion  Period be a Modified  Secured  Conversion  Period,
         then: 
                                      -38-
<PAGE>
                            (i)  the  Aggregate   Commitment  (and  each  Bank's
                  Commitment)  in effect as of end of the second fiscal  quarter
                  (or the fiscal  quarter,  as applicable) to which such failure
                  or Significant Event relates shall be reduced on the first day
                  after  the end of each  three-month  period  thereafter  in an
                  equal  portion of such  Aggregate  Commitment  amount (or such
                  Bank's Commitment amount),  such that the Aggregate Commitment
                  amount (and each Bank's  Commitment  amount)  shall be zero on
                  the Facility Maturity Date.

                            (ii) Borrower shall cause Guarantors to provide, and
                  Agent and Banks shall accept,  Collateral for the  Obligations
                  in accordance with the terms of Schedule "2.22". Within thirty
                  (30) days after the end of the second  fiscal  quarter (or the
                  fiscal  quarter,  as  applicable)  to  which  the  failure  or
                  Significant Event relates,  Borrower shall cause Guarantors to
                  provide  to Agent all  Collateral  Documents  relating  to the
                  Collateral.  Within  ninety  (90)  days  after  the end of the
                  second fiscal quarter (or the fiscal  quarter,  as applicable)
                  to which such failure or Significant  Event relates,  Borrower
                  shall cause  Guarantors  to provide to Agent all Due Diligence
                  Documents relating to the Collateral.

                            (iii) During the  Conversion  Period,  the terms and
                  conditions set forth on Schedule  "2.22" shall be deemed to be
                  incorporated  into  this  Agreement  by  this  reference,  and
                  Borrower,  Banks and Agent agree that the terms and conditions
                  set  forth in  Schedule  "2.22"  shall be  controlling  to the
                  extent the same are inconsistent with the terms and conditions
                  of this Agreement,  and Borrower, Banks and Agent shall act in
                  accordance therewith.

         2.23  Replacement of Certain Banks.  In the event a Bank (the "Affected
         Bank"):

                   (i) shall have  requested  compensation  from Borrower  under
         Sections  3.1 or 3.2 to cover  additional  costs  incurred by such Bank
         that are not being incurred generally by the other Banks, or

                   (ii) shall have  delivered  a notice  pursuant to Section 3.3
         that such Affected Bank is unable to extend LIBOR Loans for reasons not
         generally applicable to the other Banks, or

                  (iii)    is a Rejecting Bank pursuant to Section 2.21,
                                      -39-
<PAGE>
         then,  in any such  case,  and at any time  after  such  event  occurs,
         Borrower or Agent may make written  demands on such Affected Bank (with
         a copy to  Agent  in the case of a  demand  by  Borrower  and a copy to
         Borrower  in the case of a demand by Agent)  for the  Affected  Bank to
         assign,  and such Affected  Bank shall assign,  pursuant to one or more
         duly executed assignment  agreements in substantially the form provided
         for in Section 15.3.1,  within five (5) Business Days after the date of
         such demand, to one or more financial institutions that comply with the
         provisions  of Section 15.3,  and that are selected by Borrower  and/or
         Agent,  that  are  reasonably  acceptable  to  Agent  or  Borrower,  as
         applicable,  that  Borrower  or Agent,  as the case may be,  shall have
         engaged for such purpose (the "Replacement Bank"), all of such Affected
         Bank's rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and the other Loan
         Documents (including,  without limitation, its Commitment and all Loans
         owing to it) in  accordance  with Section  15.3.  If any Affected  Bank
         fails to execute and deliver such assignment  agreements  within thirty
         (30) days after  demand,  then such Affected Bank shall have no further
         right to receive any amounts  payable  under  Sections 3.1 and 3.2 with
         respect to such Affected Bank.

         Agent  agrees,  upon the  occurrence  of such events with respect to an
Affected  Bank and upon  written  request  of  Borrower,  to use its  reasonable
efforts to obtain the commitments from one or more financial institutions to act
as a  Replacement  Bank.  Agent is  authorized,  but shall not be obligated  to,
execute one or more of such assignment  agreements as  attorney-in-fact  for any
Affected  Bank  failing to execute and deliver the same within five (5) Business
Days after the date of such demand.  Further,  with respect to such  assignment,
the Affected Bank shall have concurrently received, in cash, all amounts due and
owing to the Affected Bank hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including
without limitation the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Loans owed
to such Bank,  together with accrued  interest  thereon through the date of such
assignment,  amounts  payable  under  Sections  3.1 and 3.2 with respect to such
Affected  Bank and all fees payable to such Affected  Bank  hereunder;  provided
that, upon such Affected Bank's  replacement,  such Affected Bank shall cease to
be a party  hereto but shall  continue to be entitled to the benefits of Article
III and Section 12.7, as well as to any fees accrued hereunder and not yet paid,
and  shall  continue  to  be  obligated  under  Section  13.8  with  respect  to
obligations and  liabilities  accruing prior to the replacement of such Affected
Bank.

                                   ARTICLE III

                             CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
                             -----------------------

         3.1   Yield   Protection.   If  any   law  or   any   governmental   or
quasi-governmental rule, regulation,  policy, guideline or directive (whether or
not having the force of law), or any interpretation  thereof,  or the compliance
of any Bank therewith,

                  (i) subjects any Bank or any applicable  Lending  Installation
         to any tax,  duty,  charge or  withholding on or from payments due from
         Borrower (excluding any taxes imposed on, or based on, or determined by
         reference  to  the  net  income  of  any  Bank  or  applicable  Lending
         Installation,   including,   without   limitation,
                                      -40-
<PAGE>
         franchise taxes,  alternative  minimum taxes and any branch profits tax
         (collectively,  "Excluded Taxes")),  any taxes imposed on, or based on,
         or  determined  by  reference  to or changes  the basis of  taxation of
         payments  to any Bank in respect of its Loans or other  amounts  due it
         hereunder (except for Excluded Taxes),

                  (ii)  imposes or increases  or deems  applicable  any reserve,
         assessment,  insurance charge,  special deposit or similar  requirement
         against  assets  of,  deposits  with or for the  account  of, or credit
         extended by, any Bank or any  applicable  Lending  Installation  (other
         than reserves and  assessments  taken into account in  determining  the
         interest rate applicable to LIBOR Rates), or

                  (iii) imposes any other condition or requirement the result of
         which is to  increase  the cost to any Bank or any  applicable  Lending
         Installation  of making,  funding or  maintaining  loans or reduces any
         amount receivable by any Bank or any applicable Lending Installation in
         connection with loans,  or requires any Bank or any applicable  Lending
         Installation to make any payment  calculated by reference to the amount
         of loans held or interest  received by it, by an amount deemed material
         by such Bank,

         then,  within  fifteen  (15) days after  demand by such Bank,  Borrower
         shall pay such Bank that portion of such increased  expense incurred or
         reduction  in  an  amount   received  which  such  Bank  determines  is
         attributable  to  making,  funding  and  maintaining  its Loans and its
         Commitment;  provided,  however, that Borrower shall not be required to
         increase any such amounts payable to any Bank (1) if such Bank fails to
         comply  with the  requirements  of  Section  2.20  hereof or (2) to the
         extent that such Bank  determines,  in its sole reasonable  discretion,
         that it can, after notice from Borrower,  through  reasonable  efforts,
         eliminate  or reduce the  amount of tax  liabilities  payable  (without
         additional  costs or expenses unless Borrower agrees to bear such costs
         or expenses) or other disadvantages or risks (economic or otherwise) to
         such Bank or Agent. If any Bank receives a refund in respect of any tax
         for which such Bank has received payment from Borrower hereunder,  such
         Bank shall promptly  notify Borrower of such refund and such Bank shall
         repay the amount of such refund to Borrower,  provided  that  Borrower,
         upon the request of such Bank,  agrees to return such refund  (plus any
         penalties,  interest  or other  charges) to such Bank in the event such
         Bank is required to repay such refund.  The determination as to whether
         any Bank has  received  a  refund  shall be made by such  Bank and such
         determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

         3.2 Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations.  If a Bank or Issuing Bank
determines  the amount of capital  required or expected to be maintained by such
Bank, any Lending  Installation  of such Bank or Issuing Bank or any corporation
controlling  such Bank or  Issuing  Bank is  increased  as a result of a Change,
then,  within  fifteen  (15) days  after  demand by such Bank or  Issuing  Bank,
Borrower shall pay such Bank or Issuing Bank the amount  necessary to
                                      -41-

<PAGE>
compensate  for any  shortfall  in the rate of  return  on the  portion  of such
increased  capital which such Bank or Issuing Bank determines is attributable to
this  Agreement,  its Loans or its  obligation to make Loans  hereunder,  or its
issuance or  maintenance  of or  participation  in, or commitment  to issue,  to
maintain or to participate in, the Facility  Letters of Credit  hereunder (after
taking  into  account  such  Bank's or  Issuing  Bank's  policies  as to capital
adequacy). "Change" means (i) any change after the date of this Agreement in the
Risk-Based  Capital  Guidelines  or (ii) any  adoption of or change in any other
law, governmental or quasi-governmental  rule,  regulation,  policy,  guideline,
interpretation,  or directive (whether or not having the force of law) after the
date of this Agreement which affects the amount of capital  required or expected
to be  maintained  by  any  Bank,  Issuing  Bank,  Lending  Installation  or any
corporation   controlling  any  Bank  or  Issuing  Bank.   "Risk-Based   Capital
Guidelines" means (A) the risk-based  capital guidelines in effect in the United
States on the date of this Agreement,  including  transition  rules, and (B) the
corresponding capital regulations  promulgated by regulatory authorities outside
the United States  implementing  the July 1988 report of the Basle  Committee on
Banking Regulation and Supervisory Practices Entitled "International Convergence
of Capital Measurements and Capital Standards,"  including transition rules, and
any amendments to such regulations adopted prior to the date of this Agreement.

         3.3  Availability  of Types of  Advances.  If any Bank  determines  and
notifies Agent that  maintenance of any of such Bank's LIBOR Loans at a suitable
Lending  Installation  would violate any  applicable  law,  rule,  regulation or
directive,  whether or not  having the force of law,  Agent  shall  suspend  the
availability  of the affected Type of Advance and require any LIBOR  Advances of
the affected Type to be repaid;  or if the Required  Banks  determine and notify
Agent that (i)  deposits of a type or maturity  appropriate  to match fund LIBOR
Advances are not available, Agent shall suspend the availability of the affected
Type of Advance  with respect to any LIBOR  Advances  made after the date of any
such  determination,  or (ii) an interest  rate  applicable to a Type of Advance
does not  accurately  reflect  the cost of making a LIBOR  Advance of such Type,
then,  if  for  any  reason   whatsoever  the  provisions  of  Section  3.1  are
inapplicable,  Agent shall  suspend the  availability  of the  affected  Type of
Advance  with  respect  to any  LIBOR  Advance  made  after the date of any such
determination.

         3.4 Funding  Indemnification.  If any payment of a LIBOR Advance occurs
on a date which is not the last day of the applicable  Interest Period,  whether
because of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise, or a LIBOR Advance is not made
on the date  specified  by Borrower  for any reason other than default by Banks,
Borrower will indemnify each Bank for any loss or cost or expense incurred by it
resulting  therefrom,  including,  without  limitation,  any  loss  or  cost  in
liquidating  or  employing  deposits  acquired  to fund or  maintain  the  LIBOR
Advance.

         3.5 Bank Statements;  Survival of Indemnity.  To the extent  reasonably
possible,  each Bank shall  designate an  alternate  Lending  Installation  with
respect to its LIBOR  Advances to reduce any  liability of Borrower to such Bank
under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 or to avoid the  unavailability  of a Type of Advance
under Section 3.3, so long as such  designation is not  disadvantageous  to such
Bank.  Each Bank or Issuing Bank shall deliver a written  statement of
                                      -42-
<PAGE>
such Bank or Issuing Bank as to the amount due, if any,  under Sections 3.1, 3.2
or 3.4.  Such  written  statement  shall  set  forth in  reasonable  detail  the
calculations  upon which such Bank or Issuing  Bank  determined  such amount and
shall be final,  conclusive  and  binding on Borrower in the absence of manifest
error. Determination of amounts payable under such Sections in connection with a
LIBOR  Advance  shall be calculated as though each Bank funded its LIBOR Advance
through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity  corresponding to the
deposit used as a reference in determining the LIBOR Advance  applicable to such
Loan, whether in fact that is the case or not. Unless otherwise provided herein,
the amount specified in the written  statement shall be payable within three (3)
days after  receipt by Borrower of the written  statement.  The  obligations  of
Borrower  under  Sections  3.1,  3.2  and  3.4  shall  survive  payment  of  the
Obligations and termination of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                          THE LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY
                          -----------------------------

         4.1 Facility Letters of Credit.  The Issuing Bank agrees,  on the terms
and conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  to issue from time to time for the
account of  Borrower,  through  such  offices or branches as it and Borrower may
jointly agree,  one or more Facility  Letters of Credit in accordance  with this
Article IV,  during the period  commencing  on the date hereof and ending on the
Business Day prior to the Facility  Termination  Date.  Each Facility  Letter of
Credit shall be either (i) a standby letter of credit to support  obligations of
Borrower or a Guarantor, contingent or otherwise, arising in the ordinary course
of business,  or (ii) a documentary  letter of credit in respect of the purchase
of goods or  services  by Borrower  or a  Guarantor  in the  ordinary  course of
business.

         4.2 Limitations.  No Issuing Bank shall issue,  amend or extend, at any
time, any Facility Letter of Credit:

                  (i) if the aggregate maximum amount then available for drawing
         under  Letters of Credit  issued by such  Issuing  Bank,  after  giving
         effect to the  Facility  Letter of Credit  or  amendment  or  extension
         thereof requested  hereunder,  shall exceed any limit imposed by law or
         regulation upon such Issuing Bank;

                  (ii) if, after giving effect to the Facility  Letter of Credit
         or amendment or extension  thereof requested  hereunder,  the aggregate
         principal  amount of the Facility  Letter of Credit  Obligations  would
         exceed $10,000,000.00;

                  (iii) that,  in the case of the issuance of a Facility  Letter
         of Credit,  is in, or in the case of an amendment of a Facility  Letter
         of Credit, increases the face amount thereof by, an amount in excess of
         the then Aggregate Available Credit;
                                      -43-
<PAGE>
                  (iv) if, after giving effect to the Facility  Letter of Credit
         or amendment or extension  thereof requested  hereunder,  the aggregate
         principal amount of the Facility Letter of Credit  Obligations plus the
         principal amount of all Advances  outstanding plus the Aggregate Senior
         Indebtedness  would  exceed the  Borrowing  Base as of the most  recent
         Inventory Valuation Date;

                  (v) if such Issuing Bank receives written notice from Agent at
         or before noon,  Phoenix  time,  on the proposed  Issuance Date of such
         Facility Letter of Credit that one or more of the conditions  precedent
         contained  in  Sections  5.1 or 5.2, as  applicable,  would not on such
         Issuance  Date be  satisfied,  unless such  conditions  are  thereafter
         satisfied  and  written  notice of such  satisfaction  is given to such
         Issuing Bank by Agent;

                  (vi) that has an  expiration  date  (taking  into  account any
         automatic renewal  provisions  thereof) that is later than one (1) year
         after the  Issuance  Date,  or such later time as the Issuing  Bank may
         agree; provided, however in no event shall the expiration date be later
         than the Business Day next preceding the scheduled Facility Termination
         Date; or

                  (vii) that is in a currency other than Dollars, or that is not
         consistent  with the  Uniform  Customs  and  Practice  for  Documentary
         Credits (1993 Revision),  International Chamber of Commerce Publication
         No. 500, as the same may be updated.

         4.3 Conditions. In addition to being subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions contained in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, as applicable, the issuance of any
Facility  Letter  of  Credit  is  subject  to the  satisfaction  in  full of the
following conditions:

                  (i) Borrower  shall have delivered to the Issuing Bank at such
         times and in such manner as the Issuing Bank may reasonably prescribe a
         Reimbursement  Agreement and such other  documents and materials as may
         be reasonably required pursuant to the terms thereof,  and the proposed
         Facility  Letter of Credit  shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  to such
         Issuing Bank in form and content; and

                  (ii) as of the Issuance  Date no order,  judgment or decree of
         any  court,  arbitrator  or  governmental  authority  shall  enjoin  or
         restrain  such Issuing Bank from issuing the Facility  Letter of Credit
         and no law, rule or  regulation  applicable to such Issuing Bank and no
         directive from any governmental  authority with  jurisdiction  over the
         Issuing Bank shall  prohibit such Issuing Bank from issuing  Letters of
         Credit generally or from issuing that Facility Letter or Credit.
                                      -44-
<PAGE>

         4.4 Procedure for Issuance of Facility Letters of Credit.

                  (a) Request for Facility Letter of Credit. Borrower shall give
         the Issuing Bank and Agent not less than five (5) Business  Days' prior
         written notice of any requested issuance of a Facility Letter of Credit
         under this  Agreement.  Such notice shall specify (i) the stated amount
         of the Facility Letter of Credit requested, (ii) the requested Issuance
         Date,  which  shall be a  Business  Day,  (iii) the date on which  such
         requested  Facility Letter of Credit is to expire,  which date shall be
         in  compliance  with the  requirements  of  Section  4.2(vi),  (iv) the
         purpose for which such Facility Letter of Credit is to be issued (which
         shall be a purpose  permitted  pursuant  to Section  7.2),  and (v) the
         Person for whose benefit the requested  Facility Letter of Credit is to
         be  issued.  At the time such  request  is made,  Borrower  shall  also
         provide  Agent  and the  Issuing  Bank  with a copy of the  form of the
         Facility Letter of Credit it is requesting be issued.

                  (b) Issuing  Bank.  Within two (2) Business Days after receipt
         of a request for issuance of a Facility  Letter of Credit in accordance
         with Section 4.4(a),  the Issuing Bank shall approve or disapprove,  in
         its reasonable  discretion,  the form of such requested Facility Letter
         of Credit,  but the issuance of such approved Facility Letter of Credit
         shall  continue to be subject to the provisions of this Article IV. The
         Issuing  Bank shall use  reasonable  efforts to notify  Borrower of any
         changes  in the  Issuing  Bank's  policies  or  procedures  that  could
         reasonably be expected to affect  adversely the Issuing Bank's approval
         of the form of any requested Facility Letters of Credit.

                  (c)  Confirmation  of Issuance.  Upon receipt of a request for
         issuance  of a Facility  Letter of Credit in  accordance  with  Section
         4.4(a),  Agent shall determine,  as of the close of business on the day
         it receives such request,  whether the issuance of such Facility Letter
         of Credit would be permitted under the provisions of Sections  4.2(ii),
         (iii),  (iv) and (v) and,  prior to the close of business on the second
         Business Day after Agent received such request,  Agent shall notify the
         Issuing Bank and Borrower (in writing or by telephonic notice confirmed
         promptly  thereafter  in writing)  whether  issuance  of the  requested
         Facility  Letter of Credit would be permitted  under the  provisions of
         Sections  4.2(ii),  (iii),  (iv) and (v). If Agent notifies the Issuing
         Bank and  Borrower  that such  issuance  would be so  permitted,  then,
         subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Article IV and  provided
         that the  applicable  conditions set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 have
         been satisfied, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested Issuance Date,
         issue the requested  Facility  Letter of Credit in accordance  with the
         Issuing Bank's usual and customary business practices. The Issuing Bank
         shall  give  Agent  written  notice,  or  telephonic  notice  confirmed
         promptly thereafter in writing, of the issuance of a Facility Letter of
         Credit.
                                      -45-
<PAGE>
                  (d) Extension and Amendment.  An Issuing Bank shall not extend
         or amend any Facility Letter of Credit unless the  requirements of this
         Section  4.4 are met as though a new  Facility  Letter  of Credit  were
         being  requested and issued;  provided,  however,  that if the Facility
         Letter of Credit,  as originally  issued,  sets forth such extension or
         amendment,  then the Issuing Bank shall so extend or amend the Facility
         Letter of Credit upon the  request of Borrower  given in the manner set
         forth  in  Section  4.4(a)  and  upon  satisfaction  of the  terms  and
         conditions of Section 4.4(c).

                  (e) Other  Letters of Credit.  Any Bank may,  but shall not be
         obligated  to,  issue to  Borrower  Letters  of  Credit  (that  are not
         Facility  Letters of Credit) for its own account,  and at its own risk.
         None of the  provisions of this Article IV shall apply to any Letter of
         Credit that is not a Facility Letter of Credit.

                  (f)  Existing  Letters  of  Credit.  As of the  date  of  this
         Agreement,  certain of the Banks have previously  issued, and there are
         currently  outstanding,  Letters of Credit for the  benefit of Borrower
         and/or a Guarantor (the "Existing Letters of Credit"),  all pursuant to
         the  Refinanced  Loans.  Such  Existing  Letters of Credit shall remain
         outstanding  after  the date of this  Agreement.  Borrower  and/or  the
         applicable  Guarantor  remain  obligated  with  respect to the Existing
         Letters of Credit,  and the Refinanced  Loans shall remain  outstanding
         obligations  of  Borrower  to the  extent of such  Existing  Letters of
         Credit.  At the request of Borrower  from time to time pursuant to, and
         subject to the  limitations  and  procedures of,  Section  4.4(a),  the
         Existing  Letters of Credit shall be  converted to Facility  Letters of
         Credit.  The date of such conversion  shall be deemed to be the date of
         issuance  of such  Facility  Letter  of  Credit  for  purposes  of this
         Agreement,  including without  limitation,  for purposes of calculating
         the fees payable under Section 4.7.  Immediately  upon such conversion,
         the  Issuing  Bank,  through  Agent,  shall be  deemed to have sold and
         transferred,  and each Bank  shall be deemed  to have  irrevocably  and
         unconditionally  purchased and received from Agent, without recourse or
         warranty,  in each  case  without  further  action  on the  part of any
         Person, an undivided interest and participation, (ratably in proportion
         to the  ratio  that  such  Bank's  Commitment  bears  to the  Aggregate
         Commitment)  in such  Facility  Letter of Credit.  Each Bank  severally
         agrees  to fund any  disbursements  by the  Issuing  Bank  pursuant  to
         Existing  Letters of Credit by funding in accordance  with Section 4.6.
         The Existing  Letters of Credit converted to Facility Letters of Credit
         pursuant to this Section 4.4(f) shall be deemed to be Facility  Letters
         of Credit for all purposes under this  Agreement,  and shall be subject
         to all terms and conditions hereof.

         4.5 Duties of Issuing Bank.  Any action taken or omitted to be taken by
an Issuing Bank under or in connection  with any Facility  Letter of Credit,  if
taken or omitted in the absence of willful misconduct or gross negligence, shall
not put such Issuing Bank under any resulting 
                                      -46-
<PAGE>
liability to any Bank or,  assuming that such Issuing Bank has complied with the
procedures  specified  in  Section  4.4,  relieve  any  Bank of its  obligations
hereunder to such Issuing Bank. In determining whether to pay under any Facility
Letter of Credit,  the Issuing Bank shall have no  obligation  relative to Banks
other than to confirm that any  documents  required to be  delivered  under such
Facility  Letter of Credit appear to have been  delivered in compliance and that
they  appear to comply on their  face  with the  requirements  of such  Facility
Letter of Credit.

         4.6 Participation

                  (a) Proportionate Share of Banks. Immediately upon issuance by
         an Issuing Bank of any  Facility  Letter of Credit in  accordance  with
         Section  4.4,  each  Bank  shall  be  deemed  to have  irrevocably  and
         unconditionally  purchased and received from such Issuing Bank, without
         recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation  (ratably
         in  proportion  to the ratio that such Bank's  Commitment  bears to the
         Aggregate Commitment) in such Facility Letter of Credit.

                  (b) Payment by Issuing Bank. In the event that an Issuing Bank
         makes any  payment  under any  Facility  Letter of Credit and  Borrower
         shall not have repaid such amount to such Issuing Bank on or before the
         date of such  payment by such  Issuing  Bank,  such  Issuing Bank shall
         promptly so notify  Agent,  which  shall  promptly so notify each Bank.
         Upon   receipt  of  such   notice,   each  Bank  shall   promptly   and
         unconditionally  pay to Agent for the account of such  Issuing Bank the
         amount of such Bank's share  (ratably in  proportion  to the ratio that
         such  Bank's  Commitment  bears to the  Aggregate  Commitment)  of such
         payment in same day funds,  and Agent shall  promptly  pay such amount,
         and any other amounts received by Agent for such Issuing Bank's account
         pursuant to this  Section  4.6(b),  to such Issuing  Bank.  If Agent so
         notifies  such Bank prior to 10:00 a.m.,  Phoenix time, on any Business
         Day,  such Bank shall make  available  to Agent for the account of such
         Issuing  Bank such Bank's  share of the amount of such  payment on such
         Business  Day in same day funds.  If and to the extent  such Bank shall
         not have so made its share of the amount of such  payment  available to
         Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank,  such Bank agrees to pay to
         Agent for the account of such  Issuing  Bank  forthwith  on demand such
         amount, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such
         payment  was first due until the date such  amount is paid to Agent for
         the account of such Issuing Bank, at the Federal Funds  Effective Rate.
         The failure of any Bank to make  available  to Agent for the account of
         such  Issuing  Bank such  Bank's  share of any such  payment  shall not
         relieve any other Bank of its obligation hereunder to make available to
         Agent for the account of such  Issuing Bank its share of any payment on
         the date such payment is to be made.

                  (c) Advances. The payments made by Banks to an Issuing Bank in
         reimbursement  of amounts paid by it under a Facility  Letter of Credit
         shall
                                      -47-
<PAGE>
         constitute,  and Borrower hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that
         such payments shall constitute, Advances hereunder to Borrower and such
         payments  shall for all  purposes  be treated as  Advances  to Borrower
         (notwithstanding  that the  amounts  thereof  may not  comply  with the
         provisions  of Section  2.6).  Such  Advances  shall be  Floating  Rate
         Advances, subject to Borrower's rights under Article II hereof.

                  (d)  Copies of  Documents.  Upon the  request  of Agent or any
         Bank,  an Issuing Bank shall  furnish to the  requesting  Agent or Bank
         copies of any Facility Letter of Credit or  Reimbursement  Agreement to
         which such  Issuing Bank is party and such other  documentation  as may
         reasonably be requested by Agent or the Bank.

                  (e)  Obligations  of Banks.  The  obligations of Banks to make
         payments to Agent for the account of an Issuing  Bank with respect to a
         Facility  Letter of Credit  shall be  irrevocable,  not  subject to any
         qualification  or exception  whatsoever and shall be made in accordance
         with,  but not subject to, the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement
         under all circumstances notwithstanding:

                  (i)       any  lack  of  validity  or  enforceability  of this
                            Agreement,  any  Facility  Letter of Credit  (except
                            where  due  to  the  gross   negligence  or  willful
                            misconduct of the Issuing Bank), or any of the other
                            Loan Documents;

                  (ii)      the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other
                            right which  Borrower or any  Guarantor  may have at
                            any time against a  beneficiary  named in a Facility
                            Letter of Credit or any  transferee  of any Facility
                            Letter of Credit  (or any  Person  for whom any such
                            transferee may be acting), such Issuing Bank, Agent,
                            any Bank, or any other Person, whether in connection
                            with this Agreement,  any Facility Letter of Credit,
                            the   transactions   contemplated   herein   or  any
                            unrelated  transactions  (including  any  underlying
                            transactions  between Borrower or any Subsidiary and
                            the  beneficiary  named in any  Facility  Letter  of
                            Credit)   other  than  the  defense  of  payment  in
                            accordance with this Agreement or a defense based on
                            the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct of the
                            Issuing Bank;

                  (iii)     any  draft,   certificate   or  any  other  document
                            presented   under  the  Facility  Letter  of  Credit
                            proving  to  be  forged,   fraudulent,   invalid  or
                            insufficient in any respect of any statement therein
                            being untrue or inaccurate in any respect so long as
                            the payment by the Issuing Bank under such  Facility
                            Letter of Credit against 
                                      -48-
<PAGE>
                            presentation  of such  draft,  certificate  or other
                            document shall not have constituted gross negligence
                            or willful misconduct;

                  (iv)       the surrender or impairment of any security for the
                             performance  or  observance  of any of the terms of
                             any of the Loan Documents;

                  (v)        any  failure by Agent or the  Issuing  Bank to make
                             any reports required pursuant to Section 4.8; or

                  (vi)       the occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured
                             Event of Default.

         4.7 Compensation for Facility Letters of Credit

                  (a) Payment of Facility Letter of Credit Fee.  Borrower agrees
         to pay to Agent,  in the case of each  outstanding  Facility  Letter of
         Credit,  the  Facility  Letter  of  Credit  Fee  therefor,  payable  in
         quarterly installments in advance on the Issuance Date and on the first
         day of each  January,  April,  July and October after the Issuance Date
         (which  installment  shall be a pro rata portion of the annual Facility
         Letter of Credit Fee for the 3-month  period in which such payment date
         occurs).  If the  Issuance  Date is a date  other than the first day of
         January,  April, July or October,  then the first quarterly installment
         of the  Facility  Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable in arrears,  on
         the first day of January, April, July, or October, as applicable,  next
         following the Issuance Date.  Such initial  installment  shall be a pro
         rata portion of the annual Facility Letter of Credit Fee for the period
         commencing on the Issuance  Date and ending on the day  preceding  such
         payment date. Facility Letter of Credit Fees shall be calculated,  on a
         pro rata basis for the period to which such payment applies, for actual
         days that will  elapse  during such  period,  on the basis of a 360 day
         year.  Agent shall promptly remit such Facility  Letter of Credit Fees,
         when  paid,  to Banks  (ratably  in the  proportion  that  each  Bank's
         Commitment bears to the Aggregate Commitment).

                  (b)  Calculation  of Fee.  The  Facility  Letter of Credit Fee
         shall  be  determined  by  reference  to the  Senior  Debt  Rating,  in
         accordance with the following table:
                                      -49-
<PAGE>
                                                                 Applicable
                  Senior Debt                                 Letter of Credit
                    Rating                                        Rate (%)
                  -----------                                 ----------------

                  BBB-/Baa3 or higher                             1.125
                  BB+/Ba1                                         1.125
                  BB/Ba2                                          1.250
                  BB-/Ba3                                         1.250
                  B+/B1                                           1.375
                  Lower or no                                     1.375
                  Rating

                  (c)  Adjustment of Fee. The  Applicable  Letter of Credit Rate
         shall be adjusted,  as applicable  from time to time,  effective on the
         first  January  1,  April 1, June 1, or  October  1 to occur  after any
         change in the Senior Debt Rating.

                  (d) Changes to Ratings.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if
         either of the two (2) rating agencies selected by Borrower for purposes
         of calculating  the Applicable  Letter of Credit Rate shall not have in
         effect  a  Senior   Debt   Rating   for  a   reason   related   to  the
         creditworthiness  of Borrower or Guarantors or to any act or failure to
         act on the part of Borrower or Guarantors,  then the Applicable  Letter
         of Credit Rate shall be  determined  by reference to the last  category
         listed above,  and (ii) if the rating system used by either such rating
         agency shall change, or if neither rating agency shall have in effect a
         Senior Debt Rating and clause (i) above shall not be  applicable,  then
         Borrower and Banks, acting through Agent, shall negotiate in good faith
         to amend the  references  to  specific  ratings in this  definition  to
         reflect such changed rating system or the  non-availability  of ratings
         from such rating agencies.

                  (e) Amounts Owed to Issuing  Bank.  An Issuing Bank shall have
         the  right to  receive  solely  for its own  account  such  amounts  as
         Borrower  may  agree,  in  writing,  to pay to such  Issuing  Bank with
         respect to  issuance  fees and for such  Issuing  Bank's  out-of-pocket
         costs of issuing and servicing Facility Letters of Credit.

         4.8 Issuing Bank Reporting  Requirements.  Each Issuing Bank shall,  no
later than the tenth day following the last day of each month,  provide to Agent
a schedule of the Facility Letters of Credit issued by it, in form and substance
reasonably  satisfactory  to Agent,  showing the Issuance  Date,  account party,
original face amount,  amount (if any) paid thereunder,  expiration date and the
reference  number of each  Facility  Letter of  Credit  outstanding  at any time
during such month and the aggregate  amount (if any) payable by Borrower to such
Issuing Bank during the month  pursuant to Section  3.2.  Copies of such reports
shall be provided promptly to each Bank and Borrower by Agent.
                                      -50-
<PAGE>
         4.9 Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Bank's Duties

                  (a)  Indemnity.  In addition to amounts  payable as  elsewhere
         provided  in this  Article  IV,  Borrower  hereby  agrees  to  protect,
         indemnify,  pay and hold harmless  Agent and each Bank and Issuing Bank
         from and  against any and all claims,  demands,  liabilities,  damages,
         losses,  costs, charges and expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys'
         fees) arising from the claims of third parties  against Agent,  Issuing
         Bank or Bank as a consequence,  direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance
         of any Facility  Letter of Credit other than, in the case of an Issuing
         Bank,  as a result of its willful  misconduct or gross  negligence,  or
         (ii) the failure of an Issuing Bank issuing a Facility Letter of Credit
         to honor a drawing under such Facility  Letter of Credit as a result of
         any act or omission,  whether  rightful or wrongful,  of any present or
         future de jure or de facto government or governmental authority.

                  (b) Assumption of Risk. As among  Borrower,  Banks,  Agent and
         the Issuing Bank,  Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions
         of,  or  misuse of  Facility  Letters  of  Credit  by,  the  respective
         beneficiaries  of such Facility  Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and
         not in limitation of the foregoing,  neither the Issuing Bank nor Agent
         nor any Bank shall be responsible:

                            (i) for the form, validity,  sufficiency,  accuracy,
                  genuineness  or legal effect of any document  submitted by any
                  party in connection  with the  application for and issuance of
                  the  Facility  Letters  of  Credit,  even if it should in fact
                  prove  to be in  any or all  respects  invalid,  insufficient,
                  inaccurate, fraudulent or forged;

                            (ii)  for  the  validity  or   sufficiency   of  any
                  instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer
                  or  assign a  Facility  Letter  of  Credit  or the  rights  or
                  benefits  thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part,
                  which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason;

                            (iii) for failure of the  beneficiary  of a Facility
                  Letter of Credit to comply fully with  conditions  required in
                  order to draw upon such Facility Letter of Credit;

                            (iv) for errors, omissions,  interruptions or delays
                  in transmission or delivery of any messages,  by mail,  cable,
                  telegraph,  telex  or  otherwise,  whether  or not  they be in
                  cipher;

                            (v) for errors in interpretation of technical terms;
                                      -51-
<PAGE>
                            (vi) for any loss or  delay in the  transmission  or
                  otherwise of any document  required in order to make a drawing
                  under  any  Facility  Letter  of  Credit  or of  the  proceeds
                  thereof;

                            (vii) for the misapplication by the beneficiary of a
                  Facility Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under
                  such Facility Letter of Credit; and

                            (viii)  for any  consequences  arising  from  causes
                  beyond  the  control  of  Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank and Banks
                  including,  without limitation,  any act or omission,  whether
                  rightful or  wrongful,  of any present or future de jure or de
                  facto government or governmental authority.  None of the above
                  shall  affect,  impair,  or prevent  the vesting of any of the
                  Issuing Bank's rights or powers under this Section 4.9.

                   (c) Good  Faith.  In  furtherance  and  extension  and not in
         limitation of the specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action
         taken or  omitted by an Issuing  Bank under or in  connection  with the
         Facility  Letters of Credit or any  related  certificates,  if taken or
         omitted in good faith under commercially  reasonable  standards,  shall
         not put  such  Issuing  Bank,  Agent or any Bank  under  any  resulting
         liability  to  Borrower or relieve  Borrower of any of its  obligations
         hereunder to any such Person.

                   (d) Certain Acts of Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding anything to
         the contrary  contained in this  Section  4.9,  Borrower  shall have no
         obligation  to  indemnify  an Issuing  Bank under this  Section  4.9 in
         respect  of  any  liability  incurred  by  such  Issuing  Bank  arising
         primarily  out of the willful  misconduct  or gross  negligence of such
         Issuing Bank, as  determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction,  or
         out of the wrongful  dishonor by such  Issuing Bank of a proper  demand
         for payment  made under the Facility  Letters of Credit  issued by such
         Issuing Bank, unless such dishonor was made at the request of Borrower.

         4.10 No Obligation to Issue.  The Issuing Bank shall not at any time be
obligated to issue any Facility Letter of Credit if such issuance would conflict
with, or cause the Issuing Bank or any other Bank, to exceed any limits  imposed
by any applicable law, rule or regulation.

         4.11 Obligations of Issuing Bank and Other Banks.  Except to the extent
that a Bank shall have agreed to be designated as an Issuing Bank, no Bank shall
have any obligation to accept or approve any request for, or to issue,  amend or
extend,  any Letter of Credit, and the obligations of the Issuing Bank to issue,
amend or extend  any  Facility  Letter of Credit  are  expressly  limited by and
subject to the provisions of this Article IV.
                                      -52-
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                              --------------------

         5.1  Initial  Advance.  Banks shall not be required to make the initial
Advance  hereunder,  and the  Issuing  Bank shall not be  required  to issue the
initial Facility Letter of Credit  hereunder,  unless Borrower has paid to Agent
the fees set forth in the letter  agreement of even date herewith  between Agent
and  Borrower,  and Borrower has furnished to Agent with  sufficient  copies for
Banks:

                            (i) Copies of the  certificate of  incorporation  of
                   Borrower and each  Guarantor,  together with all  amendments,
                   and a  certificate  of good  standing,  all  certified by the
                   appropriate  governmental  officer  in  the  jurisdiction  of
                   incorporation.

                            (ii) Copies, certified by the Secretary or Assistant
                   Secretary  of  Borrower  and  each  Guarantor,  of each  such
                   corporation's   by-laws  and  of  its  Board  of   Directors'
                   resolutions  (and  resolutions  of other  bodies,  if any are
                   deemed  necessary  by counsel for any Bank)  authorizing  the
                   execution of the Loan Documents and the Guaranty.

                            (iii)  Incumbency  certificates,   executed  by  the
                   Secretary  or  Assistant   Secretary  of  Borrower  and  each
                   Guarantor,  which  shall  identify by name and title and bear
                   the  signature  of  the  officers  of  the  such  corporation
                   authorized  to sign the Loan  Documents  and the Guaranty (as
                   applicable) and (if applicable) to make borrowings  hereunder
                   and to  request,  apply for and  execute  Facility  Letter of
                   Credit  Reimbursement  Agreements  with  respect to  Facility
                   Letters of Credit hereunder,  upon which certificates  Agent,
                   Banks and the  Issuing  Bank shall be  entitled to rely until
                   informed  of  any  change  in  writing  by  Borrower  or  the
                   applicable Guarantor.

                            (iv) A written opinion of Cahill,  Gordon & Reindel,
                   counsel to Borrower  and  Guarantors,  addressed to Agent and
                   Banks in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto.

                            (v)  A  written   opinion  of  General   Counsel  of
                   Borrower,  addressed to Agent and Banks in substantially  the
                   form of Exhibit G hereto.

                            (vi) A written  opinion of local counsel to Borrower
                   and Guarantors, addressed to Agent and Banks in substantially
                   the form of Exhibit H hereto.
                                      -53-
<PAGE>
                            (vii) Evidence  acceptable to Agent  indicating that
                   no material accounting adjustments have occurred with respect
                   to Borrower's consolidated financial statements in connection
                   with the adoption of FASB 121.

                            (viii) Notes payable to the order of each of Banks.

                            (ix) Written money  transfer  instructions,  in form
                   acceptable  to Agent,  addressed  to Agent  and  signed by an
                   Authorized  Officer,  together  with such other related money
                   transfer   authorizations   as  Agent  may  have   reasonably
                   requested.

                            (x) The Guaranty duly executed by Guarantors.

                            (xi) Evidence  satisfactory  to Agent (A) of payment
                   in full (which  payment may be made from the  proceeds of the
                   initial Advance hereunder) of all obligations of Borrower and
                   Guarantors to, and termination of the financing  arrangements
                   evidenced by, the  Refinanced  Loans,  and (B) that all Liens
                   securing the obligations and financing  arrangements  related
                   to the Refinanced Loans shall be discharged promptly,  but in
                   no event later than ninety (90) days,  following  the payment
                   of such obligations.

                            (xii) An accurate list of all of the Subsidiaries of
                   Borrower and each Guarantor,  setting forth their  respective
                   jurisdictions   of   incorporation   or  formation   and  the
                   percentage of their  respective  capital stock or partnership
                   interests  owned  by  Borrower  or  any  Guarantor  or  their
                   Subsidiaries.

                            (xiii) Such other  documents  as any Bank or Issuing
                   Bank  or  their   respective   counsel  may  have  reasonably
                   requested.

         5.2 Each  Advance.  Banks  shall not be  required  to make any  Advance
(other  than the  conversion  of an Advance of one Type to an Advance of another
Type that does not  increase  the  aggregate  amount of  outstanding  Advances),
unless on the  applicable  Borrowing  Date,  and an  Issuing  Bank  shall not be
required  to issue,  amend or extend a Facility  Letter of Credit  unless on the
applicable Issuance Date:

                   (i) There  exists no Event of Default or  Unmatured  Event of
         Default.

                   (ii) The representations and warranties  contained in Article
         VI are true and correct in all material  respects as of such  Borrowing
         Date or Issuance Date except to the extent any such  representation  or
         warranty is stated to relate  solely to an earlier  date, in which case
         such  representation  or  warranty  shall  be true and  correct  in all
         material respects on and as of such earlier date and except for changes
         permitted by this Agreement.
                                      -54-
<PAGE>
                   (iii)  After the making of such  Advance or  issuance of such
         Facility  Letter of Credit,  (A) the  principal  amount of all Advances
         plus the aggregate amount of the Facility Letter of Credit  Obligations
         outstanding  shall not exceed  the  Aggregate  Commitment,  and (B) the
         aggregate principal amount of all Advances plus the aggregate amount of
         the Facility  Letter of Credit  Obligations  plus the Aggregate  Senior
         Indebtedness   outstanding   shall  not  exceed  the   Borrowing   Base
         (determined as of the most recent Inventory Valuation Date).

                   (iv) Borrower shall have delivered to Agent,  within the time
         period  specified in Section 2.8, a duly completed  Borrowing Notice in
         substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto.

                   (v) All  legal  matters  incident  to (A) the  making of such
         Advance shall be reasonably  satisfactory  to Agent and its counsel and
         (B) the issuance of such Facility  Letter of Credit shall be reasonably
         satisfactory to Agent, such Issuing Bank and their respective counsel.

         Each  Borrowing  Notice  with  respect  to each such  Advance  and each
request for a Facility Letter of Credit shall  constitute a  representation  and
warranty by Borrower that the conditions  contained in Sections  5.2(i) and (ii)
have been satisfied.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------

         Borrower represents and warrants to Banks and Agent that:

         6.1   Existence  and   Standing.   Borrower  is  a   corporation   duly
incorporated,  validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of its
jurisdiction  of  incorporation  and has all requisite  authority to conduct its
business in each  jurisdiction in which its business is conducted (except to the
extent that a failure to maintain  such  existence,  good  standing or authority
would not  reasonably  be expected to have and does not have a Material  Adverse
Effect). Each Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all
requisite  authority to conduct its business in each  jurisdiction  in which its
business is  conducted  (except to the extent  that a failure to  maintain  such
existence,  good standing or authority  would not reasonably be expected to have
and does not have a Material Adverse Effect).

         6.2  Authorization  and Validity.  Borrower has the corporate power and
authority  to  execute  and  deliver  the  Loan  Documents  and to  perform  its
obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution and delivery by Borrower of
the Loan Documents and the performance of its  obligations  thereunder have been
duly  authorized  and the Loan  Documents  constitute  legal,  valid and binding
obligations of Borrower  enforceable  against  Borrower in accordance with their
terms,
                                      -55-
<PAGE>
subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws affecting the  enforcement of
creditors'  rights generally and general  principles of equity.  Guarantors have
the  corporate  power and  authority to execute and deliver the Guaranty and the
Loan  Documents  and to perform its  obligations  thereunder.  The execution and
delivery  by  Guarantors  of  the  Guaranty  and  the  Loan  Documents  and  the
performance of its  obligations  thereunder have been duly  authorized,  and the
Guaranty  and the  Loan  Documents  constitute  the  legal,  valid  and  binding
obligations  of Guarantors  enforceable  against  Guarantors in accordance  with
their terms,  subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws  affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity.

         6.3 No Conflict; Government Consent. Neither the execution and delivery
by Borrower of the Loan  Documents or by each  Guarantor of the Guaranty and the
Loan Documents,  nor the consummation of the transactions  herein  contemplated,
nor  compliance  with the  provisions  hereof or  thereof  will  violate  in any
material respect any law, rule, regulation,  order, writ, judgment,  injunction,
decree or award  binding on Borrower or each  Guarantor  or  Borrower's  or such
Guarantor's  certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws or the  provisions of any
indenture (including without limitation the Indenture),  instrument or agreement
to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party or is subject,  or by which it, or
its Property, is bound, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder,  or
result in the  creation or  imposition  of any Lien in, of or on the Property of
Borrower  or  each  Guarantor  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such  indenture,
instrument or agreement. Except as set forth on Schedule "6.3" hereto, no order,
consent,  approval,  license,   authorization,  or  validation  of,  or  filing,
recording or registration with, or exemption by, any governmental or public body
or  authority,  or any  subdivision  thereof,  is required to  authorize,  or is
required in connection  with the execution,  delivery and performance of, or the
legality,  validity,  binding  effect  or  enforceability  of,  any of the  Loan
Documents or the Guaranty.

         6.4  Financial  Statements.  The  May  31,  1995  audited  consolidated
financial  statements of Borrower and the February 28, 1996 unaudited  financial
statements  of Borrower and the  Subsidiaries  delivered to Banks were  prepared
pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Such  statements  fairly present,  in all material  respects,  the  consolidated
financial condition and operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date
and the consolidated results of their operations for the period then ended.

         6.5 Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the financial statements
(whether  quarterly or annual) of Borrower and  Guarantors  described in Section
6.4, there has been no change in the business, Property, condition (financial or
otherwise)  or results of  operations  of Borrower  and  Guarantors  (taken as a
whole) that has had or would  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

         6.6 Taxes.  Borrower and each  Guarantor  have filed all United  States
federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required
to be filed and have paid all taxes due  pursuant to said returns or pursuant to
any assessment received by Borrower or any Guarantor, except such taxes, if any,
as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate 
                                      -56-
<PAGE>
reserves have been  provided.  No tax Liens (except  Permitted  Liens) have been
filed and no claims  are being  asserted  with  respect to any such  taxes.  The
charges,  accruals and  reserves on the books of Borrower and each  Guarantor in
respect of any taxes or other  governmental  charges are adequate in  accordance
with GAAP.

         6.7  Litigation  and  Contingent  Obligations.  Except  as set forth in
Borrower's  form 10-K  report for the period  ending May 31,  1995,  there is no
litigation,  arbitration,  governmental  investigation,  proceeding  or  inquiry
pending or, to the knowledge of any Authorized  Officer,  threatened  against or
affecting Borrower or any Guarantor that has had or would reasonably be expected
to have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Other than any liability  incident to such
litigation,  arbitration  or  proceedings,  Borrower and each  Guarantor have no
material  contingent  obligations not provided for or disclosed in the financial
statements  (whether  quarterly or annual) of Borrower and Guarantors  that have
been most recently delivered by Guarantors and Borrower to Agent that has had or
would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.8 Subsidiaries.  All of the issued and outstanding  shares of capital
stock of  Borrower  and each  Guarantor  have been duly  authorized  and validly
issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

         6.9 ERISA. The Unfunded Liabilities of all Single Employer Plans do not
in  the  aggregate   exceed   $5,000,000.00.   The  withdrawal   liabilities  to
Multiemployer  Plans of the Borrower,  any Guarantor and any other member of the
Controlled   Group  do  not,  and  are  not   reasonably   expected  to,  exceed
$5,000,000.00 in the aggregate. Each Plan complies in all material respects with
all applicable  requirements  of law and  regulations,  no Reportable  Event has
occurred with respect to any Plan,  neither Borrower,  nor any Guarantor nor any
other member of the Controlled Group has withdrawn from any  Multiemployer  Plan
or initiated steps to do so, and no steps have been taken to terminate any Plan.

         6.10 Accuracy of  Information.  All factual  information  heretofore or
contemporaneously  furnished  in  writing  by or on  behalf of  Borrower  or any
Guarantor  to Agent  or any Bank for  purposes  of or in  connection  with  this
Agreement or any transaction  contemplated hereby is, and all other such factual
information  hereafter  furnished  in writing by or on behalf of Borrower or any
Guarantor to Agent or any Bank will be, true and accurate (taken as a whole), in
all  material  respects,  on the date as of which such  information  is dated or
certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to
make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time.

         6.11  Regulation  U.  Neither  Borrower,  nor  any  Guarantor  nor  any
Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the
business of extending  credit for the purpose of purchasing  or carrying  Margin
Stock (as defined in Regulation U).

         6.12  Material  Agreements.  Neither  Borrower nor any  Guarantor is in
default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations,
covenants or  conditions
                                      -57-
<PAGE>
contained in (i) any agreement to which it is a party,  (ii) the Indenture,  the
Old  Indenture or the  Convertible  Notes  Indenture,  or (iii) any agreement or
instrument evidencing or governing any other Indebtedness,  which default (as to
clauses  (i) and (iii) only) has had or would  reasonably  be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

         6.13 Labor  Disputes  and Acts of God.  Neither  the  business  nor the
Property  of Borrower or of any  Guarantor  is affected by any fire,  explosion,
accident,  strike,  lockout,  or other  labor  dispute,  drought,  storm,  hail,
earthquake,  embargo,  act of God or of the  public  enemy,  or  other  casualty
(whether  or not covered by  insurance),  which has had or would  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.14  Ownership.  Borrower and each  Guarantor  have title to, or valid
leasehold interests in, all of their respective  properties and assets, real and
personal,  including the properties and assets and leasehold interests reflected
in the  financial  statements  referred  to in Section 6.4 (except to the extent
that (i) such  properties or assets have been disposed of in the ordinary course
of  business  or (ii) the  failure  to have such title has not had and would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

         6.15  Operation of Business.  Borrower and each  Guarantor  possess all
licenses, permits, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade names,
or rights thereto, to conduct their respective  businesses  substantially as now
conducted,  and as presently  proposed to be conducted,  with such exceptions as
have not had and would not  reasonably  be expected  to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

         6.16 Laws;  Environment.  Except as set forth in  Borrower's  form 10-K
report for the period ending May 31, 1995, Borrower and each Guarantor have duly
complied,  and their businesses,  operations and Property are in compliance,  in
all material  respects,  with the  provisions of all federal,  state,  and local
statutes,  laws, codes, and ordinances and all rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder  (including  without  limitation  those relating to the  environment,
health  and  safety).  Except as set forth in the form  10-K  described  herein,
Borrower and each Guarantor have been issued all required  federal,  state,  and
local  permits,  licenses,  certificates,  and  approvals  relating  to (1)  air
emissions;  (2) discharges to surface water or groundwater;  (3) solid or liquid
waste disposal; (4) the use, generation, storage, transportation, or disposal of
toxic or hazardous substances or hazardous wastes (intended hereby and hereafter
to include any and all such  materials  listed in any federal,  state,  or local
law, code, or ordinance and all rules and regulations  promulgated thereunder as
hazardous);  or (5) other  environmental,  health or safety  matters.  Except in
accordance with a valid governmental permit, license, certificate or approval or
as set  forth in the form  10-K  described  herein,  to the  best  knowledge  of
Borrower, there has been no material emission, spill, release, or discharge into
or upon (1) the air; (2) soils, or any improvements located thereon; (3) surface
water or  groundwater;  or (4) the  sewer,  septic  system  or waste  treatment,
storage or disposal system servicing any Property of Borrower or a Guarantor, of
any toxic or hazardous  substances or hazardous wastes at or from such Property.
Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor has received notice of any written complaint,
order, directive,  claim,
                                      -58-
<PAGE>
citation, or notice from any governmental authority or any person or entity with
respect  to  violations  of  law  or  damage  by  reason  of  Borrower's  or any
Guarantor's (1) air emissions;  (2) spills,  releases, or discharges to soils or
improvements  located thereon,  surface water,  groundwater or the sewer, septic
system or waste treatment,  storage or disposal systems  servicing any Property;
(3)  solid  or   liquid   waste   disposal;   (4)  use,   generation,   storage,
transportation, or disposal of toxic or hazardous substances or hazardous waste;
or (5) other  environmental,  health or safety matters affecting Borrower or any
Guarantor or its  business,  operation  or Property.  Except as set forth in the
form 10-K described herein,  neither Borrower nor any Guarantor has any material
Indebtedness,  obligation, or liability, absolute or contingent,  matured or not
matured,  with respect to the storage,  treatment,  cleanup,  or disposal of any
solid  wastes,   hazardous  wastes,  or  other  toxic  or  hazardous  substances
(including without limitation any such  indebtedness,  obligation,  or liability
with respect to any current  regulation,  law or statute regarding such storage,
treatment,  cleanup, or disposal). A matter will not constitute a breach of this
Section 6.16 unless it is reasonably likely to result in costs or liabilities to
Borrower or a Guarantor in excess of $2,500,000.00 in the aggregate.

         6.17 Investment  Company Act.  Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor is an
"investment  company"  or a company  "controlled"  by an  "investment  company,"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         6.18 Public  Utility  Holding  Company  Act.  Neither  Borrower nor any
Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of
a  "holding  company,"  or  an  "affiliate"  of  a  "holding  company"  or  of a
"subsidiary  company" of a "holding  company,"  within the meaning of the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

         6.19 Subordination Provisions.  The Obligations to the Banks constitute
Senior  Indebtedness,  as defined in the Convertible  Notes Indenture,  which is
entitled to the  benefits of the  subordination  provisions  of the  Convertible
Notes.

         6.20 Indenture Provisions.  Each Guarantor is a Wholly-Owned Restricted
Subsidiary,  as that term is defined in the Indenture.  Each Guarantor hereunder
is a  Guarantor,  as that term is  defined  in the  Indenture.  The  Commitments
constitute a Bank Facility, as that term is defined in the Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                              ---------------------

         During the term of this  Agreement,  unless the  Required  Banks  shall
otherwise consent in writing:
<PAGE>
         7.1 Financial  Reporting.  Borrower will maintain,  and will cause each
Guarantor to maintain,  a system of accounting  established and  administered in
accordance with GAAP, and furnish to Banks:

                            (i)  Within 90 days  after the close of each  fiscal
         year,  (A) an  unqualified  (or qualified as  reasonably  acceptable to
         Agent) audited financial statements of Borrower certified by one of the
         "Big Six" accounting firms or other nationally  recognized  independent
         certified public accountants,  reasonably acceptable to Banks, prepared
         in accordance  with GAAP on a  consolidated  basis,  including  balance
         sheets as of the end of such fiscal year and  statements  of income and
         retained  earnings and a statement of cash flows,  in each case setting
         forth in  comparative  form the figures for the preceding  fiscal year,
         and (B) unaudited  financial  statements,  prepared in accordance  with
         GAAP (excluding  footnotes) on a  consolidating  basis for Borrower and
         its respective Subsidiaries,  including balance sheets as of the end of
         such fiscal year and statements of income.

                            (ii) Within  forty-five (45) days after the close of
         the first three (3) quarterly periods of each fiscal year, for Borrower
         and each Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
         and a consolidating basis,  unaudited financial  statements,  including
         balance sheets as of the end of such period,  statements of income and,
         with respect to the consolidated  financial  statements only,  retained
         earnings and a statement of cash flows, in each case for the portion of
         the fiscal year ending with such fiscal  period,  all  certified  by an
         Authorized Officer.  All consolidated balance sheets shall set forth in
         comparative  form figures for the  preceding  year end. All such income
         statements shall reflect current period and year-to-date figures.

                            (iii)   Annually,   together   with  the   financial
         statements  described in clause (i) above,  a copy of the business plan
         of Borrower and each  Guarantor  for the upcoming two (2) fiscal years,
         including,  as to Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet,  statement of
         income and projection of cash flows.

                            (iv) Within  forty-five (45) days of the end of each
         of the first three  quarterly  periods of each fiscal year, a quarterly
         variance  analysis  comparing actual quarterly results versus projected
         quarterly results for the fiscal quarter most recently ended, including
         an analysis of revenues,  Housing Unit Closings and  operating  profits
         (by operating  division)  for such period,  and such other items as are
         reasonably  requested by Agent,  together with a written explanation of
         material variances.

                            (v)  Within  90 days  after  the end of each  fiscal
         year, a variance  analysis  comparing  actual annual results versus the
         business  plan for the fiscal year most  recently  ended,  including an
         analysis of revenues,  Housing Unit Closings and 
                                      -60-
<PAGE>
         operating  profits (by operating  division)  for such period,  and such
         other  items as are  reasonably  requested  by Agent,  together  with a
         written explanation of material variances.

                            (vi) By the twentieth day of each calendar  month, a
         Borrowing Base Certificate of an Authorized Officer for Borrower,  with
         respect to the Inventory  Valuation  Date  occurring on the last day of
         the immediately preceding calendar month.

                            (vii) Within  forty-five  (45) days after the end of
         each quarterly  period of each fiscal year, a report  identifying as to
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries the inventory of real estate  operations,
         including  land and housing  units as of such date;  such summary shall
         include a delineation of sold or unsold items in each category.

                            (viii) Within  forty-five (45) days after the end of
         each of the first three quarterly periods,  and within ninety (90) days
         after the end, of each fiscal  year,  a  certificate  of an  Authorized
         Officer as to Borrower's  compliance with the Financial  Covenant Tests
         in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

                            (ix)  Within 270 days after the close of each fiscal
         year, a statement of the Unfunded  Liabilities of each Single  Employer
         Plan,  certified as correct by an actuary  enrolled  under ERISA (which
         requirement  may be  satisfied  by the  delivery  of  the  most  recent
         actuarial valuation of each such Single Employer Plan).

                            (x) As soon as possible  and in any event within ten
         (10) days after Borrower  knows that any Reportable  Event has occurred
         with respect to any Plan, a statement,  signed by an Authorized Officer
         of  Borrower,  describing  said  Reportable  Event and the action which
         Borrower (or any Guarantor) proposes to take with respect thereto.

                            (xi) As soon as  possible,  and in any event  within
         thirty  (30) days after  Borrower  knows or has reason to know that any
         circumstances  exist  that  constitute  grounds  entitling  the PBGC to
         institute proceedings to terminate a Plan subject to ERISA with respect
         to Borrower or any member of the  Controlled  Group and promptly but in
         any event  within two (2)  Business  Days of receipt by  Borrower,  any
         Guarantor or any member of the Controlled Group of notice that the PBGC
         intends to  terminate  a Plan or appoint a trustee  to  administer  the
         same,  and promptly  but in any event within five (5) Business  Days of
         the receipt of notice concerning the imposition of withdrawal liability
         in excess of $500,000.00 with respect to Borrower, any Guarantor or any
         member of the Controlled Group, a certificate of an Authorized  Officer
         setting  forth all relevant  details of such event
                                      -61-
<PAGE>
         and the action which Borrower (or any Guarantor)  proposes to take with
         respect thereto.

                            (xii) Promptly after the sending or filing  thereof,
         copies of all proxy statements,  financial  statements  (including form
         10-K and 10-Q,  exclusive  of exhibits  unless  otherwise  requested by
         Agent),  and reports  which  Borrower  sends to its  stockholders,  and
         copies of all regular (except form S-8), periodic, and special reports,
         and all registration statements (exclusive of exhibits unless otherwise
         requested  by  Agent)  which  Borrower  is  required  to file  with the
         Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental  authority which
         may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange.

                            (xiii)  Promptly  after  the  commencement  thereof,
         notice  of all  actions,  suits  and  proceedings  before  any court or
         governmental   department,   commission,   board,  bureau,  agency,  or
         instrumentality,   domestic  or  foreign,  affecting  Borrower  or  any
         Guarantor  (a)  which,  if  determined  adversely  to  Borrower  or any
         Guarantor,  could  reasonably  be expected  to have a Material  Adverse
         Effect or (b) in which  liability  in excess of  $2,500,000.00  (in the
         aggregate  with respect to any action,  suit or  proceeding) is claimed
         and alleged against Borrower or any Guarantor.

                            (xiv) As soon as  possible  and in any event  within
         ten (10) days after receipt by Borrower or any Guarantor, a copy of (a)
         any  written  notice  or  claim  to the  effect  that  Borrower  or any
         Guarantor  is or may be liable to any Person as a result of the release
         of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment,  and
         (b) any notice  alleging any  violation of any federal,  state or local
         environmental,  health or safety law or  regulation  by Borrower or any
         Guarantor  which, in the case of either (a) or (b), could reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or could result in liability
         to  Borrower  or any  Guarantor  in  excess  of  $2,500,000.00  (in the
         aggregate with respect to any notice or claim).

                            (xv) Such other information (including non-financial
         information) as Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

         7.2 Use of  Proceeds.  Subject  to the  limitations  contained  in this
Agreement,  Borrower  will use the proceeds of Advances for working  capital and
general corporate purposes (including payment of reimbursement  obligations with
respect to Facility  Letters of Credit and payment of the Set Aside  Amount) and
to repay  outstanding  Advances.  Borrower  will not,  and will not  permit  any
Guarantor or Subsidiary  to, use any of the proceeds of the Advances to purchase
or carry any "margin stock" (as defined in Regulation U) or, except as otherwise
permitted by this Agreement,  to purchase any securities in any transaction that
is subject to  Sections 13 and 14 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.
                                      -62-
<PAGE>
         7.3  Notice of  Certain  Events.  Borrower  will,  and will  cause each
Guarantor  to, give prompt  notice in writing to Agent of the  occurrence of (i)
any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default,  (ii) Borrower's  failure to
satisfy any Financial Covenant Test, and (iii) any other development,  financial
or otherwise,  that has had or would be  reasonably  expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         7.4  Conduct of  Business.  Except as  otherwise  permitted  under this
Agreement, Borrower will, and will cause each Guarantor to, carry on and conduct
business  in the same  general  manner and in  substantially  the same fields of
enterprise as presently  conducted and to do all things necessary to remain duly
incorporated, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic corporation in
their  respective  jurisdictions  of  incorporation  and maintain all  requisite
authority  to  conduct  business  in each  jurisdiction  in  which  business  is
conducted;  provided,  however, that nothing contained herein shall prohibit the
dissolution of a Guarantor as long as another  Guarantor or Borrower succeeds to
the assets, liabilities and business of the dissolved Guarantor.

         7.5 Taxes.  Borrower  will, and will cause each Guarantor to, pay prior
to delinquency all taxes,  assessments and governmental  charges and levies upon
them or their income, profits or Property, except (i) those that solely encumber
property  abandoned  or in the process of being  abandoned  and with  respect to
which there is no recourse  to Borrower or any  Subsidiary;  (ii) those that are
being  contested in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and with respect to
which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, and (iii)
to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have
and does not have a Material Adverse Effect.

         7.6  Insurance.  Borrower  will,  and will  cause  each  Guarantor  to,
maintain with financially sound and reputable  insurance  companies insurance on
all their Property in such amounts and covering such risks as is consistent with
sound  business  practice,  and Borrower will furnish to Agent upon request full
information as to the insurance carried.

         7.7 Compliance with Laws.  Borrower will, and will cause each Guarantor
to,  comply  with  all  laws,  rules,  regulations,  orders,  writs,  judgments,
injunctions,  decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except to the extent
that the failure to do so would not  reasonably be expected to have and does not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

         7.8  Maintenance  of  Properties.  Borrower  will,  and will cause each
Guarantor to, do all things  necessary to maintain,  preserve,  protect and keep
its Property in good repair,  working order and condition,  except to the extent
that the failure to do so would not  reasonably be expected to have and does not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

         7.9 Inspection. Borrower will, and will cause each Guarantor to, permit
Agent and Banks, by their respective  representatives and agents, to inspect any
of the Property,  corporate  (or  partnership)  books and  financial  records of
Borrower and  Guarantors to examine and make 
                                      -63-
<PAGE>
copies of the books of accounts  and other  financial  records of  Borrower  and
Guarantors,  and to discuss the  affairs,  finances and accounts of Borrower and
Guarantors with, and to be advised as to the same by, their respective  officers
at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent may designate.

         7.10  Environment.  Borrower  will,  and will cause  Guarantor  to, (i)
comply, in all material respects, with the provisions of all federal, state, and
local  environmental,  health,  and safety laws,  codes and ordinances,  and all
rules and regulations  issued  thereunder;  (ii) promptly  contain and remove or
otherwise  remediate any hazardous  discharge  from or affecting the Property of
Borrower or any Guarantor,  to the extent required by and in compliance with all
applicable  laws;  (iii) promptly pay any fine or penalty assessed in connection
therewith  or contest the same in good faith;  and (iv) permit  Agent to inspect
such   Property,   to  conduct  tests   thereon,   and  to  inspect  all  books,
correspondence,  and records  pertaining thereto at reasonable hours and places;
and (v) at the request of the Required Banks, and at Borrower's expense, provide
a report of a qualified environmental engineer, satisfactory in scope, form, and
content to the Required Banks, and such other and further assurances  reasonably
satisfactory  to the  Required  Banks  that  any  new  condition  or  occurrence
hereafter  identified  in any  updated  form  10-K or 10-Q has  been  corrected;
provided that a failure to comply with the provisions of clauses (i) through (v)
of this  Section 7.10 shall not  constitute  an Event of Default or an Unmatured
Event of Default  unless such  noncompliance  has  resulted in or is  reasonably
likely to result in costs or liabilities to Borrower or a Guarantor in excess of
$2,500,000.00.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS
                               ------------------

         During the term of the  Agreement,  unless  the  Required  Banks  shall
otherwise consent in writing:

         8.1 Dividends. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to,
directly or indirectly,  declare, make or pay, or incur any liability to make or
pay, or cause or permit to be declared,  made or paid, any Dividend if, prior to
or after giving effect to the  declaration  and payment of any  Dividend,  there
shall exist any Event of Default under this Agreement.  The foregoing  paragraph
will not prevent the payment of any Dividend by Borrower  within sixty (60) days
after the date of its  declaration  if such Dividend could have been made on the
date of its declaration in compliance with the foregoing provisions.

         8.2 Indebtedness.  Borrower will not, and will not permit any Guarantor
to,  create,  incur  or  suffer  to  exist  any  Indebtedness,  except,  without
duplication and without duplication as to Borrower and Guarantors:

                           (i)       The Loans and the Guaranty.
                                      -64-
<PAGE>
                           (ii)  Indebtedness  existing  on the date hereof (and
         not  otherwise  permitted  under this  Section  8.2) and  described  in
         Schedule  "8.2(ii)"  hereto and Refinancing  Indebtedness  with respect
         thereto.

                           (iii)  Indebtedness   under  a  Warehouse   Facility;
         provided that the amount of such Indebtedness (including funding drafts
         issued  thereunder)  outstanding  at any time  pursuant  to this clause
         (iii)   guaranteed   by  Borrower  or  any  Guarantor  may  not  exceed
         $30,000,000.00  and the amount of such Indebtedness  (excluding funding
         drafts  issued  thereunder)  shall not  exceed  98% of the value of the
         mortgages pledged to secure Indebtedness thereunder.

                           (iv) Rate Hedging Obligations.

                           (v) Intercompany  Indebtedness between Borrower,  any
         Guarantor  and/or any Subsidiary,  provided that, as to Indebtedness of
         Borrower to Guarantors, such Indebtedness is subordinated by Guarantors
         under the Guaranty to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent.

                           (vi) Trade  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses
         arising or occurring in the ordinary course of business.

                           (vii)  Indebtedness  constituting  Capitalized  Lease
         Obligations.

                           (viii) Indebtedness with respect to Letters of Credit
         (including  Facility  Letters of Credit) in an  aggregate  face  amount
         outstanding at any time not to exceed $20,000,000.00.

                           (ix)  Non-Recourse   Indebtedness   incurred  in  the
         ordinary course of business in an aggregate  amount  outstanding at any
         time not to exceed $25,000,000.00.

                           (x)  Indebtedness  in respect of  performance  bonds,
         completion   bonds,   surety  and  similar  bonds  and   guarantees  of
         performance or banker's  acceptances entered into in the ordinary cause
         of business.

                           (xi)  Indebtedness  evidenced  by  the  Senior  Notes
         (including  any related  guaranties  in effect that are required by the
         terms of the Indenture), the Old Senior Notes and the Convertible Notes
         and Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto.

                           (xii)  Indebtedness  not otherwise  permitted by this
         Section  8.2 in an  aggregate  amount  outstanding  at any  time not to
         exceed $35,000,000.00.
                                      -65-
<PAGE>
         8.3 Merger.  Borrower  will not, nor will it permit any  Guarantor  to,
merge or consolidate with or into any other Person, unless:

                           (i) the Guarantor is merging with any other Guarantor
         or  Borrower,   and  Borrower,   if   applicable,   is  the  continuing
         corporation; or

                           (ii) a Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) is merging
         with Borrower or any Guarantor or another  Subsidiary,  and Borrower or
         the Guarantor, if applicable, is the continuing corporation; and

                           (iii) no Event of Default  shall exist or shall occur
         after giving effect to such transaction; and

                           (iv)  after  giving   effect  to  such   transaction,
         Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenant Tests; and

                           (v) (a) the other Person to the  transaction  is in a
         Related  Business or, (b) if not in a Related  Business,  the aggregate
         net worth of the acquired non-related entities of all such transactions
         during  any  24-month  period  shall  not  exceed  $10,000,000.00,  and
         Borrower or the Guarantor, if involved in the merger, is the continuing
         corporation; and

                           (vi)  the  transaction  is not  otherwise  prohibited
         under this Agreement; and

                           (vii)  if   required   by   Agent,   the   continuing
         corporation  ratifies and confirms by  supplemental  document in a form
         reasonably  satisfactory to Agent all of the obligations of Borrower or
         such Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents and/or the
         Guaranty.

         8.4  Sale of  Assets.  Borrower  will  not,  and will  not  permit  any
Guarantor to,  lease,  sell or otherwise  dispose of its  Property,  in a single
transaction  or a series of  transactions,  to any other  Person  except (i) for
sales or leases in the ordinary course of business,  and (ii) for leases,  sales
or other dispositions of its Property that,  together with all other Property of
Borrower or such Guarantor previously leased, sold or disposed of (other than in
the ordinary  course of business) as permitted by this Section  during the month
in which any such lease, sale or other  disposition  occurs, do not constitute a
Material Portion of the Property of Borrower or such Guarantor.

         For  purposes of this  Section  8.4,  "Material  Portion"  means,  with
respect to the Property of Borrower or any Guarantor,  Property which represents
more than 25% of the book value of all assets of Borrower or such Guarantor.  If
a Material Portion of the Property of Borrower or any Guarantor is leased,  sold
or disposed of in violation of this Section 8.4, Borrower shall pay 
                                      -66-
<PAGE>
to Agent for the benefit of Banks at the time of such lease,  sale or  disposal,
all amounts owed by Borrower  pursuant to Section  2.2,  taking into account the
effect of lease, sale or disposal.

         8.5  Investments  and  Acquisitions.  Borrower  will not,  and will not
permit any  Guarantor  to,  make or suffer to exist any  Investments  (including
without   limitation,   loans  and  advances  to,  and  other   Investments  in,
Subsidiaries), or commitments therefor, or to create any Subsidiary or to become
or  remain  a  partner  in any  partnership  or  joint  venture,  or to make any
Acquisition of any Person, except:

                           (i) Investments in Cash Equivalents.

                           (ii) Loans or advances made to officers, directors or
         employees of Borrower or any Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

                           (iii)   Investments  in  interests  in  issuances  of
         collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  mortgages (including funding by
         Borrower of mortgages  originated by a Guarantor in the ordinary course
         of business), mortgage loan servicing or other mortgage related assets.

                           (iv)  Investments  of Borrower in a Guarantor or of a
         Guarantor in Borrower or another Guarantor; provided, however, that the
         aggregate  amount of such Investments of Borrower and all Guarantors in
         all mortgage lending and title insurance Subsidiaries (other than those
         described  in  clause  (iii)  above)  shall  not  at  any  time  exceed
         $15,000,000.00 in the aggregate.

                           (v)  Investments  in  existence  on the date  hereof,
         including without limitation, Investments in the Surprise Entities, but
         only to the extent of the Investments made prior to the date hereof and
         future  Investments  that may be  required  pursuant  to the  operating
         agreements of the Surprise Entities in an aggregate amount  (calculated
         from the date hereof) not to exceed $6,000,000.00.

                           (vi)  Investments  in joint  ventures,  partnerships,
         limited liability companies or other similar business  organizations in
         which any Person other than Borrower or a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary has
         an interest  (including without limitation  Investments in the Surprise
         Entities not  otherwise  described in clause (v) above),  provided that
         the  outstanding  amount  of  such  Investments  of  Borrower  and  its
         Subsidiaries do not at any time exceed $15,000,000.00 in the aggregate.

                           (vii)  Investments in  Subsidiaries  or other Persons
         whose primary business is not a Related Business in an aggregate amount
         outstanding at any one time not to exceed $10,000,000.00.
                                      -67-
<PAGE>
                           (viii) The Acquisition of or Investment in a business
         or entity engaged  primarily in a Related  Business,  provided that (a)
         immediately upon the consummation of any such Acquisition or Investment
         Borrower and each Guarantor is in compliance with the terms,  covenants
         and  conditions of this  Agreement  (including  without  limitation the
         Financial  Covenant  Tests),  and (b) Borrower shall deliver to Agent a
         certificate,  signed by an Authorized  Officer,  certifying to the best
         knowledge of Borrower  that,  on the date of, and taking into  account,
         the  consummation  of such  Acquisition,  and  based on the  reasonable
         assumptions  set forth in such  Certificate,  no Event of  Default  has
         occurred  and is  continuing,  and Borrower is in  compliance  with the
         Financial Covenant Tests.

                           (ix)  The  creation  of  new   Subsidiaries   engaged
         primarily in a Related Business (or the purpose of which is principally
         to preserve the use of a name in which such business is conducted).

                           (x) Stock,  obligations  or  securities  received  in
         satisfaction  of  debts  owing  to  Borrower  or any  Guarantor  in the
         ordinary course of business.

                           (xi)  Pledges or  deposits in cash by Borrower or any
         Guarantor to support surety bonds,  performance  bonds or guarantees of
         completion in the ordinary course of business.

                           (xii)  Investments  pursuant  to  Borrower's  or  any
         Guarantor's employment compensation plans or agreements.

                           (xiii) Investments in Rate Hedging Obligations.

                           (xiv) Investments, in addition to those enumerated in
         this Section 8.5, in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to
         exceed $5,000,000.00.

         8.6 Liens.  Borrower  will not, and will not permit any  Guarantor  to,
create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on the Property of Borrower
or any Guarantor, except:

                           (i) Permitted Liens.

                           (ii)  Purchase-money  Liens on any Property hereafter
         acquired or the assumption of any Lien on Property existing at the time
         of  such   acquisition  (and  not  created  in  contemplation  of  such
         acquisition),  or a Lien  incurred in connection  with any  conditional
         sale or other title retention or a Capitalized Lease; provided that

                                    (a)  Any  Property  subject  to  any  of the
                  foregoing  is acquired by  Borrower  or any  Guarantor  in the
                  ordinary course of 
                                      -68-
<PAGE>
                  its  respective  business  and the Lien on any  such  Property
                  attaches to such asset concurrently or within ninety (90) days
                  after the acquisition thereof;

                                    (b) The  obligation  secured  by any Lien so
                  created,  assumed, or existing shall not exceed ninety percent
                  (90%) of the cost the Property  covered thereby by Borrower or
                  any Guarantor acquiring the same; and

                                    (c)  Each  Lien  shall  attach  only  to the
                  Property so acquired.

                           (iii)  Liens  existing  on the date  hereof  (and not
         otherwise  permitted  under this Section 8.6) and described in Schedule
         "8.6(iv)"  hereto  and Liens  securing  Refinancing  Indebtedness  with
         respect  thereto,  but only to the extent such Liens  encumber the same
         collateral  in  whole or in part as the  previous  Liens  securing  the
         Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended.

                           (iv)  Liens  incurred  in  the  ordinary   course  of
         business not otherwise  permitted by this  covenant,  provided that the
         aggregate amount of Indebtedness  secured by such Liens  outstanding at
         any time shall not exceed $25,000,000.00.

                           (v) Judgments and similar Liens arising in connection
         with court proceedings;  provided the execution or enforcement  thereof
         is stayed and the claim is being contested in good faith,  and the same
         do not give rise to an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default.

                           (vi)  Liens  securing  Non-Recourse  Indebtedness  of
         Borrower  or any  Guarantor,  provided  that  (A)  the  amount  of such
         Indebtedness  is greater  than fifty  percent  (50%) of the fair market
         value of the  Property  encumbered  by the Liens,  (B) such Liens apply
         only  to the  property  financed  out  of  the  net  proceeds  of  such
         Non-Recourse  Indebtedness  within  ninety  (90) days of the  creation,
         incurrence or sufferance of such Non-Recourse Indebtedness (except that
         such 90-day  limitation  shall not apply with  respect to the  Carlsbad
         Property).

                           (vii) Liens securing a Warehouse  Facility,  provided
         that  such  liens  shall  not  extend  to any  assets  other  than  the
         mortgages,  promissory notes and other collateral that secures mortgage
         loans made by Borrower or any Guarantor.

                           (viii)  Liens  securing   Indebtedness  of  a  Person
         existing at the time that such  Person is merged  into or  consolidated
         with Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that such liens were not created
         in contemplation  of such merger or 
                                      -69-
<PAGE>
         consolidation  and do not extend to any assets or  property of Borrower
         or any Guarantor, other than the surviving Person and its subsidiaries.

                           (ix) Liens in respect of Rate Hedging Obligations.

                           (x)  Liens  (other  than any lien  imposed  by ERISA)
         incurred  or  deposits  made in the  ordinary  course  of  business  in
         connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other
         types of social security.

                           (xi) Liens  incurred or  deposits  made to secure the
         performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and
         appeal  bonds,  progress  payments,   government  contracts  and  other
         obligations of like nature (exclusive of obligations for the payment of
         borrowed  money),  in each case,  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
         business.

                           (xii)  Leases or  subleases  granted  to  others  not
         materially  interfering  with the  ordinary  conduct of the business of
         Borrower or any Guarantor.

                           (xiii) Liens  granted by  Guarantors  pursuant to the
         provisions of Section 2.22(d).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Guarantor to, create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on
the capital stock of any Guarantor.

         8.7 Redemption. Borrower will not purchase or redeem any of its capital
stock  heretofore  or  hereafter  issued,  except that  Borrower may purchase or
redeem its  capital  stock (i) to the  extent  that the  consideration  for such
redemption or purchase is limited to capital  stock of Borrower,  or (ii) if the
consideration  for such  purchaser or  redemption is other than capital stock of
Borrower  and does not  exceed,  in the  aggregate  for all such  purchases  and
redemptions from and after the date hereof, $5,000,000.00.

         8.8  Affiliates.  Borrower  will not, and will not permit any Guarantor
to, enter into any transaction (including,  without limitation,  the purchase or
sale of any Property or service)  with,  or make any payment or transfer to, any
Affiliate  (other  than a  Subsidiary)  except  (i) in the  ordinary  course  of
business  and/or  pursuant to the reasonable  requirements of Borrower's or such
Guarantor's  business and, in either event,  upon fair and  reasonable  terms no
less  favorable to Borrower or such  Guarantor  than Borrower or such  Guarantor
would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction, (ii) Investments permitted
under  Section  8.5,  (iii)  pursuant  to  employment   compensation  plans  and
agreements,  and (iv) with officers,  directors and employees of Borrower or any
Subsidiary so long as the same are duly  authorized  pursuant to the articles of
incorporation  or bylaws (or  procedures  conducted in accordance  therewith) of
Borrower or such Subsidiary.
                                      -70-
<PAGE>
         8.9 Modifications to Certain Indebtedness.  Borrower will not, and will
not  permit  any  Guarantor  to,  make  any  amendment  or  modification  to the
subordination provisions of any indenture, note or other agreement evidencing or
governing (i) as to Borrower, any Subordinated Indebtedness,  and (ii) as to any
Guarantor,  Indebtedness that has been  subordinated to Guarantor's  obligations
under the Guaranty.

         8.10 Subordinated  Indebtedness.  Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any  Guarantor  to, make any  amendment  or  modification  to the  subordination
provisions of any indenture, note or other agreement evidencing or governing any
Subordinated  Indebtedness,   or  directly  or  indirectly  voluntarily  prepay,
defease, or in substance defease, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire,
any Subordinated Indebtedness;  provided,  however, that the foregoing shall not
prohibit (i) the  conversion of the  Convertible  Notes in  accordance  with the
Convertible Notes Indenture, or (ii) the repayment or prepayment of Subordinated
Indebtedness solely from the net proceeds of other Subordinated  Indebtedness or
from capital stock.

         8.11  Amendments.  Borrower  will not, nor will it permit any Guarantor
to, amend or modify the Indenture, the Old Indenture, or the Senior Notes or the
Old Senior Notes,  except for amendments or modifications that do not (i) impose
upon Borrower or any  Guarantor  obligations  more onerous than those  contained
therein as of the date of this  Agreement,  or (ii) otherwise  adversely  affect
Borrower or any Guarantor.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS
                               -------------------

         During the term of this  Agreement,  unless the  Required  Banks  shall
otherwise consent in writing:

         9.1 Minimum Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth.  Borrower's  Consolidated
Tangible  Net Worth  shall not be less than (i)  $96,000,000.00  plus (ii) fifty
percent  (50%) of the  Consolidated  Net  Income  earned  after  March  1,  1996
(excluding any quarter in which there is a loss) plus (iii) one hundred  percent
(100%) of the net proceeds of capital  stock  issued by Borrower  after March 1,
1996 (the "Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth Test").  Borrower's  compliance with
the  foregoing  covenant  shall be measured on a quarterly  basis,  based on the
financial  statements  delivered  to Agent  pursuant to Section 7.1. If Borrower
fails to maintain  Consolidated Tangible Net Worth in the amount required herein
for two (2) consecutive  fiscal  quarters,  an Event of Default shall not occur;
however, the Conversion Period shall commence in accordance with, but subject to
the  limitations  of, Section 2.22. If Borrower  fails to maintain  Consolidated
Tangible  Net Worth in the  amount  required  herein  for three (3)  consecutive
fiscal quarters, then an Event of Default shall have occurred.
                                      -71-
<PAGE>
         9.2 Leverage Test; Interest Coverage Test.

                  (a) Leverage Test. Borrower's Consolidated  Indebtedness shall
         not exceed the product of (i) the then applicable  Leverage  Multiplier
         multiplied  by (ii)  Adjusted  Consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth  (the
         "Leverage Test").

                  (b) Interest Coverage Test. If at any time Borrower shall fail
         to  maintain,  for  two  (2)  consecutive  fiscal  quarters,  a  ratio,
         determined  as  of  the  last  day  of  each  fiscal  quarter  for  the
         four-quarter  period  ending  on  such  day,  of  (i)  EBITDA  to  (ii)
         Consolidated  Interest Incurred,  of at least 2.0 to 1.0 (the "Interest
         Coverage  Test"),  then the  Leverage  Multiplier,  effective as of the
         first  day of the  fiscal  quarter  immediately  following  the  second
         quarter of such failure with  respect to which  Borrower  shall have so
         failed the  Interest  Coverage  Test,  shall be decreased to the extent
         herein provided. Upon any failure to satisfy the Interest Coverage Test
         (i.e., a failure for two (2) consecutive  fiscal  quarters) that occurs
         on a date on  which  the  Leverage  Multiplier  is 1.50,  the  Leverage
         Multiplier  shall be decreased by 0.10 to 1.40. Upon any failure (i.e.,
         a failure  for two (2)  consecutive  fiscal  quarters)  to satisfy  the
         Interest  Coverage  Test that  occurs  on a date on which the  Leverage
         Multiplier  is  less  than  1.50,  the  Leverage  Multiplier  shall  be
         decreased by 0.10.

                  (c) Adjustment of Leverage Multiplier. If at any time at which
         the Leverage  Multiplier is less than 1.50,  Borrower shall satisfy the
         Interest Coverage Test (which for purposes of this Section 9.2(c) shall
         be  deemed  satisfied  only  if,  on the  same  day on  which  Borrower
         maintains the Interest  Coverage  Test,  Borrower is also in compliance
         with the Leverage Test), then the Leverage Multiplier,  effective as of
         the first day of the fiscal  quarter  immediately  following the fiscal
         quarter with  respect to which  Borrower  shall have so  satisfied  the
         Interest  Coverage  Test,  shall  be  increased  to the  extent  herein
         provided.  Upon satisfaction of the Interest Coverage Test on a date on
         which the Leverage Multiplier is 1.40, the Leverage Multiplier shall be
         increased to 1.50. Upon satisfaction of the Interest Coverage Test on a
         date on which the Leverage  Multiplier is less than 1.40,  the Leverage
         Multiplier  shall be increased by 0.10.  In no event shall the Leverage
         Multiplier exceed 1.50.

                  (d)  Effectiveness  of  Change  in  Leverage  Multiplier.  Any
         increase or decrease of the  Leverage  Multiplier  provided for in this
         Section 9.2 shall be effective as of the first day of a fiscal  quarter
         as provided in Section 9.2(b) or (c) (as applicable),  and the Leverage
         Multiplier  (as adjusted)  shall remain in effect for the entire fiscal
         quarter and thereafter unless and until adjusted as of the first day of
         any subsequent fiscal quarter as provided in this Section 9.2(b) or (c)
         (as applicable).
                                      -72-
<PAGE>
                  (e)  Measure  of  Compliance.   Borrower's   compliance   with
         covenants in this  Section 9.2 shall be measured on a quarterly  basis,
         based  on the  financial  statements  delivered  to Agent  pursuant  to
         Section  7.1. If Borrower  fails to satisfy  the  Leverage  Test or the
         Interest Coverage Test for two (2) consecutive  fiscal quarters (or one
         (1) fiscal quarter, if a Significant Event occurs), an Event of Default
         shall not occur;  however,  the  Conversion  Period  shall  commence in
         accordance  with, but subject to the  limitations  of, Section 2.22. If
         Borrower  fails to satisfy the Leverage  Test or the Interest  Coverage
         Test  for  three  (3)  consecutive  fiscal  quarters,  then an Event of
         Default shall have occurred.

         9.3 Spec  Unit  Inventory.  Borrower  will not at any time  permit  the
aggregate  number of all Spec Units owned by Guarantors to exceed the greater of
(i) fifty  percent  (50%) of the  number of  Housing  Unit  Closings  during the
preceding  twelve (12)  months,  or (ii) one  hundred ten percent  (110%) of the
number of Housing Unit Closings  during the  preceding six (6) months.  Borrower
will not at any time permit any  Guarantor  to own any Spec Units  except  those
Spec Units where the  certificate  of occupancy  was issued during the preceding
six (6) months.  A failure to satisfy the requirements of this Section 9.4 shall
not  constitute  an Event of Default or an Unmatured  Event of Default,  but the
Housing  Unit  Costs of any Spec  Units  owned by  Guarantors  in  excess of the
foregoing requirements shall not be included in the Borrowing Base.

         9.4 Land Owned. Borrower will not at any time permit the sum of (a) the
book value of Finished Lots, plus (b) the book value of Land Under  Development,
plus (c) the book value of any vacant  land (other  than  Finished  Lots or Land
Under Development),  to exceed 150% of the sum of (i) Consolidated  Tangible Net
Worth,  plus (ii) Indebtedness  evidenced by the Convertible  Notes, but only to
the extent  that the  maturity  date of such  Indebtedness  will occur after the
Facility Termination Date, plus (iii) any other Public Indebtedness constituting
convertible  subordinated  notes with  convertible  and  subordination  features
similar to the Convertible  Notes, but only to the extent that the maturity date
of such Indebtedness will occur after the Facility Termination Date.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT
                                -----------------

         The  occurrence  of any  one or  more  of the  following  events  shall
constitute an Event of Default:

         10.1  Representations  and Warranties.  Any  representation or warranty
(except the  representations  and  warranties  in Section  6.7,  but only to the
extent the same are made, or deemed made,  after the date hereof) made or deemed
made by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Banks,  the Issuing Bank or
Agent under or in connection  with this  Agreement,  any Loan  Document,  or any
certificate  or information  delivered in connection  with this Agreement or any
                                      -73-
<PAGE>
other Loan Document shall not be true and correct in any material respect on the
date as of which made.

         10.2  Non-payment.  Nonpayment  of  principal  of any Note when due, or
nonpayment of interest upon any Note or of any fees or other  obligations  under
any of the Loan Documents within five (5) days after the same becomes due.

         10.3  Other  Defaults.  The breach by  Borrower  of any of the terms or
provisions  of this  Agreement  (other  than any term or  provision  covered  by
another Section of this Article X) which is not remedied within thirty (30) days
after the occurrence of such breach.

         10.4 Other Indebtedness.

                  (a)  Failure  of  Borrower  or any  Guarantor  to pay when due
         (after any  applicable  grace  period and after  notice from the holder
         thereof) any Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse  Indebtedness) equal
         to or exceeding $5,000,000.00 (in the aggregate); or

                  (b) The default (after any  applicable  grace period and after
         notice from the holder  thereof) by  Borrower or any  Guarantor  in the
         performance  of any  term,  provision  or  condition  contained  in any
         agreement  under  which  any  Indebtedness   (other  than  Non-Recourse
         Indebtedness)  equal to or exceeding  $5,000,000.00  (in the aggregate)
         was created or is governed; or

                  (c) Any other event shall occur or condition  exist (after any
         applicable grace period and after notice from the holder thereof),  the
         effect of which is to cause,  or to permit the holder or holders of any
         Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse  Indebtedness) of Borrower or any
         Guarantor   equal  to  or   exceeding   $5,000,000.00   to  cause  such
         Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or

                  (d) Any Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) of
         Borrower or any Guarantor equal to or exceeding  $5,000,000.00  (in the
         aggregate)  shall be  declared  to be due and payable or required to be
         prepaid  (other than by a  regularly  scheduled  payment)  prior to the
         stated  maturity  thereof (after any applicable  grace period and after
         notice from the holder thereof); or

                  (e) Borrower or any Guarantor shall not pay, or shall admit in
         writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due.

         10.5 Bankruptcy. Borrower or any Guarantor shall:
                                      -74-
<PAGE>
                           (i) have an order for relief  entered with respect to
         it under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;

                           (ii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

                           (iii) apply for,  seek,  consent to, or acquiesce in,
         the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator
         or similar official for it or any Substantial Portion of its Property;

                           (iv)  institute any  proceeding  seeking an order for
         relief under the Federal  bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect
         or  seeking  to  adjudicate  it a  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or seeking
         dissolution,  winding  up,  liquidation,  reorganization,  arrangement,
         adjustment or  composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
         bankruptcy,  insolvency or  reorganization or relief of debtors or fail
         to file,  within the applicable time period for the filing thereof,  an
         answer or other pleading  denying the material  allegations of any such
         proceeding filed against it; or

                           (v) fail to contest in good faith any  appointment or
         proceeding described in Section 10.6.

         10.6 Receiver.  A receiver,  trustee,  examiner,  liquidator or similar
official  shall be appointed  for Borrower or any  Guarantor or any  Substantial
Portion of its Property without the application, approval or consent of Borrower
or Guarantors, or a proceeding described in Section 10.5(iv) shall be instituted
against Borrower or any Guarantor and such appointment continues undischarged or
such  proceeding  continues  undismissed  or unstayed for a period of sixty (60)
consecutive days.

         10.7 Judgment.  Borrower or any Guarantor shall fail within thirty (30)
days to pay,  bond or otherwise  discharge any judgment or order for the payment
of money in excess of  $5,000,000.00  which has not been  stayed on appeal or is
not otherwise being appropriately contested in good faith.

         10.8  Unfunded  Liabilities.  The  Unfunded  Liabilities  of all Single
Employer  Plans shall exceed in the aggregate  $5,000,000.00  or any  Reportable
Event shall occur in connection with any Plan, which Reportable Event has had or
would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         10.9 Withdrawal Liability.  Borrower, or any Guarantor or any member of
the Controlled  Group shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer
Plan that it has incurred withdrawal  liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an
amount which,  when  aggregated  with all other  amounts  required to be paid to
Multiemployer  Plans by Borrower or such  Guarantor  or any other  member of the
Controlled  Group as  withdrawal  liability  (determined  as of the date of such
notification),    exceeds   $5,000,000.00   or   requires   payments   exceeding
$2,000,000.00 per 
                                      -75-
<PAGE>
annum;  provided,  however,  that such event  shall not  constitute  an Event of
Default as long as Borrower,  such Guarantor or the Controlled Group member,  as
applicable, is contesting in good faith the imposition of withdrawal liability.

         10.10 Increased Contributions. Borrower, or any Guarantor, or any other
member of the  Controlled  Group  shall have been  notified  by the sponsor of a
Multiemployer Plan that such  Multiemployer  Plan is in reorganization,  if as a
result of such  reorganization  the aggregate annual  contributions of Borrower,
Guarantors and the other members of the  Controlled  Group (taken as a whole) to
all Multiemployer  Plans which are then in  reorganization  have been or will be
increased  over the  amounts  contributed  to such  Multiemployer  Plans for the
respective plan years of each such Multiemployer Plan immediately  preceding the
plan  year  in  which  the   reorganization   occurs  by  an  amount   exceeding
$5,000,000.00.

         10.11 Change in Control. Any Change in Control shall occur.

         10.12  Dissolution.  The  dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or any
Guarantor shall occur, except as permitted under Section 8.3.

         10.13  Guaranty.  The  Guaranty  shall  fail to remain in full force or
effect  with  respect  to any  Guarantor  or any  action  shall  be taken by any
Guarantor to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or  unenforceability of the
Guaranty,  or any  Guarantor  shall  fail to  comply  with  any of the  terms or
provisions  of the  Guaranty,  or any  Guarantor  denies that it has any further
liability under the Guaranty or gives notice to such effect.

         10.14 Collateral. Borrower shall fail to provide (i) Collateral for the
Obligations in accordance with Section 2.22(d), or (ii) all Collateral Documents
relating to the Collateral in accordance with Section 2.22(d).

         10.15  Financial  Covenants.   Borrower  shall  fail  to  (i)  maintain
Consolidated  Tangible Net Worth in the amount required in Section 9.1(a),  (ii)
satisfy the Interest  Coverage  Test, or (iii) satisfy the Leverage Test and, in
each case, such failure continues for three (3) consecutive fiscal quarters.

         10.16 No Defaults.  The occurrence of any of the following events shall
specifically  not be a breach,  a default,  an Event of Default or an  Unmatured
Event of Default under this Agreement:

                  (a) The failure to satisfy any Financial  Covenant Test during
         one (1) fiscal quarter or two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters.

                  (b) Borrower's failure to provide all Due Diligence  Documents
         relating  to  the  Collateral  in  accordance  with  Section   2.22(c);
         provided,  however, that the affected Collateral shall be automatically
         excluded from the Borrowing Base.
                                      -76-
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XI

                 ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES
                 ----------------------------------------------

         11.1 Acceleration; Remedies. 

                  (a) If any Event of Default  described in Section 10.5 or 10.6
         occurs with respect to Borrower or any  Guarantor,  the  obligations of
         Banks to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue  Facility  Letters
         of Credit hereunder shall  automatically  terminate and the Obligations
         shall immediately become due and payable without any election or action
         on the part of Agent,  the Issuing Bank or any Bank. If any other Event
         of Default  occurs,  the  Required  Banks may  terminate or suspend the
         obligations  of Banks to make  Loans and of the  Issuing  Bank to issue
         Facility Letters of Credit hereunder,  or declare the Obligations to be
         due and  payable,  or both,  whereupon  the  Obligations  shall  become
         immediately due and payable,  without presentment,  demand,  protest or
         notice of any kind, all of which Borrower hereby expressly waives.  If,
         within  five  (5)  days  after  acceleration  of  the  maturity  of the
         Obligations or  termination  of the  obligations of Banks to make Loans
         hereunder as a result of any Event of Default  (other than any Event of
         Default as  described  in Section 10.5 or 10.6 with respect to Borrower
         or a  Guarantor)  and before any  judgment or decree for the payment of
         the Obligations  due shall have been obtained or entered,  the Required
         Banks (in their sole  discretion)  shall so  direct,  Agent  shall,  by
         notice  to  Borrower,   rescind  and  annul  such  acceleration  and/or
         termination.

                  (b) Upon the  occurrence  of any Event of Default and upon the
         directive of the Required  Banks,  Agent or (but only upon directive of
         the  Required  Banks) any Bank shall  proceed to protect,  exercise and
         enforce  the  rights  and  remedies  of Agent and Banks  under the Loan
         Documents  and the Guaranty  against  Borrower,  any  Guarantor and any
         other party and such other  rights and  remedies as are provided by law
         or equity.

                  (c) The order and manner in which  Banks'  rights and remedies
         are to be exercised  shall be determined by the Required Banks in their
         sole discretion,  and all payments  received by Agent and Banks, or any
         of them,  shall be applied  first to the costs and expenses  (including
         attorneys'  fees  and   disbursements)  of  Agent  and  of  Banks,  and
         thereafter paid pro rata to each Bank in the same proportions that each
         Bank's Commitment bears to the Aggregate  Commitment,  without priority
         or  preference  among  Banks.  Regardless  of how each  Bank may  treat
         payments  for the  purpose of its own  accounting,  for the  purpose of
         computing  Borrower's   obligations  hereunder  and  under  the  Notes,
         payments shall be applied first, to the costs and expenses of Agent and
         Banks, as set forth above, second, to the payment of accrued and unpaid
         interest due under any Loan Documents to 
                                      -77-
<PAGE>
         and  including  the  date of such  application  (ratably,  and  without
         duplication,  according  to the accrued and unpaid  interest  due under
         each of the Loan  Documents),  and third,  to the  payment of all other
         amounts  (including  principal  and fees)  then owing to Agent or Banks
         under the Loan  Documents.  No  application  of payments  will cure any
         Event of Default, or prevent acceleration,  or continued  acceleration,
         of amounts payable under the Loan  Documents,  or prevent the exercise,
         or  continued  exercise,  of rights or remedies of Banks  hereunder  or
         thereunder or at law or in equity.

         11.2  Amendments.  Subject to the  provisions  of this  Article XI, the
Required Banks (or Agent with the consent in writing of the Required  Banks) and
Borrower may enter into agreements supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding
or modifying any  provisions to the Loan Documents or changing in any manner the
rights of Banks or Borrower hereunder or waiving any Event of Default hereunder;
provided,  however,  that no such  supplemental  agreement  shall,  without  the
consent of each Bank and Issuing Bank affected thereby:

                           (i)  Extend  the  maturity  of any  Loan  or  Note or
         forgive all or any portion of the principal  amount thereof,  or reduce
         the  rate of,  or  extend  the time of  payment  of,  interest  or fees
         thereon;

                           (ii) Release any or all Guarantors  from any of their
         obligations under the Guaranty or the Environmental Agreements;

                           (iii)   Change  the   percentage   specified  in  the
         definition of Required Banks or Majority Banks;

                           (iv)  Increase  the amount of the  Commitment  of any
         Bank  hereunder,  or permit  Borrower  to assign its rights  under this
         Agreement  except by operation  of law  pursuant to a merger  permitted
         under Section 8.3;

                           (v) Amend any provisions of this  Agreement  relating
         to Facility Letters of Credit;

                           (vi) Amend any provisions of this Agreement  relating
         to Swing Line Advances without the consent of Bank One; or

                           (vii) Amend this Section 11.2,  Section 11.4, Section
         12.7, Section 14.1, Section 14.2 or Section 15.2.3.

No  amendment  of any  provision  of this  Agreement  relating to Agent shall be
effective  without  the  written  consent of Agent.  Agent may waive  payment or
reduce the amount of the fees  referred to in Section  13.12 or the fee required
under Section  15.3.2  without  obtaining the consent of any other party to this
Agreement.
                                      -78-
<PAGE>
         11.3  Preservation  of  Rights.  No  delay or  omission  of any Bank or
Issuing  Bank or Agent to  exercise  any right  under the Loan  Documents  shall
impair such right or be  construed  to be a waiver of any Event of Default or an
acquiescence  therein,  and the making of a Loan or the  issuance,  amendment or
extension of a Facility  Letter of Credit  notwithstanding  the  existence of an
Event of  Default  or the  inability  of  Borrower  to  satisfy  the  conditions
precedent  to such Loan or Facility  Letter of Credit shall not  constitute  any
waiver or  acquiescence.  Any single or partial exercise of any such right shall
not  preclude  other or further  exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any other
right, and no waiver,  amendment or other variation of the terms,  conditions or
provisions  of the Loan  Documents  whatsoever  shall be valid unless in writing
signed by Banks (and, if applicable,  Agent) required  pursuant to Section 11.2,
and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth. All remedies
contained in the Loan  Documents or by law afforded  shall be cumulative and all
shall be  available to Agent,  the Issuing Bank and Banks until the  Obligations
have been paid in full.

         11.4 New  Guarantor.  Unless  otherwise  agreed to by all of the Banks,
additional  Persons  shall be added as a  Guarantor  under this  Agreement  upon
satisfaction of the following terms and conditions:

                           (i) such Person is (a) a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary of
         Borrower, (b) a Restricted Subsidiary, as defined in the Indenture, and
         (c) a "Guarantor" (as defined therein) under the Indenture, and

                           (ii) the addition of such Person as a Guarantor shall
         not cause an Event of  Default  or an  Unmatured  Event of  Default  to
         occur, and

                           (iii) Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to execute
         and  deliver to Agent  such  documents  and  instruments  whereby  such
         Subsidiary  assumes the  obligations of a Guarantor  under the Guaranty
         and the other Loan Documents, and

                           (iv) Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered,
         by and with  respect to such  Subsidiary,  certificates,  opinions  and
         other documents substantially similar to those required to be delivered
         under the provisions of Sections  5.1(i),  (ii),  (iii),  (iv), (v) and
         (vi) and such other  documents  as Agent or any  Issuing  Bank or their
         respective counsel may reasonably  request;  all of the foregoing shall
         be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent or such Issuing Bank, as
         the case may be.

Any Person added as a Guarantor (as defined  therein) under the Indenture  shall
be added as a Guarantor  under this Agreement and Borrower shall comply with the
provisions of clauses (iii) and (iv) with respect  thereto.  Any Person released
from its  obligations as a Guarantor  under the Indenture shall be released from
its  obligations  under the Guaranty so long as no Event of Default has occurred
and is  continuing,  and Borrower pays all amounts due under Section 2.2 of this
Agreement.
                                      -79-
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------

         12.1 Survival of Representations. All representations and warranties of
Borrower contained in this Agreement shall survive delivery of the Notes and the
making of the Loans and the  issuance,  amendment  or  extension of any Facility
Letter of Credit herein contemplated.

         12.2 Governmental  Regulation.  Anything contained in this Agreement to
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  no Bank or Issuing  Bank shall be  obligated to
extend credit to Borrower in violation of any limitation or prohibition provided
by any  applicable  statute  or  regulation  effective  after  the  date of this
Agreement.

         12.3 Taxes. Any recording, intangible, filing or stamp fees or taxes or
other  similar  assessments  or  charges  made by any  governmental  or  revenue
authority in respect of the Loan Documents  shall be paid by Borrower,  together
with interest and penalties, if any.

         12.4  Headings.   Section  headings  in  the  Loan  Documents  are  for
convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of
the provisions of the Loan Documents.

         12.5 Entire Agreement.  The Loan Documents and the letter  agreement(s)
referred to in this  Agreement  embody the entire  agreement  and  understanding
among  Borrower,  Agent  and  Banks  and  supersede  all  prior  agreements  and
understandings  among Borrower,  Agent, and Banks relating to the subject matter
thereof.

         12.6 Nature of  Obligations;  Benefits of this  Agreement. 

                  (a) The respective  obligations of Banks hereunder are several
         and not joint and no Bank  shall be the  partner  or agent of any other
         (except to the extent to which Agent is authorized to act as such). The
         failure of any Bank to perform any of its  obligations  hereunder shall
         not relieve any other Bank from any of its obligations hereunder.

                  (b) This Agreement  shall not be construed so as to confer any
         right or  benefit  upon any  Person  other  than  the  parties  to this
         Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

         12.7 Expenses; Indemnification.  Borrower shall reimburse Agent for any
reasonable  costs,  internal  charges  and  out-of-pocket   expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and costs) paid or incurred by Agent in  connection
with the  preparation,  negotiation,  execution,  delivery,  review,  amendment,
modification,  and administration of the Loan Documents. Borrower also agrees to
reimburse Agent, Banks and each Issuing Bank for any reasonable costs,  internal
charges 
                                      -80-
<PAGE>
and  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and time
charges of attorneys for Agent, Banks and such Issuing Bank) paid or incurred by
Agent,  any Bank or such  Issuing Bank in  connection  with the  collection  and
enforcement of the Loan Documents. Borrower further agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless  Agent and each Bank or  Issuing  Bank,  its  directors,  officers  and
employees against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities
and expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  all expenses of  litigation  or
preparation therefor whether or not Agent or any Bank or Issuing Bank is a party
thereto)  which any of them may pay or incur  arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or the
direct or indirect  application  or proposed  application of the proceeds of any
Loan  hereunder  (except to the extent  arising due to the gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct of the indemnified Person). The obligations of Borrower under
this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         12.8 Numbers of Documents. All statements,  notices, closing documents,
and requests hereunder shall be furnished to Agent with sufficient  counterparts
so that Agent may furnish one to each of Banks.

         12.9  Accounting.  Except  as  provided  to the  contrary  herein,  all
accounting   terms  used  herein  shall  be   interpreted   and  all  accounting
determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP.

         12.10  Severability  of Provisions.  Any provision in any Loan Document
that is held to be inoperative,  unenforceable,  or invalid in any  jurisdiction
shall,  as to that  jurisdiction,  be  inoperative,  unenforceable,  or  invalid
without  affecting  the  remaining   provisions  in  that  jurisdiction  or  the
operation,   enforceability,   or  validity  of  that  provision  in  any  other
jurisdiction,  and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared
to be severable.

         12.11 Nonliability of Banks and Issuing Bank. The relationship  between
Borrower  and Banks  and Agent  shall be solely  that of  borrower  and  lender.
Neither   Agent  nor  any  Bank  or  Issuing  Bank  shall  have  any   fiduciary
responsibilities  to  Borrower.  Neither  Agent  nor any  Bank or  Issuing  Bank
undertakes any  responsibility  to Borrower to review or inform  Borrower of any
matter in connection with any phase of Borrower's business or operations.

         12.12 CHOICE OF LAW. THE LOAN DOCUMENTS  (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A
CONTRARY  EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF  CONFLICTS)  OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA,  BUT
GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

         12.13  Arbitration.  Subject to the  provisions of this Section  12.13,
Borrower,  Banks and Agent  agree to submit to binding  arbitration  any and all
claims,  disputes and controversies  between or among them (and their respective
employees, officers, directors,  attorneys, and other agents if permitted by law
or a contract between them and such persons)  relating to this 
                                      -81-
<PAGE>
Agreement   and   the   Loan   Documents   and   the   negotiation,   execution,
collateralization,   administration,   repayment,  modification,   extension  or
collection  thereof or arising  thereunder.  Such  arbitration  shall proceed in
Phoenix,  Arizona,  shall be governed by Arizona law and shall be  conducted  in
accordance  with the Commercial  Arbitration  Rules of the American  Arbitration
Association  (the "AAA"),  as modified in this Section 12.13.  Judgment upon the
award  rendered  by  each  arbitrator(s)  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction.

                  (a) Nothing in the  preceding  paragraph,  nor the exercise of
         any right to arbitrate  thereunder,  shall limit the right of any party
         hereto  (1)  to  foreclose   against  any  real  or  personal  property
         collateral  encumbered  by a Deed of Trust or other Loan  Document,  or
         otherwise  permitted under applicable law; (2) subject to provisions of
         applicable  law,  to  exercise  self-help  remedies  such as  setoff or
         repossession or other self-help  remedies provided in this Agreement or
         any other Loan  Document;  or (3) to obtain  provisional  or  ancillary
         remedies  such  as  replevin,   injunctive   relief,   attachment,   or
         appointment  of a receiver  from a court having  jurisdiction,  before,
         during or after the pendency of any arbitration  proceeding,  or (4) to
         defend or obtain  injunctive or other equitable  relief from a court of
         competent  jurisdiction  against  the  foregoing  or  assert  mandatory
         counterclaims,   if  any,  prior  to  and  during  the  pendency  of  a
         determination in arbitration of issues of performance, default, damages
         and other such claims and disputes.

                  (b) Arbitration hereunder shall be before a three-person panel
         of  neutral  arbitrators,  consisting  of one  person  from each of the
         following categories:  (1) an attorney who has practiced in the area of
         commercial  real estate law for at least ten (10)  years;  (2) a person
         with at least ten (10) years'  experience in real estate  lending;  and
         (3)  a  person  with  at  least  ten  (10)  years'  experience  in  the
         homebuilding  industry.  The AAA shall submit a list of persons meeting
         the criteria  outlined above for each category of  arbitrator,  and the
         parties  shall  select  one  person  from each  category  in the manner
         established by the AAA.

                  (c) In any dispute  between the parties  that is  arbitratable
         hereunder,  where the  aggregate of all claims and the aggregate of all
         counterclaims  is an amount  less than  Fifty  Thousand  And  No/100ths
         Dollars ($50,000.00),  the arbitration shall be before a single neutral
         arbitrator to be selected in accordance  with the  Commercial  Rules of
         the  American  Arbitration  Association  and  shall  proceed  under the
         Expedited Procedures of said Rules.

                  (d) In any arbitration hereunder, the arbitrators shall decide
         (by documents only or with a hearing,  at the arbitrators'  discretion)
         any pre-hearing motions which are substantially  similar to pre-hearing
         motions to dismiss  for failure to state a claim or motions for summary
         adjudication.
                                      -82-
<PAGE>
                  (e) In any arbitration hereunder, discovery shall be permitted
         in accordance with the Arizona Rules of Civil Procedure.  Scheduling of
         such discovery may be determined by the arbitrators,  and any discovery
         disputes shall be finally determined by the arbitrators.

                  (f) The Arizona Rules of Evidence  shall control the admission
         of  evidence  at the hearing in any  arbitration  conducted  hereunder;
         provided,  however,  no error by the  arbitrators in application of the
         Rules  of  Evidence  shall  be  grounds,  as  such,  for  vacating  the
         arbitrators' award.

                  (g)  Notwithstanding  any  AAA  rule  to  the  contrary,   the
         arbitration award shall be in writing and shall specify the factual and
         legal basis for the award,  including  findings of fact and conclusions
         of law.

                  (h) Each party shall each bear its own costs and  expenses and
         an equal share of the  arbitrators'  costs and  administrative  fees of
         arbitration.

         12.14   CONSENT  TO   JURISDICTION.   BORROWER  AND  EACH  BANK  HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY  SUBMIT  TO THE  NON-EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION  OF ANY  UNITED  STATES
FEDERAL OR ARIZONA  STATE  COURT  SITTING IN  PHOENIX,  ARIZONA IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING  ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN  DOCUMENTS  AND  BORROWER AND
EACH BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR
PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVE
ANY  OBJECTION  IT MAY NOW OR  HEREAFTER  HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT,
ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  IN  SUCH A  COURT  OR  THAT  SUCH  COURT  IS AN
INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 12.14 SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF AGENT
OR ANY BANK OR ISSUING BANK TO BRING PROCEEDINGS  AGAINST BORROWER IN THE COURTS
OF ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION.  SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12.13,  UNLESS
PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY BORROWER AGAINST AGENT OR ANY BANK
OR ISSUING BANK OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AGENT OR ANY BANK OR ISSUING BANK INVOLVING,
DIRECTLY OR  INDIRECTLY,  ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY  ARISING OUT OF,  RELATED TO, OR
CONNECTED  WITH  ANY  LOAN  DOCUMENT  SHALL BE  BROUGHT  IN A COURT IN  PHOENIX,
ARIZONA.

         12.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12.13,
BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH BANK AND ISSUING BANK HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
JUDICIAL  PROCEEDING  INVOLVING,  DIRECTLY OR  INDIRECTLY,  ANY MATTER  (WHETHER
SOUNDING IN TORT,  CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO,
OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.
                                      -83-
<PAGE>
         12.16  Confidentiality.  Bank  and  Agent  agree  to  use  commercially
reasonable  efforts  to  keep  confidential  any  financial  reports  and  other
information  from time to time  supplied  to them by Borrower  hereunder  to the
extent  that such  information  is not and does not  become  publicly  available
through or with the consent or acquiescence  of Borrower,  except for disclosure
(i) to Agent  and the other  Banks or to a  Transferee,  (ii) to legal  counsel,
accountants,  and other professional  advisors to a Bank, Agent or a Transferee,
(iii)  to  regulatory  officials,  (iv)  to  any  Person  as  required  by  law,
regulation,  or legal  process,  (v) to any Person in connection  with any legal
proceeding  to which that Bank is a party,  and (vi)  permitted by Section 15.4.
Any Bank or Agent disclosing such information shall use commercially  reasonable
efforts  to advise  the  Person to whom such  information  is  disclosed  of the
foregoing  confidentiality  agreement  and  to  direct  such  Person  to  comply
therewith.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                      AGENT
                                      -----

         13.1  Appointment.  Bank One is hereby  appointed  Agent  hereunder and
under each other Loan Document,  and each of Banks irrevocably  authorizes Agent
to act as the agent of such Bank.  Agent  agrees to act as such upon the express
conditions  contained  in this  Article  XIII.  Agent shall not have a fiduciary
relationship  in respect of Borrower,  any Bank or the Issuing Bank by reason of
this Agreement.

         13.2 Powers.  Agent shall have and may  exercise  such powers under the
Loan  Documents  as are  specifically  delegated  to Agent by the  terms of each
thereof,  together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Agent
shall have no implied  duties to Banks,  or any  obligation to Banks to take any
action thereunder except any action specifically  provided by the Loan Documents
to be taken by Agent.  Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right to take any
actions  or to give any  notices  relating  to this  Agreement  pursuant  to the
Indenture.

         13.3 General Immunity.  Neither Agent (in its capacity as Agent and not
in its  capacity  as a  Bank)  nor any of its  directors,  officers,  agents  or
employees shall be liable to Borrower or any Bank for action taken or omitted to
be  taken by it or them  hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan  Document  or in
connection herewith or therewith except for its or their own gross negligence or
willful misconduct.

         13.4 No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals,  etc. Neither Agent nor any
of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have
any duty to ascertain,  inquire into, or verify (i) any  statement,  warranty or
representation made in connection with any Loan Document or any borrowing or any
request for the  issuance,  amendment or  extension  of any  Facility  Letter of
Credit hereunder;  (ii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or
agreements of any obligor under any Loan  Document or  Reimbursement  Agreement,
including,   without  limitation,   any  agreement  by  an  obligor  to  furnish
information  directly  to each Bank;  (iii) the  satisfaction  of any  condition
specified in Article IV or V, except  receipt of items  required to 
                                      -84-
<PAGE>
be delivered to Agent; or (iv) the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of any
Loan Document (including without limitation any Reimbursement  Agreement) or any
other  instrument or writing  furnished in connection with any of the foregoing.
Agent shall have no duty to disclose to Banks  information  that is not required
to be furnished by Borrower to Agent at such time, but is voluntarily  furnished
by  Borrower  to Agent  (either in its  capacity  as Agent or in its  individual
capacity).

         13.5 Action on Instructions of Banks. Agent shall in all cases be fully
protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and under any other
Loan Document in  accordance  with written  instructions  signed by the Required
Banks (except as otherwise  provided in Section 11.2), and such instructions and
any action taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto  shall be binding on all of
Banks and on all holders of Notes.  Agent shall be fully justified in failing or
refusing to take any action  hereunder and under any other Loan Document  unless
it shall first be indemnified to its  satisfaction by Banks pro rata against any
and all  liability,  cost and  expense  that it may incur by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action.

         13.6  Employment  of Agents and  Counsel.  Agent may execute any of its
duties  as Agent  hereunder  and under any other  Loan  Document  by or  through
employees,  agents, and  attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to Banks,
except  as to  money  or  securities  or other  Property  received  by it or its
authorized  agents,  for  the  default  or  misconduct  of any  such  agents  or
attorneys-in-fact  selected by it with reasonable  care. Agent shall be entitled
to advice of counsel  concerning  all matters  pertaining  to the agency  hereby
created and its duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.

         13.7  Reliance on Documents;  Counsel.  Agent shall be entitled to rely
upon any  Note,  notice,  consent,  certificate,  affidavit,  letter,  telegram,
statement,  paper or  document  believed  by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been  signed or sent by the proper  person or  persons,  and, in respect to
legal matters,  upon the opinion of counsel selected by Agent, which counsel may
be employees of Agent.

         13.8  Agent's   Reimbursement  and  Indemnification.   Banks  agree  to
reimburse  and  indemnify  Agent  ratably  in  proportion  to  their  respective
Commitments  (i) for any amounts not  reimbursed  by Borrower for which Agent is
entitled to  reimbursement  by Borrower under the Loan  Documents,  (ii) for any
other  expenses  incurred by Agent on behalf of Banks,  in  connection  with the
preparation,  execution,  delivery,  administration  and enforcement of the Loan
Documents,  and  (iii)  for  any  liabilities,   obligations,  losses,  damages,
penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind and nature  whatsoever  which may be imposed  on,  incurred  by or asserted
against Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any
other   document   delivered  in  connection   therewith  or  the   transactions
contemplated  thereby,  or the enforcement of any of the terms thereof or of any
such  other  documents,  provided  that no Bank  shall be liable  for any of the
foregoing  to the  extent  they  arise  from the  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct  of Agent.  The  obligations  of Banks under this  Section 13.8 shall
survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
                                      -85-
<PAGE>
         13.9  Rights as a Bank or Issuing  Bank.  In the event Agent is a Bank,
Agent shall have the same rights and powers  hereunder  and under any other Loan
Document as any Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not Agent,  and
the term "Bank" or "Banks" shall,  at any time when Agent is a Bank,  unless the
context otherwise indicates,  include Agent in its individual  capacity.  In the
event  Agent is an Issuing  Bank,  Agent shall have the rights and powers of the
Issuing  Bank  hereunder  and may exercise the same as though it were not Agent,
and the term "Issuing  Bank" shall,  at any time when Agent is the Issuing Bank,
unless the context otherwise  indicates,  include and mean Agent in its capacity
as the  Issuing  Bank.  Agent may  accept  deposits  from,  lend  money to,  and
generally engage in any kind of trust,  debt,  equity or other  transaction,  in
addition to those  contemplated  by this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,
with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is
not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person.

         13.10  Bank  Credit  Decision.  Each  Bank  acknowledges  that  it has,
independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Bank and based on the
financial  statements  prepared  by  Borrower  and  Guarantors  and  such  other
documents  and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Each Bank also  acknowledges  that it will,  independently  and without reliance
upon Agent or any other Bank and based on such  documents and  information as it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         13.11 Successor  Agent.  Agent may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to Banks and Borrower,  such resignation to be effective upon the
appointment of a successor  Agent or, if no successor  Agent has been appointed,
sixty  (60) days after the  retiring  Agent  gives  notice of its  intention  to
resign. Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by written notice
received by Agent from the Majority  Banks,  such removal to be effective on the
date specified by such Banks. The consent of Borrower shall be required prior to
any removal of Agent becoming effective;  provided, however, that if an Event of
Default has occurred  and is  continuing,  the consent of Borrower  shall not be
required.  Upon any such  resignation or removal,  the Majority Banks shall have
the right to appoint,  on behalf of Borrower and Banks, a successor  Agent.  Any
Bank can be a successor Agent upon the approval of the Majority Banks. Any other
successor  Agent shall be appointed  only with the prior  reasonable  consent of
Borrower.  If no  successor  Agent shall have been so  appointed by the Majority
Banks within  forty-five (45) days after the resigning  Agent's giving notice of
its  intention to resign,  then the  resigning  Agent may appoint,  on behalf of
Borrower and Banks, a successor Agent.

         If Agent has resigned or been  removed and no successor  Agent has been
appointed,  Banks may perform  all the duties of Agent  hereunder  and  Borrower
shall make all payments in respect of the Obligations to the applicable Bank and
for all other purposes shall deal directly with Banks.  No successor Agent shall
be deemed to be appointed  hereunder until such successor Agent has accepted the
appointment.  Any such successor Agent shall be a commercial bank having capital
and retained  earnings of at least  $50,000,000.00.  Upon the  acceptance of any
appointment as 
                                      -86-
<PAGE>
Agent  hereunder by a successor  Agent,  such  successor  Agent shall  thereupon
succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,  privileges and duties
of the resigning or removed Agent.  Upon the effectiveness of the resignation or
the Loan  Documents,  all amounts payable by Borrower under this Agreement shall
be determined  as if such Bank had not sold such  participating  interests,  and
Borrower,  Agent and the Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly
with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and  obligations  under the
Loan Documents.

         13.12  Agent's  Fee.  Borrower  agrees  to pay to  Agent,  for  its own
account,  the fees agreed to by  Borrower  and Agent  pursuant  to that  certain
letter  agreement of even date  herewith,  or as  otherwise  agreed from time to
time.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                            SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS
                            ------------------------

         14.1 Setoff.  In addition to, and without  limitation of, any rights of
any  Bank  or any  Issuing  Bank  under  applicable  law,  if  Borrower  becomes
insolvent,  however  evidenced,  or any  Event of  Default  occurs,  any and all
deposits  (including  all account  balances,  whether  provisional  or final and
whether or not collected or available)  and any other  Indebtedness  at any time
held or owing by any Bank or  Issuing  Bank to or for the  credit or  account of
Borrower may be offset and applied toward the payment of the  Obligations  owing
to such  Bank or  Issuing  Bank,  whether  or not the  Obligations,  or any part
thereof, shall then be due.

         14.2 Ratable Payments. If any Bank (whether by setoff or otherwise) has
payment  made to it upon its Loans  (other than  payments  received  pursuant to
Sections  3.1,  3.2 or 3.4) in a greater  proportion  than that  received by any
other Bank, such Bank agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase a portion of the
Loans held by the other  Banks so that after such  purchase  each Bank will hold
its ratable  proportion of Loans. If any Bank, whether in connection with setoff
or amounts which might be subject to setoff or otherwise, receives collateral or
other  protection  for its  Obligations  or such amounts which may be subject to
setoff,  such Bank agrees,  promptly upon demand,  to take such action necessary
such  that all  Banks  share  in the  benefits  of such  collateral  ratably  in
proportion to their Loans. In case any such payment is prevented,  restricted or
otherwise  impeded  by  legal  process,   or  otherwise,   appropriate   further
adjustments shall be made.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
                -------------------------------------------------

         15.1  Successors  and  Assigns.  The terms and  provisions  of the Loan
Documents  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of  Borrower,  Agent,
Banks and the Issuing Bank and their respective  successors and assigns,  except
that (i) no  Borrower  shall have the right to assign 
                                      -87-
<PAGE>
its  rights  or  obligations  under  the Loan  Documents  (except  as  otherwise
permitted  under Section 8.3),  and (ii) any assignment by any Bank must be made
in compliance  with Section 15.3.  Notwithstanding  clause (ii) of this Section,
any Bank may at any time,  without the consent of Borrower or Agent,  assign all
or any  portion of its rights  under this  Agreement  and its Notes to a Federal
Reserve  Bank;  provided,  however,  that no such  assignment  shall release the
transferor Bank from its obligations hereunder. Agent may treat the payee of any
Note as the owner  thereof for all purposes  hereof  unless and until such payee
complies with Section 15.3 in the case of an assignment  thereof or, in the case
of any other transfer, a written notice of the transfer is filed with Agent. Any
assignee or transferee of a Note agrees by acceptance thereof to be bound by all
the terms and  provisions  of the Loan  Documents.  Any  request,  authority  or
consent of any  Person,  who at the time of making  such  request or giving such
authority or consent is the holder of any Note,  shall be conclusive and binding
on any subsequent holder,  transferee or assignee of such Note or of any Note or
Notes issued in exchange therefor.

         15.2 Participations.

                  15.2.1Permitted  Participants;  Effect.  Any Bank may,  in the
ordinary  course of its business and in accordance  with  applicable law, at any
time sell to one or more banks or other  Persons  that are not, and that are not
Affiliates  of  a  Person,  in  the  home  building  business   ("Participants")
participating  interests  in any Loan owing to such Bank,  any Note held by such
Bank,  any  Commitment of such Bank or any other interest of such Bank under the
Loan  Documents  in an  amount  of not  less  than  $5,000,000.00,  so  long  as
immediately  following such sale the selling Bank shall retain at least one-half
(1/2)  of  its  Commitment.  In  the  event  of  any  such  sale  by a  Bank  of
participating interests to a Participant, such Bank's obligations under the Loan
Documents shall remain unchanged,  such Bank shall remain solely  responsible to
the other parties  hereto for the  performance  of such  obligations,  such Bank
shall  remain  the  holder  of any such  Note for all  purposes  under  the Loan
Documents,  all  amounts  payable  by  Borrower  under this  Agreement  shall be
determined  as if such  Bank  has not sold  such  participating  interests,  and
Borrower,  Agent and the Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly
with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and  obligations  under the
Loan Documents.

                  15.2.2Voting  Rights. Each Bank shall retain the sole right to
approve,  and/or grant its consent to,  without the consent of any  Participant,
any amendment,  modification or waiver or other matter relating to any provision
of the Loan Documents.

                  15.2.3Benefit of Setoff. Borrower agrees that each Participant
shall be deemed to have the right of setoff  provided in Section 14.1 in respect
of its  participating  interest in amounts owing under the Loan Documents to the
same extent as if the amount of its  participating  interest were owing directly
to it as a Bank under the Loan  Documents,  provided that each Bank shall retain
the right of setoff  provided  in  Section  14.1 with  respect  to the amount of
participating interests sold to each Participant. Banks agree to share with each
Participant, and each Participant, by exercising the right of setoff provided in
Section 14.1,  agrees to share with each 
                                      -88-
<PAGE>
Bank, any amount received pursuant to the exercise of its right of setoff,  such
amounts to be shared in accordance with Section 14.2 as if each Participant were
a Lender.

         15.3 Assignments

                  15.3.1  Permitted  Assignments.  Any Bank may, in the ordinary
course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time assign
to one or more banks or other financial  institutions that are not, and that are
not Affiliates of a Person, in the home building business  ("Purchasers") all or
any part of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents in the amount of
not less than  $10,000,000.00,  provided that each such assignment shall be of a
constant,  and not a varying,  percentage  of the  assigning  Bank's  rights and
obligations  under the Loan Documents;  and provided  further,  that immediately
following  such  assignment,  the  assigning  Bank  either  (i)  shall  retain a
Commitment of not less than  $10,000,000.00  or, if the assigning Bank is Agent,
not less than $40,000,000.00,  or (ii) shall have assigned all of its Commitment
and have no remaining  interest in the  Obligations.  Such  assignment  shall be
substantially  in the form of  Exhibit K hereto or in such  other form as may be
agreed to by the parties  thereto.  The  consent of Borrower  and Agent shall be
required  prior to an  assignment  becoming  effective,  such  consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that if an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the consent of Borrower shall not be required.

                  15.3.2 Effect; Effective Date. Upon (i) delivery to Agent of a
notice of  assignment,  substantially  in the form  attached  as Exhibit  "1" to
Exhibit K hereto (a "Notice of Assignment"), together with any consents required
by Section 15.3.1,  and (ii) payment by the Bank of a $5,000.00 fee to Agent for
processing  such  assignment,  such  assignment  shall  become  effective on the
effective date specified in such Notice of Assignment.  The Notice of Assignment
shall contain a  representation  by the Purchaser to the effect that none of the
consideration  used to make the purchase of the  Commitment  and Loans under the
applicable  assignment  agreement  are "plan  assets" as defined under ERISA and
that the rights and interests of the  Purchaser in and under the Loan  Documents
will not be "plan assets" under ERISA.

         On and after the  effective  date of such  assignment,  such  Purchaser
shall for all  purposes  be a Bank  party to this  Agreement  and any other Loan
Document  executed by Banks and shall have all the rights and  obligations  of a
Bank  under the Loan  Documents,  to the same  extent as if it were an  original
party hereto, and no further consent or action by Borrower, Banks or Agent shall
be required to release the transferor Bank with respect to the percentage of the
Aggregate Commitment and Loans assigned to such Purchaser. Upon the consummation
of any assignment to a Purchaser pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the transferor
Bank, Agent and Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that replacement
Notes are  issued  to such  transferor  Bank and new  Notes or, as  appropriate,
replacement  Notes,  are  issued to such  Purchaser,  in each case in  principal
amounts reflecting their Commitment, as adjusted pursuant to such assignment.

         15.4  Dissemination  of Information.  Borrower  authorizes each Bank to
disclose to any  Participant  or  Purchaser  or any other  Person  acquiring  an
interest in the Loan Documents by 
                                      -89-
<PAGE>
operation of law (each a "Transferee")  and any  prospective  Transferee any and
all public information in such Bank's possession concerning the creditworthiness
of Borrower,  Guarantors and their  Subsidiaries;  provided that each Transferee
and  prospective  Transferee  agrees  to be  bound  by  Section  12.16  of  this
Agreement.

         15.5 Tax Treatment. If any interest in any Loan Document is transferred
to any Transferee  which is organized under the laws of any  jurisdiction  other
than the United States or any State  thereof,  the  transferor  Bank shall cause
such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, to comply
with the provisions of Section 2.20.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                                     NOTICES
                                     -------

         16.1 Giving Notice.  Except as otherwise permitted by Section 2.14 with
respect to borrowing notices, all notices and other  communications  provided to
any party hereto under this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  shall be in
writing and sent by a nationally  recognized  overnight courier,  or by personal
delivery,  or by registered or certified U.S. mail,  postage  prepaid and return
receipt requested, addressed or delivered to such party at its address set forth
below its signature hereto or at such other address as may be designated by such
party in a notice to the other parties. Any notice given in the manner set forth
herein  shall be deemed  given on the earlier of (i) one (1)  Business Day after
sent by such overnight  courier,  (ii) the day of delivery,  if sent by personal
delivery,  or (iii) two (2) Business  Days after deposit in the U.S. Mail in the
manner described above.

         16.2 Change of Address.  Borrower, Agent, any Bank and the Issuing Bank
may each change the address for service of notice upon it by a notice in writing
to the other parties hereto.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                                  COUNTERPARTS
                                  ------------

         This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  all of
which taken  together shall  constitute  one  agreement,  and any of the parties
hereto  may  execute  this  Agreement  by  signing  any such  counterpart.  This
Agreement shall be effective when it has been executed 
                                      -90-
<PAGE>
by  Borrower,  Agent,  and Banks and each party has  notified  Agent by telex or
telephone, that it has taken such action.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Borrower,  Banks,  and Agent have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                    BORROWER:

                                    CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP., a 
                                    Delaware corporation



                                    By:/s/ Donald R. Loback
                                       --------------------------------------
                                    Name: Donald R. Loback
                                    Title:   Chairman of the Board and Chief 
                                             Executive Officer

                                    7001 North Scottsdale Road
                                    Suite 2050
                                    Scottsdale, Arizona  85253
                                    Attention:  Julie E. Collins
                                    Phone: (602) 483-0006
                                    Facsimile: (602) 483-8237
                                      -91-
<PAGE>
         Commitments                   BANKS:
         -----------                   

         $65,000,000.00                BANK ONE, ARIZONA, NA, a national banking
                                       association, Individually and as Agent



                                       By:/s/ Rhonda R. Williams
                                          -----------------------------------

                                       Name:             Rhonda R. Williams
                                                         Vice President

                                       Western Region Real Estate
                                       Department A-383
                                       241 North Central Avenue
                                       Phoenix, Arizona  85004
                                       Attention: Rhonda R. Williams
                                       Phone: (602) 221-1783
                                       Facsimile: (602) 221-1372



         $25,000,000.00                THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON



                                       By:/s/ Kevin C. Hake
                                          -----------------------------------

                                       Name:             Kevin C. Hake
                                                         Vice President

                                       115 Perimeter Center Place N.E.
                                       Suite 1500
                                       Atlanta, Georgia 30346
                                       Attention:  Kevin C. Hake
                                       Phone: (770) 390-6584
                                       Facsimile: (770) 390-8434
                                      -92-
<PAGE>
         $20,000,000.00                NORWEST BANK ARIZONA, N.A., a national
                                       banking association



                                       By:/s/ Vicki Slade
                                          -----------------------------------

                                       Name:             Vicki Slade
                                                         Vice President

                                       3300 North Central Avenue
                                       MS-9008
                                       Phoenix, Arizona 85012-2501
                                       Attention: Vicki Slade
                                       Phone: (602) 248-1240
                                       Facsimile: (602) 248-3661
                                      -93-

                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                 ---------------


$65,000,000.00                                                     June 27, 1996
                                                                Phoenix, Arizona

                  FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   CONTINENTAL  HOMES  HOLDING  CORP.,  a
Delaware corporation  ("Maker"),  hereby promises and agrees to pay to the order
of BANK  ONE,  ARIZONA,  NA,  a  national  banking  association  ("Payee"),  the
principal  sum of  SIXTY-FIVE  MILLION AND NO/100  DOLLARS  ($65,000,000.00)  in
lawful money of the United  States of America,  or, if less than such  principal
amount,  the aggregate  unpaid principal amount of all Advances made to Maker by
the Payee pursuant to the Credit Agreement hereinafter referenced.  Such payment
shall  be made on the  Facility  Termination  Date,  as  defined  in the  Credit
Agreement.

                  Maker  shall pay  interest  from the date hereof on the unpaid
principal  amount of this Note from time to time  outstanding  during the period
from the date hereof until such  principal  amount is paid in full at the rates,
determined  in the  manner,  and on the dates or  occurrences  specified  in the
Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                  This  promissory  note is one of the Notes  referred to in the
Credit Agreement dated as of June 27, 1996, among Maker, Bank One, Arizona,  NA,
as Agent,  and the Banks named  therein  (as the same may be amended,  modified,
replaced,  or renewed from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") and is entitled
to the  benefits of the Credit  Agreement  and the Loan  Documents.  Capitalized
terms used in this Note without  definition  shall have the same meanings as are
ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

                  Both  principal  and interest are payable to the Agent for the
account of Payee  pursuant to the terms of the Credit  Agreement.  All  Advances
made by Payee pursuant to the Credit Agreement and all payments of the principal
amount of such  Advances,  shall be  endorsed  by the holder of this Note on the
schedule  attached hereto.  Failure to record such Advances or payment shall not
diminish  any rights of Payee or relieve  Maker of any  liability  hereunder  or
under the Credit Agreement.  This Note is subject to prepayment and its maturity
is subject to  acceleration,  in each case upon the terms provided in the Credit
Agreement.

                  This Note may not be modified or discharged  orally, by course
of dealing  or  otherwise,  but only by a writing  duly  executed  by the holder
hereof.

                  In the event that any action, suit or proceeding is brought by
the holder hereof to collect this Note,  Maker agrees to pay and shall be liable
for  all  costs  and  expenses  of  collection,  including  without  limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements.

         Maker and all sureties,  Guarantors  and/or endorsers hereof (or of any
obligation hereunder) and accommodation parties hereon (all of which,  including
Maker,  are severally each  hereinafter  called a "Surety") each: (a) agree that
the liability  under this Note 
<PAGE>
of all parties hereto is joint and several; (b) severally waive any homestead or
exemption laws and right thereunder  affecting the full collection of this Note;
(c) severally  waive any and all formalities in connection with this Note to the
maximum extent allowed by law, including (but not limited to) demand, diligence,
presentment for payment, protest and demand, and notice of extension,  dishonor,
protest,  demand and  nonpayment  of this Note;  and (d) consent that Holder may
extend the time of payment or otherwise  modify the terms of payment of any part
or the whole of the debt  evidenced  by this Note,  at the  request of any other
person  liable  hereon,  and such  consent  shall  not alter  nor  diminish  the
liability of any person hereon.

         In addition, each Surety waives and agrees not to assert: (a) any right
to require the holder  hereof to proceed  against any other  Surety,  to proceed
against  or  exhaust  any  security  for the Note,  to pursue  any other  remedy
available to the holder hereof,  or to pursue any remedy in any particular order
or manner; (b) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability
hereunder or the enforcement  hereof; (c) the benefits of any legal or equitable
doctrine or principle of marshaling;  (d) notice of the  existence,  creation or
incurring of new or additional  indebtedness of Maker to the holder hereof;  (e)
the benefits of any  statutory  provision  limiting  the  liability of a surety,
including without limitation the provisions of Sections 12-1641, et seq., of the
Arizona Revised Statutes; (f) any defense arising by reason of any disability or
other  defense  of any  Maker or by  reason  of the  cessation  from  any  cause
whatsoever (other than payment in full) of the liability of Maker for payment of
this Note; and (g) the benefits of any statutory provision limiting the right of
the holder  hereof to recover a deficiency  judgment,  or to  otherwise  proceed
against  any person or entity  obligated  for  payment  of this Note,  after any
foreclosure or trustee's sale of any security for this Note,  including  without
limitation the benefits, if any, to a Surety of Arizona Revised Statutes Section
33-814.  Until  payment  in full of this  Note  and  the  holder  hereof  has no
obligation to make any further advances of the proceeds hereof,  no Surety shall
have any right of  subrogation  and each hereby  waives any right to enforce any
remedy which the holder hereof now has, or may hereafter have,  against Maker or
any other Surety,  and waives any benefit of, and any right to  participate  in,
any security now or hereafter held by the holder hereof.

         Maker  agrees  that to the extent any Surety  makes any  payment to the
holder hereof in connection  with the  indebtedness  evidenced by this Note, and
all or any part of such  payment is  subsequently  invalidated,  declared  to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid by Holder or paid
over to a trustee,  receiver or any other entity,  whether under any  bankruptcy
act or otherwise (any such payment is hereinafter referred to as a "Preferential
Payment"),  then the  indebtedness  of Maker  under this Note shall  continue or
shall be  reinstated,  as the case may be, and, to the extent of such payment or
repayment by the holder hereof, the indebtedness  evidenced by this Note or part
thereof intended to be satisfied by such  Preferential  Payment shall be revived
and continued in full force and effect as if said  Preferential  Payment had not
been made.

                  This Note has been  delivered in the City of Phoenix and State
of Arizona, and shall be enforced under and governed by the laws of the State of
Arizona  applicable to contracts made and to be performed  entirely  within said
state, without references to any choice or conflicts of law principles.
<PAGE>

                                            CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP., a
                                            Delaware corporation




                                            By:   /s/ Donald R. Loback
7                                               --------------------------------
                                            Name:     Donald R. Loback
                                            Title:    Chairman  of the Board and
                                                      Chief Executive Officer

                                                                    Exhibit 10.7

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                 ---------------


$25,000,000.00                                                     June 27, 1996
                                                                Phoenix, Arizona

                  FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   CONTINENTAL  HOMES  HOLDING  CORP.,  a
Delaware corporation  ("Maker"),  hereby promises and agrees to pay to the order
of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON ("Payee"), the principal sum of TWENTY-FIVE
MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($25,000,000.00) in lawful money of the United States
of  America,  or, if less than  such  principal  amount,  the  aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount of all  Advances  made to Maker by the Payee  pursuant  to the
Credit  Agreement  hereinafter  referenced.  Such  payment  shall be made on the
Facility Termination Date, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

                  Maker  shall pay  interest  from the date hereof on the unpaid
principal  amount of this Note from time to time  outstanding  during the period
from the date hereof until such  principal  amount is paid in full at the rates,
determined  in the  manner,  and on the dates or  occurrences  specified  in the
Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                  This  promissory  note is one of the Notes  referred to in the
Credit Agreement dated as of June 27, 1996, among Maker, Bank One, Arizona,  NA,
as Agent,  and the Banks named  therein  (as the same may be amended,  modified,
replaced,  or renewed from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") and is entitled
to the  benefits of the Credit  Agreement  and the Loan  Documents.  Capitalized
terms used in this Note without  definition  shall have the same meanings as are
ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

                  Both  principal  and interest are payable to the Agent for the
account of Payee  pursuant to the terms of the Credit  Agreement.  All  Advances
made by Payee pursuant to the Credit Agreement and all payments of the principal
amount of such  Advances,  shall be  endorsed  by the holder of this Note on the
schedule  attached hereto.  Failure to record such Advances or payment shall not
diminish  any rights of Payee or relieve  Maker of any  liability  hereunder  or
under the Credit Agreement.  This Note is subject to prepayment and its maturity
is subject to  acceleration,  in each case upon the terms provided in the Credit
Agreement.

                  This Note may not be modified or discharged  orally, by course
of dealing  or  otherwise,  but only by a writing  duly  executed  by the holder
hereof.

                  In the event that any action, suit or proceeding is brought by
the holder hereof to collect this Note,  Maker agrees to pay and shall be liable
for  all  costs  and  expenses  of  collection,  including  without  limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements.

         Maker and all sureties,  Guarantors  and/or endorsers hereof (or of any
obligation hereunder) and accommodation parties hereon (all of which,  including
Maker,  are severally each  hereinafter  called a "Surety") each: (a) agree that
the liability  under this Note 
<PAGE>
of all parties hereto is joint and several; (b) severally waive any homestead or
exemption laws and right thereunder  affecting the full collection of this Note;
(c) severally  waive any and all formalities in connection with this Note to the
maximum extent allowed by law, including (but not limited to) demand, diligence,
presentment for payment, protest and demand, and notice of extension,  dishonor,
protest,  demand and  nonpayment  of this Note;  and (d) consent that Holder may
extend the time of payment or otherwise  modify the terms of payment of any part
or the whole of the debt  evidenced  by this Note,  at the  request of any other
person  liable  hereon,  and such  consent  shall  not alter  nor  diminish  the
liability of any person hereon.

         In addition, each Surety waives and agrees not to assert: (a) any right
to require the holder  hereof to proceed  against any other  Surety,  to proceed
against  or  exhaust  any  security  for the Note,  to pursue  any other  remedy
available to the holder hereof,  or to pursue any remedy in any particular order
or manner; (b) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability
hereunder or the enforcement  hereof; (c) the benefits of any legal or equitable
doctrine or principle of marshaling;  (d) notice of the  existence,  creation or
incurring of new or additional  indebtedness of Maker to the holder hereof;  (e)
the benefits of any  statutory  provision  limiting  the  liability of a surety,
including without limitation the provisions of Sections 12-1641, et seq., of the
Arizona Revised Statutes; (f) any defense arising by reason of any disability or
other  defense  of any  Maker or by  reason  of the  cessation  from  any  cause
whatsoever (other than payment in full) of the liability of Maker for payment of
this Note; and (g) the benefits of any statutory provision limiting the right of
the holder  hereof to recover a deficiency  judgment,  or to  otherwise  proceed
against  any person or entity  obligated  for  payment  of this Note,  after any
foreclosure or trustee's sale of any security for this Note,  including  without
limitation the benefits, if any, to a Surety of Arizona Revised Statutes Section
33-814.  Until  payment  in full of this  Note  and  the  holder  hereof  has no
obligation to make any further advances of the proceeds hereof,  no Surety shall
have any right of  subrogation  and each hereby  waives any right to enforce any
remedy which the holder hereof now has, or may hereafter have,  against Maker or
any other Surety,  and waives any benefit of, and any right to  participate  in,
any security now or hereafter held by the holder hereof.

         Maker  agrees  that to the extent any Surety  makes any  payment to the
holder hereof in connection  with the  indebtedness  evidenced by this Note, and
all or any part of such  payment is  subsequently  invalidated,  declared  to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid by Holder or paid
over to a trustee,  receiver or any other entity,  whether under any  bankruptcy
act or otherwise (any such payment is hereinafter referred to as a "Preferential
Payment"),  then the  indebtedness  of Maker  under this Note shall  continue or
shall be  reinstated,  as the case may be, and, to the extent of such payment or
repayment by the holder hereof, the indebtedness  evidenced by this Note or part
thereof intended to be satisfied by such  Preferential  Payment shall be revived
and continued in full force and effect as if said  Preferential  Payment had not
been made.

                  This Note has been  delivered in the City of Phoenix and State
of Arizona, and shall be enforced under and governed by the laws of the State of
Arizona  applicable to contracts made and to be performed  entirely  within said
state, without references to any choice or conflicts of law principles.

                                          CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP., a 
                                          Delaware corporation




                                          By:     /s/ Donald R. Loback
                                            ------------------------------------
                                          Name:       Donald R. Loback
                                          Title:      Chairman  of the Board and
                                                      Chief Executive Officer

                                                                    Exhibit 10.8

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                 ---------------


$20,000,000.00                                                     June 27, 1996
                                                                Phoenix, Arizona

                  FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   CONTINENTAL  HOMES  HOLDING  CORP.,  a
Delaware corporation  ("Maker"),  hereby promises and agrees to pay to the order
of NORWEST BANK  ARIZONA,  NA, a national  banking  association  ("Payee"),  the
principal sum of TWENTY  MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS  ($20,000,000.00)  in lawful
money of the United States of America,  or, if less than such principal  amount,
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Advances made to Maker by the Payee
pursuant to the Credit Agreement hereinafter  referenced.  Such payment shall be
made on the Facility Termination Date, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

                  Maker  shall pay  interest  from the date hereof on the unpaid
principal  amount of this Note from time to time  outstanding  during the period
from the date hereof until such  principal  amount is paid in full at the rates,
determined  in the  manner,  and on the dates or  occurrences  specified  in the
Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                  This  promissory  note is one of the Notes  referred to in the
Credit Agreement dated as of June 27, 1996, among Maker, Bank One, Arizona,  NA,
as Agent,  and the Banks named  therein  (as the same may be amended,  modified,
replaced,  or renewed from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") and is entitled
to the  benefits of the Credit  Agreement  and the Loan  Documents.  Capitalized
terms used in this Note without  definition  shall have the same meanings as are
ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

                  Both  principal  and interest are payable to the Agent for the
account of Payee  pursuant to the terms of the Credit  Agreement.  All  Advances
made by Payee pursuant to the Credit Agreement and all payments of the principal
amount of such  Advances,  shall be  endorsed  by the holder of this Note on the
schedule  attached hereto.  Failure to record such Advances or payment shall not
diminish  any rights of Payee or relieve  Maker of any  liability  hereunder  or
under the Credit Agreement.  This Note is subject to prepayment and its maturity
is subject to  acceleration,  in each case upon the terms provided in the Credit
Agreement.

                  This Note may not be modified or discharged  orally, by course
of dealing  or  otherwise,  but only by a writing  duly  executed  by the holder
hereof.

                  In the event that any action, suit or proceeding is brought by
the holder hereof to collect this Note,  Maker agrees to pay and shall be liable
for  all  costs  and  expenses  of  collection,  including  without  limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements.

         Maker and all sureties,  Guarantors  and/or endorsers hereof (or of any
obligation hereunder) and accommodation parties hereon (all of which,  including
Maker,  are severally each  hereinafter  called a "Surety") each: (a) agree that
the liability  under this Note
<PAGE>
of all parties hereto is joint and several; (b) severally waive any homestead or
exemption laws and right thereunder  affecting the full collection of this Note;
(c) severally  waive any and all formalities in connection with this Note to the
maximum extent allowed by law, including (but not limited to) demand, diligence,
presentment for payment, protest and demand, and notice of extension,  dishonor,
protest,  demand and  nonpayment  of this Note;  and (d) consent that Holder may
extend the time of payment or otherwise  modify the terms of payment of any part
or the whole of the debt  evidenced  by this Note,  at the  request of any other
person  liable  hereon,  and such  consent  shall  not alter  nor  diminish  the
liability of any person hereon.

         In addition, each Surety waives and agrees not to assert: (a) any right
to require the holder  hereof to proceed  against any other  Surety,  to proceed
against  or  exhaust  any  security  for the Note,  to pursue  any other  remedy
available to the holder hereof,  or to pursue any remedy in any particular order
or manner; (b) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability
hereunder or the enforcement  hereof; (c) the benefits of any legal or equitable
doctrine or principle of marshaling;  (d) notice of the  existence,  creation or
incurring of new or additional  indebtedness of Maker to the holder hereof;  (e)
the benefits of any  statutory  provision  limiting  the  liability of a surety,
including without limitation the provisions of Sections 12-1641, et seq., of the
Arizona Revised Statutes; (f) any defense arising by reason of any disability or
other  defense  of any  Maker or by  reason  of the  cessation  from  any  cause
whatsoever (other than payment in full) of the liability of Maker for payment of
this Note; and (g) the benefits of any statutory provision limiting the right of
the holder  hereof to recover a deficiency  judgment,  or to  otherwise  proceed
against  any person or entity  obligated  for  payment  of this Note,  after any
foreclosure or trustee's sale of any security for this Note,  including  without
limitation the benefits, if any, to a Surety of Arizona Revised Statutes Section
33-814.  Until  payment  in full of this  Note  and  the  holder  hereof  has no
obligation to make any further advances of the proceeds hereof,  no Surety shall
have any right of  subrogation  and each hereby  waives any right to enforce any
remedy which the holder hereof now has, or may hereafter have,  against Maker or
any other Surety,  and waives any benefit of, and any right to  participate  in,
any security now or hereafter held by the holder hereof.

         Maker  agrees  that to the extent any Surety  makes any  payment to the
holder hereof in connection  with the  indebtedness  evidenced by this Note, and
all or any part of such  payment is  subsequently  invalidated,  declared  to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid by Holder or paid
over to a trustee,  receiver or any other entity,  whether under any  bankruptcy
act or otherwise (any such payment is hereinafter referred to as a "Preferential
Payment"),  then the  indebtedness  of Maker  under this Note shall  continue or
shall be  reinstated,  as the case may be, and, to the extent of such payment or
repayment by the holder hereof, the indebtedness  evidenced by this Note or part
thereof intended to be satisfied by such  Preferential  Payment shall be revived
and continued in full force and effect as if said  Preferential  Payment had not
been made.

                  This Note has been  delivered in the City of Phoenix and State
of Arizona, and shall be enforced under and governed by the laws of the State of
Arizona  applicable to contracts made and to be performed  entirely  within said
state, without references to any choice or conflicts of law principles.

                                           CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP., a 
                                           Delaware corporation



                                           By:    /s/ Donald R. Loback
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Name:      Donald R. Loback
                                           Title:     Chairman  of the Board and
                                                      Chief Executive Officer


                                                                      Exhibit 11



                         CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.
                        COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                      (In thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Years ended May 31,
                                                                                  -------------------
                                                                                1996               1995
                                                                                ----               ----
<S>                                                                           <C>                <C>     
Fully diluted:                                       
Income from Operations                                                        $ 25,787           $ 13,821
Interest expense on convertible subordinated
  notes, net of income taxes                                                     2,778              1,604
                                                                              --------           --------
                                                                              $ 28,565           $ 15,425
                                                                              ========           ========

Net income                                                                    $ 18,869           $ 13,821
Interest expense on convertible subordinated
  notes, net of income taxes                                                     2,778              1,604
                                                                              --------           --------
                                                                              $ 21,647           $ 15,425
                                                                              ========           ========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding                                    6,960              6,948
Conversion of convertible subordinated notes (42.105 shares
  per $1,000 principal amount of notes)                                          2,490              1,489
Incremental shares relating to stock options exercisable                            85                 46
                                                                              --------           --------
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
  assuming full dilution                                                         9,535              8,483
                                                                              ========           ========
Fully diluted income from operations per share                                $   3.00           $   1.82
                                                                              ========           ========
Fully diluted net income per share                                            $   2.27           $   1.82
                                                                              ========           ========
</TABLE>

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(In thousands, except per share and
unit backlog data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          1996       1995       1994       1993       1992
                                          ----       ----       ----       ----       ----
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Revenues                                $600,608   $432,452   $348,620   $207,033   $170,424
Gross profit from home sales             107,975     75,430     62,153     38,052     29,674
Net Income                                18,869     13,821     13,083      7,100      6,591
Earnings per common share                   2.71       1.99       2.11       1.38       1.39
Cash dividends per common share              .20        .20        .20        .20        .20
Total assets                             438,434    386,833    305,490    187,525    162,774
Total debt                               250,526    232,825    168,319    114,787    101,741
Stockholders' equity                     128,949    110,479     98,560     51,550     44,428
Stockholders' equity per common share      18.21      15.95      14.15       9.93       8.71
Units in backlog at end of period          2,070      1,493      1,136        900        669
Aggregate sales value of backlog         295,484    198,126    147,242    107,499     76,215
</TABLE>


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES

The Company's Common Stock is traded on the NYSE (Symbol: CON).
The  following  table sets forth the high and low  closing  sales  prices of the
Company's Common Stock for the periods indicated:


             First Quarter     Second Quarter    Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter

1996         $15.13-$21.00     $18.13-$22.50     $18.88-$24.63    $20.00-$25.25
1995         $13.38-$15.75     $13.50-$17.25     $11.63-$14.13    $11.00-$15.88

Since the first fiscal  quarter of 1991,  the Company has paid a quarterly  cash
dividend of $.05 per share. See Note E to the consolidated  financial statements
for restrictions related to the payment of dividends.
<PAGE>
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
and Financial Condition

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

HOMEBUILDING

   The following  table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  unit activity,
average sales price and revenue from home sales for the Company:

                                                   Years ended May 31,
                                            ----------------------------------
                                                1996         1995       1994
                                            ----------------------------------
Units delivered                                  4,367        3,202      2,831
Average sales price                         $  132,144   $  129,518  $ 120,110
Revenue from home sales (000's)             $  577,073   $  414,718  $ 340,031
Percentage increase from prior year             39.2%        22.0%
Change due to volume                            36.4%        13.1%
Change due to average sales price                2.8%         8.9%

   The increase in volume in fiscal 1996  compared to fiscal 1995  resulted from
improved sales in each market during the fiscal year. The Company  believes that
relatively  low  interest  rates and the  economic  strength  in  certain of its
markets  contributed to improved  sales.  The volume increase in fiscal 1995 was
attributable to the addition of the Texas operations  during fiscal 1994 and the
South Florida  operations  during fiscal 1995.  Without Texas and South Florida,
the  Company's  unit  volume was 8% less during  fiscal 1995  compared to fiscal
1994.  Significant volume increases in early fiscal 1994 resulted in the Company
selling out of several  subdivisions  in Phoenix faster than  anticipated.  This
resulted  in fewer homes  available  for sale in Phoenix in the third and fourth
fiscal quarters of fiscal 1994 compared to the same periods in fiscal 1993. As a
result of the inventory  shortage,  deliveries  in the early  quarters of fiscal
1995 in Phoenix were less than in the prior year.  The increase in average sales
price in fiscal  1995 was  primarily  due to  deliveries  in Phoenix and Denver,
where sales prices have increased as a result of rising costs.

   Revenues  from land sales were  $11,844,000  in fiscal 1996,  $10,658,000  in
fiscal 1995 and $1,095,000 in fiscal 1994.

   The following table summarizes  information  related to the Company's backlog
at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     May 31,
             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       1996                           1995                           1994
             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (Dollars in thousands)     
               Units      Dollars         Units        Dollars          Units       Dollars
             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>      <C>                <C>       <C>                 <C>       <C>           
Phoenix         832    $    110,530         821     $    102,503          659     $    84,818
Texas           652          71,791         396           43,140          348          38,403
Denver          292          57,746          98           18,185          100          18,178
Florida         189          24,597          86           12,228           --              --
California      105          30,820          92           22,070           29           5,843
              -----    ------------       -----     ------------        -----     -----------
              2,070    $    295,484       1,493     $    198,126        1,136     $   147,242
              =====    ============       =====     ============        =====     ===========
</TABLE>
                                       12
<PAGE>
   The increase in backlog at May 31, 1996 resulted from improved  sales in each
market  during the six months  ended May 31,  1996.  The  increase in backlog in
fiscal  1995  resulted  from  improved  sales in  Phoenix,  Texas  and  Southern
California during the fourth fiscal quarter and the Company's expansion into the
Florida market.  The aggregate sales value of consolidated  new contracts signed
increased  52%  for  fiscal  1996  to  $669,205,000   representing  4,944  homes
(including $39,935,000 in South Florida representing 303 homes) as compared with
$441,309,000  representing  3,427 homes (including  $12,603,000 in South Florida
representing  87 homes) for fiscal 1995.  Sales in South  Florida were  included
from November 1, 1994.

   The following table summarizes  information related to the cost of home sales
and selling,  general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses and interest, net for
homebuilding:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Years ended May 31,
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                                  1996                 1995                 1994
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                            Dollars      %       Dollars      %       Dollars      %
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                       <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>   
Revenue from home sales   $  577,073   100.0%  $  414,718   100.0%  $  340,031   100.0%
Cost of home sales           469,098    81.3      339,288    81.8      277,878    81.7
                          ----------     ---    ---------     ---   ----------     --- 
Gross profit                 107,975    18.7       75,430    18.2       62,153    18.3
SG&A expenses                 62,247    10.8       46,308    11.2       37,065    10.9
                          ----------     ---    ---------     ---   ----------     --- 

Operating income from
  homebuilding                45,728     7.9       29,122     7.0       25,088     7.4
Interest, net                  5,510      .9        4,993     1.2        4,456     1.3
                          ----------     ---    ---------     ---   ----------     --- 
Pre-tax profit from
  homebuilding            $   40,218     7.0%   $  24,129     5.8%  $   20,632     6.1%
                          ==========     ===    =========     ===   ==========     === 
</TABLE>

   Gross  profit from home sales was 18.7% in fiscal 1996  compared to 18.2% and
18.3% in fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively.  In connection with acquisitions in
Texas and South Florida, the Company capitalized a portion of the purchase price
and includes such capitalized  purchase price in the cost of home sales when the
related units are delivered (purchase accounting adjustments). Gross profit from
home sales, exclusive of the purchase accounting adjustments was 18.8% in fiscal
1996  compared  to 18.6% and 18.9% in fiscal  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  The
decrease in gross profit  during  fiscal 1995 was  primarily the result of sales
incentives  and  discounts  that were  offered for a time during the year in the
Austin market.

   The  increase in total SG&A  expenses  for fiscal 1996 was due  primarily  to
higher  variable  marketing  costs  (sales  commissions,  advertising  and model
furniture  amortization)  due to the increase in the number of homes  delivered,
higher salaries and higher  customer  service costs.  Additionally,  fiscal 1996
included $3,249,000 of SG&A expenses from South Florida compared with $2,227,000
during the period from November 1, 1994 (acquisition)  through May 31, 1995. The
increase  in total  SG&A  expenses  for  fiscal  1995 was  primarily  due to the
addition  of the Texas  operations  during  fiscal  1994 and the  South  Florida
operations during fiscal 1995. The 1995 fiscal year included $15,805,000 of SG&A
expenses  from Texas for the full fiscal  year  compared  to  $11,794,000  for a
partial year during fiscal 1994.  Additionally,  the Company  experienced higher
adver-
                                       13
<PAGE>
tising and selling  expenses  associated  with the opening of new  subdivisions,
which  occurred at a faster rate in fiscal  1995.  SG&A  expenses  for each home
delivered  were  $14,254,  $14,462  and $13,092 in fiscal  1996,  1995 and 1994,
respectively. The Company capitalizes certain SG&A expenses for homebuilding and
includes such  capitalized SG&A in cost of home sales when the related units are
delivered.  Accordingly,  total SG&A  expenses  incurred for  homebuilding  were
$70,117,000,  $53,109,000  and  $42,040,000  in  fiscal  1996,  1995  and  1994,
respectively.

   The  Company   capitalizes   certain  interest  costs  for  its  homebuilding
operations and includes such capitalized interest in cost of home sales when the
related  units  are  delivered.  Accordingly,  total  interest  incurred  by the
Company's homebuilding  operations was $22,422,000,  $19,528,000 and $13,378,000
in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  Interest, net for homebuilding was
$5,510,000,   $4,993,000  and   $4,456,000  in  fiscal  1996,   1995  and  1994,
respectively. The increase in interest during each of fiscal 1996 and 1995, both
incurred and expensed,  was due to higher debt levels which  resulted  primarily
from the South Florida acquisition.

   The increase in pre-tax  profit in fiscal 1996 was due  primarily to improved
results  in Texas,  Southern  California  and  Phoenix  partially  offset by the
negative  impact from the inclusion of South Florida  results.  South  Florida's
pre-tax loss was primarily  caused by weather related delays in the opening of a
new subdivision and delays in the municipalities  issuing permits.  These delays
resulted in fewer  deliveries  from South  Florida  through  October  1995.  The
Company's  pre-tax  profit from  homebuilding  for fiscal  1996 was  $40,218,000
compared to $24,129,000  for the year ended May 31, 1995 and $20,632,000 for the
year ended May 31, 1994.  Pre-tax profit  increased in fiscal 1995 due primarily
to improved  results from Denver and Southern  California  and the  inclusion of
Texas  results for the full  fiscal  year,  which  collectively  contributed  an
additional $3,411,000 of pre-tax profit in fiscal 1995 compared to fiscal 1994.

MORTGAGE BANKING 

   The  Company's   mortgage  banking   operations  are  conducted  through  its
wholly-owned  subsidiary  CH Mortgage  Company  ("CHMC").  The  following  table
summarizes operating information for the Company's mortgage banking operations:

                                              Years ended May 31,  
                                         -----------------------------
                                           1996       1995      1994
                                         -----------------------------
                                             (Dollars in thousands)

Number of loans originated                 2,916      1,949      2,451
Loan origination fees                    $ 2,758    $ 1,845    $ 2,186
Sale of servicing and marketing gains      6,177      2,744      3,046
Other revenues                             1,013        628        459
                                         -------    -------    -------
Total revenues                             9,948      5,217      5,691
General and administrative expenses        6,041      4,724      3,930
                                         -------    -------    -------
Operating income from mortgage banking     3,907        493      1,761
Interest, net                               (316)      (199)      (233)
                                         -------    -------    -------
Pre-tax profit from mortgage banking     $ 4,223    $   692    $ 1,994
                                         =======    =======    =======
                                       14
<PAGE>
   Revenues  and general  and  administrative  expenses  from  mortgage  banking
increased in fiscal 1996  primarily as a result of an increase in the percentage
of  Phoenix  and Texas  homebuyers  utilizing  the  Company's  mortgage  banking
operations.  Additionally,  revenues  increased due to higher servicing  release
premiums  received  on the  sale  of  servicing  and the  sale of  approximately
$47,705,000  in  servicing  rights from the  servicing  portfolio  resulting  in
approximately  $932,000 of income.  Revenues  from mortgage  banking  operations
decreased  in fiscal 1995  compared to fiscal  1994  primarily  as a result of a
decrease  in third  party  originations  in Texas.  General  and  administrative
expenses  increased in fiscal 1995 compared to fiscal 1994 primarily as a result
of the inclusion of the Texas operations for the full fiscal year.

CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS

   Net income was $18,869,000  ($2.71 per share,  $2.27 fully diluted) in fiscal
1996  compared  to  $13,821,000  ($1.99  per share,  $1.82  fully  diluted)  and
$13,083,000  ($2.11 per share,  $1.88  fully  diluted)  in fiscal 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  The  decrease in per share  earnings  in fiscal 1995  compared to
fiscal 1994 was the result of the Company issuing an additional 1,704,400 shares
in November, 1993.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   The Company's  financing  needs depend  primarily  upon sales  volume,  asset
turnover,  land acquisitions and inventory  balances.  The Company has financed,
and expects to continue to finance,  its working  capital  needs  through  funds
generated by operations and borrowings.  Funds for future land  acquisitions and
construction  costs are  expected  to be provided  primarily  by cash flows from
operations  and  future   borrowings  as  permitted  under  the  Company's  loan
agreements.  On June  27,  1996 the  Company  entered  into a  credit  agreement
("Credit  Agreement")  with a group of banks which  provides  for a $110 million
unsecured  revolving line of credit.  Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear
interest at LIBOR plus 1.75% or prime plus .125% at the  Company's  election and
subject to the rating on its senior debt.  Available borrowings under the Credit
Agreement  are limited to certain  percentages  of housing unit costs,  finished
lots, land under development and receivables as defined in the Credit Agreement.
The Credit Agreement  replaced the credit  facilities  (other than the warehouse
line) the Company had in place at May 31, 1996. At May 31, 1996, the Company had
unsecured lines of credit from two lenders for aggregate  borrowings  (excluding
the mortgage  warehouse  line) of up to $30,000,000.  Additionally,  the Company
assumed $55 million of credit  facilities  ($15 million of which were unsecured)
in connection with the Texas and Florida  acquisitions.  At May 31, 1996,  there
was  $19,108,000  outstanding  in the aggregate  under these credit  lines.  The
Company  believes that amounts  generated from  operations  and such  additional
borrowings  will provide funds adequate to finance its  homebuilding  activities
and meet its debt  service  requirements.  The Company does not have any current
commitments for capital expenditures.

   CHMC has a warehouse  line of credit for  $25,000,000  which is guaranteed by
the Company. Pursuant to the warehouse line of credit, the Company issues drafts
to fund its mortgage  loans.  The amount  represented by a draft is drawn on the
warehouse  line of credit when the draft is presented  for  payment.  At May 31,
1996, the amount  outstanding  under the warehouse line of credit and the amount
of funding  drafts that had not been presented for payment was  $5,359,000.  The
Company  believes  that  this  line  is  sufficient  for  its  mortgage  banking
operations.
                                       15
<PAGE>
   On November 10, 1995, the Company completed the sale of $75,000,000 principal
amount of its  6-7/8%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes due  November  2002.  On
December 5, 1995, the Company sold an additional  $11,250,000 of such notes. The
net proceeds were used to redeem the Company's 6-7/8%  Convertible  Subordinated
Notes due March 2002 and to reduce temporarily outstanding amounts under certain
of the Company's  revolving  lines of credit  (including  the warehouse  line of
credit).  In connection with the redemption of the notes, the Company  recorded,
in the third quarter of fiscal 1996, an  extraordinary  loss,  net of taxes,  of
approximately  $859,000 due to the  write-off of  unamortized  discount and debt
issuance costs. The Convertible Notes are immediately convertible into shares of
the Company's  common stock at a rate of 42.105 shares for each $1,000 principal
amount of Convertible Notes.

   On April 18, 1996 the Company  completed the sale of  $130,000,000  principal
amount of its 10% Senior Notes due April 2006.  The Company  used  approximately
$107,542,000 of the net proceeds to repurchase  $98,500,000  aggregate principal
amount of its 12% Senior Notes due 1999.  The  remaining  proceeds  were used to
reduce temporarily  outstanding amounts under certain of the Company's revolving
lines of credit.  In connection with the repurchase of the 12% Senior Notes, the
Company recorded,  in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, an extraordinary  loss,
net of taxes, of approximately  $6,059,000  related  primarily to a tender offer
premium.

INFLATION AND EFFECTS OF CHANGING PRICES

   Real estate and residential  housing prices are affected by inflation,  which
can cause  increases  in the prices of land,  raw  materials  and  subcontracted
labor. In the past three years,  the Company has not experienced any significant
inflationary  pressure  on land,  raw  materials  or  labor.  Unless  costs  are
recovered  through higher sales prices,  gross profit margins will decrease.  As
interest rates increase, construction and financing costs as well as the cost of
borrowing  funds  also  increase,  which  can  result  in lower  gross  profits.
Relatively low interest  rates during fiscal 1996 have made the Company's  homes
more  affordable in each of its markets.  High mortgage  interest  rates make it
more difficult for the Company's  customers to qualify for home mortgage  loans.
These factors have a much more  significant  effect on the Company's  operations
than does seasonality, in part because homes can be constructed year-round.
                                       16
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Public Accountants


                               Arthur Andersen LLP




To Continental Homes Holding Corp.

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  CONTINENTAL
HOMES HOLDING CORP. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of May 31, 1996
and 1995,  and the  related  consolidated  statements  of income,  stockholders'
equity  and cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended May 31,
1996.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Continental Homes Holding Corp.
and  subsidiaries  as of May 31,  1996  and  1995,  and  the  results  of  their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
May 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


Arthur Andersen LLP

Phoenix, Arizona,
June 19, 1996.
                                       17
<PAGE>
                        CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDINGS CORP.
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   May 31,
                                                                                   -------       
                                                                             1996         1995
                                                                           ---------    ---------
                                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>      
ASSETS

HOMEBUILDING
 Cash and cash equivalents (Notes A and E)                                 $  25,236    $  12,848
 Receivables (Note B)                                                         16,693       10,108
 Homes, lots and improvements in production (Notes A, C and E)               344,880      291,331
 Property and equipment, net (Note A)                                          2,271        2,456
 Prepaid expenses and other assets                                            16,797       20,516
 Excess of cost over related net assets acquired (Note A)                     11,715       13,400
                                                                           ---------    ---------
                                                                             417,592      350,659
                                                                           ---------    ---------
MORTGAGE BANKING
 Mortgage loans held for sale (Notes A and D)                                 20,350       17,593
 Mortgage loans held for long-term investment, net (Notes A and D)                86       17,783
 Other assets                                                                    406          798
                                                                           ---------    ---------
                                                                              20,842       36,174
                                                                           ---------    ---------
 Total assets                                                              $ 438,434    $ 386,833
                                                                           =========    =========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

HOMEBUILDING
 Accounts payable and other liabilities                                    $  52,240    $  39,405
 Notes payable, senior and convertible subordinated debt (Notes A and E)     244,999      198,814
 Deferred income taxes (Notes A and F)                                         1,236        2,048
                                                                           ---------    ---------
                                                                             298,475      240,267
                                                                           ---------    ---------
MORTGAGE BANKING
 Notes payable (Notes A and E)                                                 5,359       16,072
 Bonds payable (Notes D and E)                                                   168       17,939
 Other                                                                           686        2,076
                                                                           ---------    ---------
                                                                               6,213       36,087
                                                                           ---------    ---------
 Total liabilities                                                           304,688      276,354
                                                                           ---------    ---------

Minority interest (Note A)                                                     4,797           --
                                                                           ---------    ---------

Commitments and contingencies (Notes E, H and I)

Stockholders' equity (Notes E and G): 
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value:
   Authorized - 2,000,000 shares - Issued - none                                  --           --
 Common stock, $.01 par value:
   Authorized - 20,000,000 shares - Issued - 7,080,900 shares                     71           71
 Treasury stock, at cost - 88,265 and 156,130 shares                            (384)        (591)
 Capital in excess of par value                                               60,396       59,610
 Retained earnings                                                            68,866       51,389
                                                                           ---------   ----------
 Total stockholders' equity                                                  128,949      110,479
                                                                           ---------   ----------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                $ 438,434   $  386,833
                                                                           =========   ==========
</TABLE>
       The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
              integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.
                                       18
<PAGE>
                        CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDINGS CORP.
                       Consolidated Statements of Income
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Years ended May 31,
                                                                          -------------------          
                                                                  1996           1995           1994
                                                              -----------    -----------     ----------
                                                                  (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>        
REVENUES

Home sales                                                    $   577,073    $   414,718    $   340,031
Land sales                                                         11,844         10,658          1,095
Mortgage banking and title operations (Note D)                     11,481          6,707          6,967
Other income, net                                                     210            369            527
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
 Total revenues                                                   600,608        432,452        348,620
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------

COSTS AND EXPENSES

HOMEBUILDING
 Cost of home sales                                               469,098        339,288        277,878
 Cost of land sales                                                11,907         10,958          1,499
 Selling, general and administrative expenses                      62,247         46,308         37,065
 Interest, net (Notes A and C)                                      5,510          4,993          4,456
 Minority interest (Note A)                                          (248)            --             --

MORTGAGE BANKING AND TITLE OPERATIONS
 Selling, general and administrative expenses                       7,028          5,639          4,818
 Interest, net (Note A)                                              (316)          (199)          (233)
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
   Total costs and expenses                                       555,226        406,987        325,483
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------

Income before income taxes and extraordinary loss                  45,382         25,465         23,137
Income taxes (Note F)                                              19,595         11,644         10,054
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
Income from operations                                             25,787         13,821         13,083
Extraordinary loss:
 Loss on extinguishment of debt; net of income taxes
   of $4,807 in 1996 (Note E)                                      (6,918)            --             --
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
Net income                                                    $    18,869    $    13,821    $    13,083
                                                              ===========    ===========    ===========
Earnings per common share (Note A)
 Income from operations                                       $      3.71    $      1.99    $      2.11
 Net income                                                          2.71           1.99           2.11
Earnings per common share assuming full dilution (Note A)
 Income from operations                                       $      3.00    $      1.82    $      1.88
 Net income                                                          2.27           1.82           1.88

Cash dividends per share                                      $       .20    $       .20    $       .20
                                                              ===========    ===========    ===========

Weighted average number of shares outstanding                   6,959,736      6,947,719      6,202,964
                                                              ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
       The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
                 integral part of these consolidated statements.
                                       19
<PAGE>
                        CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.
                Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

                    Years ended May 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              
                                          Common Stock                    Capital in           
                                     ---------------------    Treasury     Excess of   Retained 
                                      Shares       Amount      Stock       Par Value   Earnings       Total
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      
Balance, May 31, 1993                5,376,500   $      54   $    (631)   $  25,033    $  27,094    $  51,550
Net income                                  --          --          --           --       13,083       13,083
Sale of common stock                 1,704,400          17          --       34,211           --       34,228
Cash dividends                              --          --          --           --       (1,215)      (1,215)
Exercise of employee stock options          --          --         548          366           --          914
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Balance, May 31, 1994                7,080,900          71         (83)      59,610       38,962       98,560
Net income                                 --           --          --           --       13,821       13,821
Repurchase of common stock                 --           --        (556)          --           --         (556)
Cash dividends                             --           --          --           --       (1,394)      (1,394)
Exercise of employee stock options         --           --          48           --           --           48
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Balance, May 31, 1995                7,080,900          71        (591)      59,610       51,389      110,479
Net income                                 --           --          --           --       18,869       18,869
Cash dividends                             --           --          --           --       (1,392)      (1,392)
Exercise of employee stock options         --           --         207          786           --          993
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Balance, May 31, 1996                7,080,900   $      71   $    (384)   $  60,396    $  68,866    $ 128,949
                                     =========   =========   =========    =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
       The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an
                integral part of these consolidated statements.
                                       20
<PAGE>
                        CONTINENTAL HOMES HOLDING CORP.
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Years ended May 31,
                                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                                               1996         1995         1994
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>      
Cash flows from operating activities:                                                  (in thousands)
 Net income                                                                 $  18,869    $  13,821    $  13,083
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   (used) by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                                3,190        3,050        2,410
   Minority interest                                                             (248)          --           --
   Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes                                    95       (1,209)        (580)
   Tax benefit of employee stock options exercised                                404           --          366
   Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt                                11,725           --           --
   Decrease (increase) in assets:
     Homes, lots and improvements in production                               (48,504)     (52,973)     (28,573)
     Receivables                                                                8,458        2,304       16,748
     Prepaid expenses and other assets                                          4,826       (6,987)      (2,144)
   Increase in liabilities:
     Accounts payable and other liabilities                                    11,445        1,022        5,415
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
 Net cash provided (used) by operating activities                              10,260      (40,972)       6,725
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
 Net additions to property and equipment                                         (581)      (1,038)        (513)
 Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                (705)     (18,874)     (14,024)
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
 Net cash used by investing activities                                         (1,286)     (19,912)     (14,537)
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
 Decrease (increase) in notes payable to financial institutions               (46,424)      49,852      (29,602)
 Retirement of Convertible Subordinated Notes                                 (33,250)          --           --
 Retirement of 12% Senior Notes                                              (107,542)          --           --
 Retirement of bonds payable                                                  (17,771)      (3,027)     (10,140)
 Sale of common stock                                                              --           --       34,228
 Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock                                            --           --       (6,200)
 Issuance of 12% Senior Notes                                                      --           --       37,450
 Issuance of Convertible Subordinated Notes                                    83,279           --           --
 Issuance of 10% Senior Notes                                                 125,925           --           --
 Treasury stock acquired                                                           --         (556)          --
 Stock options exercised                                                          589           48          548
 Dividends paid                                                                (1,392)      (1,394)      (1,215)
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
 Net cash provided by financing activities                                      3,414       44,923       25,069
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                           12,388      (15,961)      17,257
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                 12,848       28,809       11,552
                                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                    $  25,236    $  12,848    $  28,809
                                                                            =========    =========    =========

Supplemental  disclosures  of cash flow  information:  
 Cash paid during the year for:
   Interest, net of amounts capitalized                                     $   7,767    $   7,780    $   7,431
   Income taxes                                                             $  16,430    $  16,539    $  13,080
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these consolidated statements.
                                       21
<PAGE>
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

   The Company designs,  constructs and sells high quality  single-family  homes
targeted primarily to entry-level and first-time move-up homebuyers. The Company
is geographically diversified,  currently operating in Phoenix, Arizona; Austin,
San Antonio and Dallas,  Texas;  Denver,  Colorado;  South Florida; and Southern
California.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
all wholly-owned  subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany
balances and transactions.

INCOME TAXES

   The Company accounts for income taxes using Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("FAS 109"). Among other things,
FAS 109 requires the liability method and that current and deferred tax balances
be  determined  based on tax rates and laws enacted as of the balance sheet date
rather than the historical tax rates. See Note F.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

   Cash  equivalents  include  amounts with initial  maturities  of less than 90
days. In the normal course of business,  the Company receives  deposits from its
customers,  maintains  certain escrow funds and, in connection with its lines of
credit,  maintains  certain  compensating  balances  (see Note E). Such amounts,
which totaled approximately  $2,200,000 and $2,500,000 at May 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively, are included in cash and cash equivalents.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

   On July  29,  1993,  the  Company  acquired  Milburn  Investments,  Inc.  and
Subsidiaries.  Non-cash consideration paid included the issuance of $6.2 million
of  Series A  Preferred  Stock.  As a result  of the  acquisition,  the  Company
recorded   additional   assets  of  $92,660,000   (primarily   homes,  lots  and
improvements  in production  and mortgage  related  assets) and  liabilities  of
$66,590,000  (primarily  notes  payable to financial  institutions  and mortgage
related debt). See Note J.

   On November 18, 1994, the Company  acquired Heftler Realty Co. As a result of
the  acquisition,   the  Company  recorded   additional  assets  of  $51,116,000
(primarily  homes,  lots and  improvements  in  production)  and  liabilities of
$22,616,000 (primarily notes payable to financial institutions). See Note J.

   During  fiscal 1996,  the Company  entered into a joint  venture  whereby the
Company  contributed  cash and the joint  venture  partners  contributed  assets
(primarily land) valued at $5,045,000.
                                       22
<PAGE>
HOMES, LOTS AND IMPROVEMENTS IN PRODUCTION

   Homes,  lots,  and  improvements  in  production  are  stated at the lower of
accumulated  cost or estimated net  realizable  value.  Interest  costs incurred
during  construction  or  development  activities  related  to  homes,  lots and
improvements in production and certain indirect project costs (employee  related
costs) are  capitalized  and  subsequently  charged to cost of home sales as the
units associated with such costs are sold. See Note C.

   The components of homes, lots and improvements in production are as follows:

                                                                May 31,
                                                                -------
                                                          1996           1995
                                                      -----------     ---------
                                                            (In thousands)
Homes and lots in production                          $   169,615     $ 124,140
Land and developed lots held for housing                  137,676       130,823
Unimproved land held for development or sale               30,839        29,825
Capitalized interest                                        6,750         6,543
                                                      -----------     ---------
                                                      $   344,880     $ 291,331
                                                      ===========     =========

MINORITY INTEREST

   During  fiscal 1996,  the Company  entered into a joint venture to develop an
age restricted  community.  The Company  contributed  cash and the joint venture
partners  contributed assets (primarily land). The Company is entitled to 55% of
the profits and/or losses and is the managing partner of the joint venture.  Due
to the control that the Company  exercises,  it has  consolidated  the financial
position and results of operation of the joint  venture.  The  partners'  equity
position is disclosed as a minority interest on the consolidated balance sheet.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

   Property and  equipment  is stated at cost and  consists  primarily of office
furniture   and   equipment.   Depreciation   expense  is  provided   using  the
straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful  lives  (three to five years).
Depreciation expense was $773,000, $535,000 and $472,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  The costs of  maintenance  and  repairs are charged to expense as
incurred.

EXCESS OF COST OVER RELATED NET ASSETS ACQUIRED

   The excess of cost over related net assets  acquired of  $18,048,000 is being
amortized   over   periods   ranging  from  three  to  twenty  years  using  the
straight-line  method.  Amortization  expense  was  $1,401,000,  $1,459,000  and
$856,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. See Note J.

USE OF ESTIMATES

   The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses  during the reported  periods.  Actual  results
could differ from those estimates.
                                       23
<PAGE>
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

   The  carrying  amounts of cash and cash  equivalents,  receivables  and trade
payables approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these financial
instruments.  The homebuilding  notes payable bear interest at a rate indexed to
LIBOR or the prime rate,  therefore,  the  carrying  amounts of the  outstanding
borrowings  at May 31,  1996  approximate  fair  value.  The  fair  value of the
Company's  senior and  subordinated  debt is  estimated  based on quoted  market
prices.  At May 31, 1996 and 1995,  the  estimated  fair value of the  Company's
senior and subordinated debt was $233,157,000 and $140,750,000, respectively.

   Mortgage  loans held for sale are stated at the lower of cost or market which
approximates the fair value. The mortgage banking notes payable bear interest at
a rate  indexed  to the prime  rate,  therefore,  the  carrying  amounts  of the
outstanding borrowings at May 31, 1996 and 1995 approximate fair value.

   The   mortgage   loans  held  for   long-term   investment   are   considered
held-to-maturity securities and mature through August 2017. The carrying amounts
of  mortgage  loans held for  long-term  investment  and  mortgage-backed  bonds
approximate  fair value.  Fair value  estimates are made at a specific  point in
time, based on relevant market  information and information  about the financial
instrument.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve  uncertainties
and matters of significant  judgment,  and therefore,  cannot be determined with
precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect estimates.

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL  ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS

   During  the fourth  quarter  of 1996,  the  Company  elected  to adopt  early
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  121  "Accounting  for  the
Impairment of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed of"
("FAS 121")  retroactive to June 1, 1995. The adoption of FAS 121 did not impact
the Company's results of operations or financial  position and did not result in
a restatement  of any of the financial  results for the prior three  quarters of
fiscal 1996.  The Company  believes the adoption of FAS 121 would not have had a
material effect in fiscal 1995 and 1994 had FAS 121 been applied to those years.
Under FAS 121 real estate  assets are to be  reviewed  for  possible  impairment
whenever  events or  circumstances  indicate the carrying amount of an asset may
not be  recoverable.  If indications  are that the carrying amount of the assets
may not be recoverable,  FAS 121 requires an estimate of the future undiscounted
cash  flows  expected  to  result  from the use of the  asset  and its  eventual
disposition. If these cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset,
an  impairment  loss must be recognized to write down the asset to its estimated
fair value less costs to sell.  The fair value  calculation  under FAS 121 would
result in a lower  valuation  of the asset than under the net  realizable  value
method previously required.

   Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  123  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based  Compensation"  ("FAS  123"),  issued in October  1995,  establishes
financial   accounting  and  reporting   standards  for   stock-based   employee
compensation plans. FAS 123 requires either the recognition of compensation cost
in the financial  statements  for those  companies that adopt the new fair value
based  method or expanded  disclosure  of pro forma net income and  earnings per
share  information  for those companies that retain the current method set forth
in APB Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."
                                       24
<PAGE>
   FAS 123 will be effective for the Company's  fiscal year ending May 31, 1997.
The Company  plans to retain the current  method set forth in APB Opinion 25 and
will present the expanded disclosure in the fiscal 1997 financial statements.

SALES RECOGNITION

   The Company  recognizes  income from home and land sales in  accordance  with
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 66. The Company  includes the
discounts incurred in obtaining permanent financing for its customers in cost of
home sales.

MORTGAGE BANKING FEE RECOGNITION

   Loan  origination fees are recognized as income in accordance with Statements
of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 65 and 91.

INTEREST, NET

   The summary of the components of interest, net is as follows:

                                                   Years ended May 31,
                                                   -------------------
                                            1996          1995          1994
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                     (In thousands)
Interest expense, homebuilding          $     5,982   $     5,420   $     4,724
Interest income, homebuilding                  (472)         (427)         (268)
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
                                        $     5,510   $     4,993   $     4,456
                                        ===========   ===========   ===========
Interest expense, mortgage banking      $     1,785   $     2,360   $     2,707
Interest income, mortgage banking            (2,101)       (2,559)       (2,940)
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
                                        $      (316)  $     (199)   $      (233)
                                        ===========   ==========    =========== 

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

   Earnings per common share has been computed using the weighted average number
of common  shares  outstanding  during the  period.  Earnings  per common  share
assuming  full  dilution  has  been  computed  assuming  the  conversion  of the
Convertible Subordinated Notes due November 2002.

B. RECEIVABLES

   Notes and accounts receivable are as follows:

                                                          May 31,
                                                          -------
                                                    1996         1995
                                                -----------  -----------
                                                     (In thousands)
Proceeds receivable arising from home sales     $    10,361  $     4,135
Municipal Utility District receivables                2,788        3,457
Other notes and accounts receivable                   3,544        2,516
                                                -----------  -----------
                                                $    16,693  $    10,108
                                                ===========  ===========

C. INTEREST CAPITALIZATION

   The  Company  follows  the  practice  of  capitalizing  for its  homebuilding
operations  certain interest costs incurred on land under  development and homes
under construction.  Such capitalized interest is included in cost of home sales
when the units are delivered.  The Company capitalized interest in the amount of
$16,440,000,  $14,108,000  and $8,654,000 and expensed as a component of cost of
home sales  $16,233,000,  $10,687,000  and  $7,734,000 in fiscal 1996,  1995 and
1994, respectively.
                                       25
<PAGE>
D. CONSOLIDATED MORTGAGE SUBSIDIARIES

   The Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  include its  wholly-owned
mortgage  banking  and  finance  subsidiaries.  Financial  data of the  mortgage
banking and finance subsidiaries is summarized as follows:

                                                               May 31,
                                                               -------
                                                           1996     1995
                                                         -------   -------
                                                           (In thousands)
Current assets, principally mortgage loans
    held for sale                                        $14,035   $28,451
Total assets, principally mortgage loans and
    mortgage-backed securities                            14,420    46,792
Current liabilities, principally notes payable             6,032    18,613
Total liabilities, principally notes and bonds payable     7,684    36,552
Stockholder's equity                                       6,736    10,240


                                                           Years ended May 31, 
                                                       ------------------------
                                                        1996     1995     1994 
                                                       ------   ------   ------
                                                            (In thousands)     
Total revenues                                         $9,948   $5,217   $5,691
Net interest income                                       316      199      233
Net income                                              2,596      396    1,176
                                                                               
   Mortgage  loans  held for  sale are  stated  at the  lower of cost or  market
determined in the aggregate. Mortgage loans held for sale consist of:

                                                                  May 31,      
                                                                  -------      
                                                             1996        1995  
                                                           --------    --------
                                                               (In thousands)  
Single-family first mortgage loans                         $ 20,877    $ 17,765
Market discount                                                (527)       (172)
                                                           --------    --------
                                                           $ 20,350    $ 17,593
                                                           ========    ========
                                                            
E. NOTES, BONDS AND SENIOR AND CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBT HOMEBUILDING

Notes payable, senior and convertible subordinated debt consist of:

                                                                  May 31,      
                                                                  -------      
                                                              1996      1995   
                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                              (In thousands)   
Notes payable                                              $  19,108  $  54,729
10% senior notes, due 2006, net of discount of $1,972        128,028         --
12% senior notes due 1999, net of premium of $113                              
    and $1,430                                                11,613    111,430
6-7/8% convertible subordinated notes, due 2002               86,250     32,655
                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                           $ 244,999  $ 198,814
                                                           =========  =========
                                       26                   
<PAGE>
At May 31, 1996,  the Company had available  unsecured  bank lines of credit for
borrowings  (excluding  mortgage  warehouse  lines)  of up to  $30,000,000  and,
subject to available  collateral,  a $5,000,000  revolving  purchase money line.
Additionally,  the Company assumed $55 million of credit facilities ($15 million
of which are unsecured) in connection with the acquisitions described in Note J.
Interest  rates range from LIBOR plus 2-1/4% to prime plus 1/2%.  These lines of
credit mature through  November 1997.  During fiscal 1996, the weighted  average
interest  rate on the  average  month  end  balance  was  9.0%  and the year end
weighted average rate was 8.7%. The average month end outstanding balance during
the year was $36,998,000 and the maximum amount outstanding at any month end was
$53,681,000.  The  Company is required  to  maintain  $750,000  of  compensating
balance  deposits  with  lenders,  minimum  levels of liquidity and tangible net
worth and maximum levels of debt to net worth in conjunction  with the unsecured
lines of credit. 

   In April 1996, the Company issued $130,000,000 principal amount of 10% Senior
Notes due April 15, 2006. The Company used approximately $107,542,000 of the net
proceeds to repurchase  $98,500,000 aggregate principal amount of its 12% Senior
Notes  due  1999.  The  remaining  proceeds  were  used  to  reduce  temporarily
outstanding amounts under certain of the Company's revolving lines of credit. In
connection with the repurchase of the 12% Senior Notes, the Company recorded, in
the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1996,  an  extraordinary  loss,  net of taxes,  of
approximately $6,059,000 related primarily to a tender offer premium. The Senior
Notes will be redeemable  at the option of the Company,  in whole or in part, at
any time on or after April 15, 2001 at redemption  prices  decreasing from 105%.
The  Senior  Notes are  senior  unsecured  obligations  of the  Company  and are
guaranteed,  on a joint and several basis, by all of the Restricted Subsidiaries
(as defined in the indenture).

   The  indentures  relating to the  Company's  10% and 12% Senior Notes contain
certain covenants which impose certain limitations on the ability of the Company
to, among other things,  incur  additional  indebtedness,  pay dividends or make
certain other  restricted  payments and  investments,  consummate  certain asset
sales,  enter into certain  transactions with affiliates,  incur liens, merge or
consolidate with any other person or sell, assign,  transfer,  lease,  convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially  all of its assets.  In addition,  the
indentures  provide  that in the event of  defined  changes in control or if the
consolidated tangible net worth of the Company falls below a specified level or,
in certain circumstances,  upon sales of assets, the Company is required to make
an offer to repurchase certain specified amounts of outstanding Senior Notes.

   In November 1995, the Company issued $86,250,000  principal amount of 6- 7/8%
Convertible  Subordinated  Notes due November 1, 2002. The Notes are convertible
at a rate of 42.105 shares of Common Stock per $1,000  principal amount of Notes
at any time prior to maturity.  The Notes are  redeemable in whole or in part at
the  option  of the  Company  at any  time on or  after  November  1,  1998,  at
redemption  prices  decreasing from 103.438%.  The Notes are subordinated to all
senior  indebtedness  of the Company.  The net proceeds  were used to redeem the
Company's  6-7/8%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes due March 2002 and to reduce
temporarily  outstanding  amounts under certain of the Company's revolving lines
of credit  (including  the warehouse  line of credit).  In  connection  with the
redemption of the notes,  the Company  recorded an  extraordinary  loss,  net of
taxes, of  approximately  $859,000 due to the write-off of unamortized  discount
and debt issuance costs.
                                       27
<PAGE>
   Subsequent to year end, the Company entered into a credit agreement  ("Credit
Agreement")  with a group of banks which  provides for a $110 million  unsecured
revolving line of credit. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at
LIBOR plus 1.75% or prime plus .125% at the  Company's  election  and subject to
the rating on its senior debt.  Available  borrowings under the Credit Agreement
are limited to certain  percentages of housing unit costs,  finished lots,  land
under development and receivables as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Credit
Agreement  replaced the credit  facilities  (other than the warehouse  line) the
Company had in place at May 31, 1996.

MORTGAGE BANKING 

   Mortgage  warehousing  notes payable enable CH Mortgage  Company  ("CHMC") to
perform its loan  origination and warehousing  functions.  At May 31, 1996, CHMC
had a  warehouse  line of  credit  of  $25,000,000  which is  guaranteed  by the
Company.  Borrowings are secured by the mortgage loans held for sale,  mature on
December  1, 1996 and bear  interest at Libor plus 1.75%.  At May 31,  1996,  no
amounts were  outstanding  under this line of credit and  $5,359,000  of funding
drafts were issued  thereunder.  At May 31, 1995,  $14,438,000  was  outstanding
under  this  line of  credit  and  $1,634,000  of  funding  drafts  were  issued
thereunder.

F. INCOME TAXES 

   The Company  will file a  consolidated  Federal  income tax return which will
include all  subsidiaries.  Components  of current  and  deferred  income  taxes
follow:

                                           Current       Deferred         Total
                                          --------       --------       --------
                                                      (In thousands)
Year ended May 31, 1996
Federal                                   $ 17,484       $     81       $ 17,565
State and other                              2,016             14          2,030
                                          --------       --------       --------
                                          $ 19,500       $     95       $ 19,595
                                          ========       ========       ========

Year ended May 31, 1995
Federal                                   $ 10,126       $   (952)      $  9,174
State and other                              2,727           (257)         2,470
                                          --------       --------       --------
                                          $ 12,853       $ (1,209)      $ 11,644
                                          ========       ========       ========

Year ended May 31, 1994
Federal                                   $  8,344       $   (455)      $  7,889
State and other                              2,290           (125)         2,165
                                          --------       --------       --------
                                          $ 10,634       $   (580)      $ 10,054
                                          ========       ========       ========

   The effective income tax rate differs from the Federal statutory tax rate for
the following reasons:

                                                            Years ended May 31,
                                                          ----------------------
                                                          1996     1995     1994
                                                          ----     ----     ----
U.S. statutory tax rate                                    35%      35%      35%
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit              6        6        6
Amortization and other, net                                 2        5        2
                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                           43%      46%      43%
                                                          ====     ====     ====
                                       28
<PAGE>
   The components of the net deferred tax liability are as follows:

                                                                  May 31,
                                                                  -------
                                                            1996           1995
                                                           ------         ------
Deferred tax assets:                                           (In thousands)
    Inventory basis differences                            $  441         $  345
    Other, net                                              1,269          1,424
                                                           ------         ------
                                                            1,710          1,769
                                                           ------         ------
Deferred tax liabilities:
    Capitalized interest                                    1,903          2,108
    Receivable basis differences                            1,043          1,709
                                                           ------         ------
                                                            2,946          3,817
                                                           ------         ------
Net deferred tax liability                                 $1,236         $2,048
                                                           ======         ======


G. STOCK OPTIONS

   The  Company  has two stock  incentive  plans (the  "Plans").  The 1988 Stock
Incentive  Plan was  approved by the Board of Directors on July 29, 1988 and the
stockholders  on August 26, 1988 and amended by the Board of  Directors  on July
23, 1992 and the  stockholders on August 26, 1992. The 1986 Stock Incentive Plan
was approved by the Board of Directors  and the  stockholders  of the Company on
July 26,  1986.  The Plans are  intended to provide an incentive to officers and
key  employees of the Company and its  subsidiaries  to remain with the Company.
The Board of Directors has authorized  the  reservation of 700,000 shares of the
Company's common stock for issuance under the Plans. Options may be granted at a
price equal to the market value on the date of the grant (or 85% of market value
in the case of non-qualified options) and may not be exercised for one year (six
months in the case of non-qualified  options) from the date of the grant.  Under
the Plans,  options must be exercised within 10 years (5 years for a 10% holder)
from the date the options were granted.

   The  following  summarizes  the stock option  transactions  for the two years
ended May 31, 1996:

                                                     Number         Option     
                                                    of shares       Price      
                                                    ---------       -----      
                                                                               
Outstanding at May 31, 1994                          205,635    $4.00 - $21.375
  Granted                                             46,000   12.125 - $14.875
  Exercised                                           (7,000)    $4.00 - $12.50
                                                     -------                   
Outstanding at May 31, 1995                          244,635    $4.00 - $21.375
  Granted                                             35,000            $ 18.25
  Canceled                                            (8,000)  $12.50 - $21.375
  Exercised                                          (67,865)   $4.00 - $21.375
                                                     -------                   
Outstanding at May 31, 1996                          203,770    $6.50 - $21.375
                                                     =======                   
                                                                               
Exerciseable at May 31, 1996                         101,095    $6.50 - $21.375
                                                     =======                   
                                                    
At May 31, 1996, there were 162,995 shares reserved for future grants.

H. CONTINGENCIES

   In management's opinion, the Company is not involved in any legal proceedings
which  will  have a  material  effect on the  Company's  financial  position  or
operating results.
                                       29
<PAGE>
I. COMMITMENTS

   Rental  expense for the Company was  $1,454,000,  $1,233,000  and $914,000 in
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The following is a schedule by year of future
minimum rental payments required under operating leases as of May 31, 1996:

      Fiscal year ending May 31,             (In thousands)
        1997                                   $     903   
        1998                                         785   
        1999                                         711   
        2000                                         685   
        2001                                         508   
        Thereafter                                   615   
                                               ---------   
      Total minimum lease payments             $   4,207   
                                               =========   
                                             
J. ACQUISITION OF MILBURN INVESTMENTS, INC. AND HEFTLER REALTY CO.

   On July 29, 1993, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the Common
Stock of Milburn Investments,  Inc.  ("Milburn"),  an Austin, Texas homebuilder,
for approximately  $26.2 million.  The consideration  consisted of approximately
$20 million in cash and $6.2  million in Series A Preferred  Stock issued by the
Company. On November 4, 1993, the Company redeemed the Series A Preferred Stock.
The  acquisition  was accounted  for by the purchase  method with the results of
operations  of Milburn  included  for the ten month period  beginning  August 1,
1993.  The excess of cost over  related net assets  acquired is being  amortized
over periods ranging from five to ten years using the straight-line method.

   Milburn was the  subject of an Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  audit for
periods prior to its  acquisition  by the Company.  In December,  1994,  the IRS
completed  their  examination  and the Company paid the  resulting tax liability
(including interest) of approximately $4,900,000.  Such payment exceeded the tax
liability recorded by the Company at the time Milburn was acquired.  The Company
recorded this excess payment of approximately $3,400,000 (including interest) as
an adjustment to the purchase price of Milburn. The Company believes that it may
recover all or a portion of the excess  payment from the seller (under the terms
of the acquisition agreement) or other parties.

   On November 18, 1994,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of 100% of the
Common Stock of Heftler Realty Co. ("Heftler"), a South Florida homebuilder, for
$29.2 million in cash. The  acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method
with the results of  operations  of Heftler  included for the seven month period
beginning  November 1, 1994. The excess of cost over related net assets acquired
is being  amortized  over  periods  ranging  from  five to ten  years  using the
straight-line method.

   The following  unaudited pro forma combined financial data give effect to the
Heftler  acquisition as if it had occurred on the first day of the period.  This
pro forma  information has been prepared  utilizing the historical  consolidated
financial  statements of the Company and Heftler.  The pro forma  financial data
are provided for  comparative  purposes only and do not purport to be indicative
of the  results  which  would have been  obtained  if the  acquisition  had been
effected during the period  presented.  The pro forma  financial  information is
based on the purchase  method of accounting  and reflects  adjustments to record
the profit of acquired inventories, amortize the non-compete agreement and
                                       30
<PAGE>
the excess  purchase  price over the  underlying  value of net assets  acquired,
reflect the additional interest on acquisition  indebtedness  assumed and adjust
income taxes for the pro forma adjustments.

                                          Year ended May 31,
                                          ------------------
                                                 1995
                                                 ----
                                            (In thousands)
Total revenues                               $    446,730
Net income                                         13,897
Earnings per common share                            2.00
Earnings per common share assuming
    full dilution                                    1.83

K. SELECTED UNAUDITED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   Unaudited quarterly  consolidated  financial  information for the years ended
May 31, 1996 and 1995 is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Three months ended
                                                             ------------------
                                      August 31      November 30     February 28       May 31
                                      ---------      -----------     -----------       ------
                                                     (In thousands, except share data)
<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>         
1996
  Revenues                          $    146,405    $    138,365    $    140,996    $    174,842
  Gross profit from home sales            24,520          24,953          25,270          33,232
  Net income                               5,224           5,315           5,301           3,029
  Earnings per share:
    Primary:
      Income from operations        $        .75    $        .77    $        .88    $        1.30
      Net income                             .75             .77             .76              .43
    Fully diluted:
      Income from operations                 .66             .64             .65              .93
      Net income                             .66             .64             .57              .36
    Weighted average shares
      outstanding                      6,927,672       6,946,666       6,974,427         6,990,196

1995
  Revenues                          $    107,043    $     97,942    $    114,051    $      113,416
  Gross profit from home sales            19,483          17,143          18,932            19,872
  Net income                               4,516           3,092           3,073             3,140
  Earnings per share:
    Primary:
      Net income                    $        .65    $        .44    $        .44    $          .45
    Fully diluted:
      Net income                             .58             .41             .41               .42
  Weighted average shares
      outstanding                      6,962,770       6,963,341       6,939,998         6,924,770
</TABLE>
                                       31



                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES                    Exhibit 21
                              --------------------
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                      
1.       The Company holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of:
                  Continental Homes, Inc. ("CHI") (Delaware)
                  KDB Homes, Inc. (Delaware)
                  L&W Investments, Inc. (California)
                  Continental Ranch, Inc. (Delaware)
                  Continental Homes of Texas, Inc. (Texas)
                  Miltex Management, Inc. ("MMI") (Texas)
                  Milburn Investments, Inc. ("MII") (Texas)
                  Heftler Realty Co. (Florida)
                  CH Texas of Dallas, Inc. (Delaware)

2.       CHI holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of:
                  CH Mortgage Company ("CHMC") (Colorado)
                  CHI Construction Company (Arizona)

3.       CHI is a 55% joint venture partner of:
                  Surprise Village North L.L.C.
                  Continental Traditions L.L.C.

4.       CHMC holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of:
                  CHI Finance Corp. (Arizona)

5.       MMI holds 1% of the partnership interest of:
                  Miltex Mortgage of Texas Limited Partnership

6.       MII holds 99% of the partnership interest of:
                  Miltex Mortgage of Texas Limited Partnership

7.       MII holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of:
                  Travis County Title Company (Texas)
                  Acheter, Inc. ("Acheter") (Texas)
                  R.O.S. Corporation (Texas)
                  CHTEX of Austin, Inc. ("CHTEX/Austin") (Delaware)
                  CH Investments of Texas II, Inc. ("CH Investments II") (Delaware)

8.       Acheter holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of:
                  Settlement Corporation (Texas)

9.       Continental Homes of Texas, Inc. holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of:
                  CHTEX of San Antonio, Inc. ("CHTEX/SA") (Delaware)
                  CH Investments of Texas III, Inc. ("CH Investments III") (Delaware)

10.      CH Texas of Dallas, Inc. holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of:
                  CHTEX of Dallas, Inc. ("CHTEX/Dallas") (Delaware)
                  CH Investments of Texas, Inc. ("CH Investments") (Delaware)

11.      Continental Homes of Dallas, L.P. (Texas) is a limited partnership comprised of:
                  CHTEX/Dallas (1% g.p.) and
                  CH Investments (99% l.p.)

12.      Continental Homes of Austin, L.P. (Texas) is a limited partnership comprised of:
                  CHTEX/Austin (1% g.p.) and
                  CH Investments II (99% l.p.)

13.      Continental Homes of San Antonio, L.P. (Texas) is a limited partnership comprised of:
                  CHTEX/SA (1% g.p.) and
                  CH Investments III (99% l.p.)
</TABLE>

                                                                      Exhibit 23









                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report  included  in  this  Form  10-K,  into  the  Company's  previously  filed
Registration  Statements on Forms S-8 (File  Numbers  33-65912 and 33-33550) and
Forms S-3 (File Numbers 33-69974, 33-52463, 33-63539 and 333-1669).


                                             /s/ Arthur Anderson LLP
Phoenix, Arizona,
August 16, 1996.

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                          1,000 
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS 
                                              
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              MAY-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JUN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAY-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                          1
<CASH>                                              25,236
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                       37,129
<ALLOWANCES>                                             0
<INVENTORY>                                        344,880
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                         0
<PP&E>                                               2,271
<DEPRECIATION>                                           0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     438,434
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                    0
<BONDS>                                            250,526
                                   71
                                              0
<COMMON>                                                 0
<OTHER-SE>                                         128,878
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                       438,434
<SALES>                                            577,073
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   600,608
<CGS>                                              469,098
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                            0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                         0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   5,194
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     45,382
<INCOME-TAX>                                        19,595
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 25,787
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                    (6,918)
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                        18,869
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         2.71
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         2.27
                                                 

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission